MAYTEC Profile Si Accesorii

English
1/2006
The Profile System
Product Range
The key to success!
extreme strong dependable
MayT
ec System
MayTec
Technology
The ideal profile system

MayTec offers a comprehensive, harmonised
profile system. All profiles can be combined
in any way imaginable.
Solutions with
Innovative Profile
The accessories provide functional and

aesthetic solutions for a wide range of
applications.
The Profile System
Applications
machine bases
machine enclosures
machine guarding
work stations
assembly and inspection stations
transfer and supply trolleys
partitions and protective walls
protective and work cabins
special shelves
plant equipment
display systems
exhibition cabinets and stands
The Clean-Room System
The Tube Clamping System
Work Benches
The Linear System
The Conveyor System
Safety Barriers
Suspended Trolley System
The Telescopic System
Service
The MayTec service is as versatile as the
MayTec profile system.
You may choose:
delivery of standard elements ex factory
delivery of profiles and accessories cut to
size according to parts list for customers
assembly
delivery of pre-fitted modular
delivery of completely assembled units
assembly at your premises
Implementation
The MayTec profile system is easy to
process and quick to assemble. Its flexible
and modular construction means it can be
easily modified and is reusable at any time.
An experienced team will support you in
implementing the MayTec system, tailored to
your individual applications, taking into
consideration your required dimensions,
loading capacity and stability.
Register
Table of contents
Introduction
Profiles
Profile machining
- Coding examples
1.1
1.1A
1.1B
Technical data
1.1C
Profile selection range
1.1D
Profile applications
1.1E
- Bent profiles
1.1E
Summary
Connector selection
Connectors
Accessories
Summary
Profiles
Connection system
1.0
1.2
1.2A
- Cross bushings
1.2B
- Components
1.2C
- Special cases
1.2D
Connection possibilities
1.2E
Connector-Strength values
1.2F
Connection elements
1.29
Summary
Fastening elements
1.3
Installation accessories
1.4
Pneumatic accessories
1.5
Additional accessories
1.6
Electrical accessories
1.7
Panel elements
1.8
Tools
1.9
4
5
8
9
General information
A
CAD-Library
1.A
Conversion tables
1.B
Subject index
1
Table of contents
Article number group
Page
Introduction ....................................... 5
1.01
1.02
1.03
Symbols, Abbreviations, Special characters ................. 5

Slot system ..................................................................... 6
Numerical key for articles .............................................. 7
1.1
Profiles ............................................ 8
1.04
1.04
1.04
1.04
1.05
1.09
1.10
1.10
1.11
1.11
1.11
1.11
1.11
1.11
1.11
1.11
1.11
1.11
1.11
1.11
1.15
1.15
1.15
5.11
8.11
9.11
1.19
1.19
1.19
1.19
1.19
1.19
1.19
1.19
1.19
1.19
1.19
1.19
1.19
1.19
1.19
1.19
1.19
1.1A
1.1A
1.1A
1.1A
1.1A
1.1A
1.1A
1.1A
1.1A
1.1A
1.1B
1.1B
1.1B
1.1B
1.1B
Summary: Profiles ......................................................... 8

Profiles (plain) ..................................................... 8, 9
Profiles (with grooves) ............................................ 9
Special profiles (plain) .......................................... 10
Special profiles ...................................................... 11
Profile group 16 mm, E3-slot, P .................................. 12
Profile group 16 mm, F-slot, P .................................... 12
Profile group 20 mm, H-slot, P .................................... 13
Profile group 20 mm, F-slot, P .................................... 15
Profile group 30 mm, F / E4-slot, P ............................. 16
Special profiles, P ........................................................ 33
Profile group 30 mm, F-slot ......................................... 34
Profile group 40 mm, E3-slot ...................................... 36
Panel profiles 40, E3-slot, P ........................................ 45
Wire net profiles 30, F-slot, P ...................................... 46
Wire net profiles 40, E3-slot, P .................................... 46
Roller profiles ............................................................... 47
Carriage support profiles, F / E3-slot, P ...................... 48
Telescopic profiles, E3-slot, P ...................................... 49
Special profiles ............................................................. 50
Profile pre-cut lids ................................................. 50
Hollow profiles ....................................................... 50
Base profiles .......................................................... 50
Angle profiles ......................................................... 51
Wire net mounting profiles .................................... 51
Grab handle profiles .............................................. 51
U-profiles ............................................................... 52
C-track ................................................................... 52
Sliding profiles ....................................................... 52
Panel framing profile ............................................. 52
Tubes ...................................................................... 53
Hinge profiles .................................................. 53, 54
T-Slot profiles ........................................................ 54
Slide-slot profiles .................................................. 55
19" profiles ............................................................. 55
E-trunking profiles ................................................. 56
Profile machining ......................................................... 58
Summary ............................................................... 58
Order description ................................................... 58
Order example ....................................................... 58
Saw cut .................................................................. 59
Cross bushing bore ............................................... 60
Bores ...................................................................... 60
Cross bore ............................................................. 60
Thread .................................................................... 60
Direction and Position ........................................... 61
Profile machining: Coding examples ........................... 62
for price group 1 .................................................... 62
for price group 2 .................................................... 63
for price group 3 .................................................... 64
Order example for special design .......................... 64
Page
1.1C
Technical data ............................................................... 65
1.1D
Profile selection range .................................................. 68
1.1E
Profile applications ....................................................... 72
1.1E.01
Profile combinations ............................................. 72
1.1E.01
Special slits ............................................................ 72
1.1E.02
Slot plates .............................................................. 73
1.1E.03
Hand rail ................................................................ 76
1.1E.04
U-Profile 40 ........................................................... 77
1.1E.05
Profiles for cable guide ......................................... 78
1.1E.06
Profiles for cable guide, Profile pre-cut lid ........... 79
1.1E.07
Bent profiles ........................................................... 82
1.2
Connection System ............................. 83
1.2
1.2
1.2
1.2
1.2
1.2
1.2A
1.2A
1.2A
1.2B
1.2B
1.2B
1.2B
1.2C
1.2C
1.2C
1.2D
1.2D
1.2D
1.2D
1.2D
1.2D
1.2D
1.2D
1.2D
1.2D
1.2D
1.2D
1.2D
1.2E
1.2E
1.2E
1.2E
1.2E
1.2F
1.29
1.29
1.29
1.29
Connectors - Examples ................................................ 85

Summary: Connectors ................................................. 86
Connectors (with machining) ................................ 86
Connectors (without machining) ........................... 86
Manufacture a connection ............................................ 89
Connector selection ...................................................... 90
Connectors ................................................................... 91
for profiles with core hole- 6 mm ....................... 91
fr profiles with core hole- 12 mm ..................... 93
Connector - Cross bushings ........................................ 99
Drill dimensions for cross bushings ..................... 99
Special cases ....................................................... 100
Mounting variants ................................................ 100
Connector - Components ........................................... 101
Connectors for core hole- 6 mm ...................... 101
Connectors for core hole- 12 mm .................... 102
Connector - Special cases .......................................... 106
Parallel connector for profile 3030, soft ........... 106
Universal connector for profile 30150 .............. 106
Extension / parallel connector ............................. 107
Universal connector with knurled cross b. ......... 108
SE-Connector ....................................................... 109
ST-Connector ....................................................... 110
ST-Connector with anchor, screw type ............... 111
Connector screw, self-cutting ............................. 112
Bayonet type connector ....................................... 113
Bayonet type connector, extension ..................... 115
Cross connector .................................................. 116
Clamping connector ............................................ 117
Connection possibilities ............................................. 118
for 0-slot profiles ................................................. 118
for profiles 40, round .......................................... 124
Special cases ....................................................... 125
Other profile systems .......................................... 126
Connector-strength values ......................................... 127
Connection elements .................................................. 128
Retaining plates ................................................... 128
Anti-twist devices ................................................ 129
Clamping levers ................................................... 131
Accessories .................................... 132

Summary: Accessories .............................................. 132
1.3
Fastening elements ........................... 135
1.31
1.32
1.33
1.34
1.34
1.34
Threaded plates .......................................................... 135

T-Nuts ......................................................................... 138
Spring-nuts ................................................................. 141
T-Slot nuts .................................................................. 142
Rhomboid T-Slot nuts ................................................ 143
T-Bolts ........................................................................ 144
Table of contents
1.35
1.35
Page
Threaded inserts ......................................................... 145

Press-fit threaded inserts ........................................... 147
1.4
Installation accessories ...................... 149
1.41
1.41
1.41
1.41
1.41
1.41
1.41
1.41
1.41
1.42
1.42
1.42
1.42
1.43
1.43
1.44
1.44
1.44
1.44
1.44
1.44
1.44
1.44
1.44
1.44
1.44
1.44
1.44
1.44
1.45
1.45
1.45
1.45
1.45
1.46
1.46
1.46
1.46
1.46
1.46
1.47
1.47
1.47
1.47
1.47
1.47
1.47
1.47
1.48
1.48
1.48
Cover profiles ............................................................. 149

Reducing profiles ....................................................... 150
Combination profiles .................................................. 151
Guide profile ............................................................... 155
Framing profiles ................................................. 156, 161
Wedge profiles ........................................................... 157
Sponge rubber round cords ....................................... 158
Sealing profile ............................................................ 160
Rubber cover-profiles ................................................. 163
Cover caps for profiles ............................................... 164
Cover plugs for cross bushings ................................. 167
Cover caps for tubes .................................................. 168
Cover caps for screw bores ....................................... 168
Radius covers ............................................................. 169
Radius compensations ............................................... 171
Floor levelling screws ................................................. 172
Levelling feet ...................................................... 172, 174
Hand adjustable feet ................................................... 173
Levelling furniture foot ............................................... 174
Adjustable tilt-feet ...................................................... 175
plates ................................................................... 176
spindles ................................................................ 178
nuts ...................................................................... 178
anti-slip discs ...................................................... 179
cushion elements ................................................. 179
Angular adjusting feet ................................................ 180
Base feet ..................................................................... 181
Base angle .................................................................. 187
Stacking foot .............................................................. 187
Castors ....................................................................... 188
Fixed castors ........................................................ 188
Swivel castors ...................................................... 189
Swivel castors lockable ....................................... 189
Locking castors .......................................................... 190
Angles ......................................................................... 192
Aluminium ................................................... 192, 201
PA ......................................................................... 193
GD-Zn ................................................................... 194
GD-Al ................................................................... 200
Swivel angles .............................................................. 202
Cross connection plates ............................................. 203
Base plates ................................................................. 204
Floor mounting plate .................................................. 205
Mounting plates .......................................................... 206
Floor plate ................................................................... 206
Connection plates ....................................................... 207
Fastening plate ........................................................... 208
Eye bolt ....................................................................... 209
Corner pieces ............................................................. 210
GD-Zn ................................................................... 210
Aluminium ........................................................... 212
1.5
Pneumatic accessories ....................... 214
1.51
1.51
1.52
1.54
1.55
1.59
Profiles for pneumatic applications ........................... 214

Pneumatic end plates ................................................. 215
Pneumatic connection plates ..................................... 217
Pneumatic extension sets .......................................... 218
Pneumatic 90 - connection sets ............................... 219
Pneumatic accessories ............................................... 220
Page
1.6
Additional accessories ....................... 221
1.61
1.61
1.61
1.62
1.62
1.63
1.64
1.64
1.64
1.65
1.65
1.65
1.65
1.65
1.65
1.65
1.65
1.65
1.66
1.66
1.66
1.66
1.66
1.66
1.66
1.66
1.66
1.67
1.67
1.67
1.67
1.67
1.68
1.69
1.69
Handles ....................................................................... 221

Handle systems .......................................................... 223
Grab handles .............................................................. 225
Hinges ......................................................................... 226
Double hinge .............................................................. 232
Joints .......................................................................... 242
Mounting blocks ......................................................... 245
Mounting clamp blocks .............................................. 249
Quick locks ................................................................. 252
Bullet catches ............................................................. 254
Magnetic lock ............................................................. 256
Lock ............................................................................ 257
Cylinder locks ............................................................. 258
Flap-lock countersunk ................................................ 260
Cylinder locks flush .................................................... 260
Mortise deadlocks ...................................................... 262
Bar locks ..................................................................... 266
Latch locks ................................................................. 270
Rollers ........................................................................ 271
Roller fastening sets ................................................... 273
Mounting adaptor for roller ........................................ 277
Edge roller .................................................................. 278
Roller fitting for suspended doors ............................. 279
Stopper for suspended doors .................................... 280
Accessories for suspended doors .............................. 280
Runner for sliding suspended doors ......................... 281
Stopper for sliding suspended doors ........................ 282
Slot rollers .................................................................. 283
Guidance system ........................................................ 284
Sliding blocks ............................................................. 285
T-Nut sliding blocks ................................................... 286
Eco-Slides ................................................................... 287
Hanging bracket ......................................................... 291
Suspended glider ........................................................ 292
Carabine swivel ........................................................... 292
1.7
Electrical accessories ........................ 293
1.70
1.70
1.71
1.71
1.71
1.71
1.71
1.72
1.73
1.73
1.73
1.73
1.73
1.74
1.74
1.75
Potential equalisation, grounding connectors ........... 293

Ground connections ................................................... 294
Cable and hose clamp ................................................ 295
Block for cable binder ................................................ 296
Cross-blocks for cable binder .................................... 296
Cable binder ................................................................ 296
Installation rings ......................................................... 297
Mounting set for 19" profile ....................................... 298
Safety switches ........................................................... 299
Guard locking devices ................................................ 300
Safety interlocking-mountings ................................... 301
Contact bracket-mounting .................................. 302, 305
Sensor brackets .......................................................... 306
Electrical installation trunking .................................... 307
Electrical installation trunking - Accessories ............. 308
Electrical installation trunking .................................... 311
1.8
Panel elements ................................ 314
1.81
1.81
1.81
1.82
1.82
1.83
1.85
Corner elements ......................................................... 314

Corner element 33 ...................................................... 315
Mounting sockets ....................................................... 316
Panel elements ........................................................... 317
Chipboards, coated .............................................. 318
Solid plastic panels .............................................. 318
Alu-plastic composite panels .............................. 320
Table of contents
Page
1.86
1.87
1.88
1.88
1.88
Acrylic .................................................................. 320

Polycarbonate (Makrolon) ................................... 320
Wire net, Alu ........................................................ 321
Wire net, steel ...................................................... 321
Grid, steel ............................................................. 322
1.9
Tools ............................................. 323
1.90
1.98
1.98
1.99
1.99
1.99
1.99
1.99
1.99
Button head screws .................................................... 323

Press in device ........................................................... 324
Tx screw driver ........................................................... 325
Summary: Tools for cross bushings and anchors ..... 326
Drill Jigs ............................................................. 327, 329
Milling cutters ..................................................... 328, 330
Drills ................................................................... 328, 330
Tools: Special cases ................................................... 331
Screw taps .................................................................. 332
1.A
CAD-Library .................................... 334
1.A1
1.A2
MayTec Online Library ................................................ 334

MayTec 3D Library with B&W Profiles ...................... 335
1.B
Conversion tables ............................. 336
1.B1
1.B2
Metric and English Conversion Table ......................... 336

Metric / U.S. Customary Unit ..................................... 337
Subject index ............................ 338
1.01
Symbols, Abbreviations, Special characters

General
Profile group
16 mm, 20 mm, 30 mm, 40 mm, 45 mm, 50 mm, 60 mm

The profiles of the MayTec Profile System are divided into seven profile groups (PG). They
can be determined by the basic measure of each profile.
Slot
H-slot, F-slot, E-slot

In order to connect the profiles or to mount accessories the profiles have slots. The MayTec
Slot System ( 1.02) distinguishes between the three slot types H-slot, F-slot and E-slot,
whereas E-slot exists as E3-slot and E4-slot (3 or 4 mm wall thickness).
Symbols
Many articles (fastening elements, accessories and tools) can only be used especially for
individual profile groups or slot types.
In this case these articles are marked with the corresponding symbols.
Profile group
dark symbol: suitable for the corresponding profile group
light symbol: not suitable
Slot type
dark symbol: suitable for the corresponding slot type
light symbol: not suitable
Remark
The symbol for the E-slot is used, if the article is (un)suitable for the two slot types E3
and E4.
Cut
These articles are offered with cut.
Stainless steel
These articles are made of stainless steel.
Cleanroom
These articles are suitable for the use in and around cleanrooms.
Attention!
Important notice
Abbreviations
PG
L
S
P
profile group
light
heavy
plain
e.g.: PG 30 = profile group 30 mm

profile characteristic: light type of construction
profile characteristic: heavy type of construction
profile characteristic: no ornamental slots
Special characters
Placeholder
Article-No.
Example
1.41.5.
Example
117
1.41
1.41.710.2
1.41.5.
identifies the articles:

1.41.5F0.1
1.41.5F0.2
1.41.5E0.1
1.41.5E0.2
Reference
to catalogue page
to article number group
to single article
to group of articles
Slot system
Cross section of slots
H-slot
F-slot
1.02
Core hole-
Slot width
Slot depth
Wall thickness
PG
6.2
6.2
4.8
1.8
20
12.0
8.2
6.5
2.2
20
30
E3-slot
E4-slot
12.0
8.2
11.5
3.0
40
12.0
8.2
12.5
4.0
45
50
60
1.03
Numerical key for articles

Profiles
Connectors
- general
1. 1
1. 1
1. 1
1. 1
1. 1
1. 1
1. 1
1. 1
1. 1
1. 1
1. 1
1. 1
.
.
.
.
. R
. k t
.
.
.
.
.
.
1. 2
1. 2
1. 2
1. 2
1. 2
1. 2
1. 2
.
.
.
.
.
. V
. E
-Oblique-bent anchor
1. 2
1. 2
1. 2
1. 2
-Miter-hinge
-Miter-bent anchor
-Screw-type

Core hole
Profile width 2)
Head-variant 3)
Connection-variant 4)
Stainless
Ground
Special cases: Parallel-connector across and high
Profile width for cross bushing
Profile width for anchor
.
. K
.
. V
.
.
.
.
.
.
Core hole- 1)
Profile width
Profile height (all, but special profiles)
Number of degrees (round profiles)
Number of edges (special profiles)
Slot quantity 2)
Contour 3)
Version light
Type B
Version light, Type B
Plain
B

Key
/
/
/
/
/
/

V
E
Key
1. 2 . G
1. 2 .
1. 2 . V
Miter-connector, hinge
Stainless
1. 2
1. 2
1. 2
1. 2
1. 2
1. 2
.
. S
.
. M
.
.
/
/
/
2)
2-digit off 10 slots
3)
0
1
2
3
4
5
7
8
9
1)
0 = 6.2 mm
1 = 12 mm
2)
2
3
4
45
5
6
=
=
=
=
=
=
20 mm
30 mm
40 mm
45 mm
50 mm
60 mm
3)
E
F
H
V
=
=
=
=
E-head
F-head
H-head
Extension
4)
0 = Universal/
Neutral
1 = Standard
2 = Standard 90
4 = Square head
5 = Parallel
1)
1 = Standard
2 = Standard 90
1)
1 = Standard
2 = Standard 90
1)
1 = Standard
2 = Standard 90
1)
1 = Standard
2 = Standard 90
1)
1
2
3
4
5
Oblique-connector, bent anchor

Design L/R
Angle
Stainless
Ground
Key
.
. G
. B
.
.
.
0 = 6.2 mm
1 = 12 mm
Oblique-connector, hinge
Stainless
1. 2 .
1. 2
1. 2
1. 2
1. 2
1. 2
1. 2
1)
1)
1. 2 . /
1. 2
1. 2
1. 2
1. 2
1. 2
1. 2
Key
Key
/
/
/
-Oblique-hinge
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
. L
. B
. L B
. P
/
/
/
/
/
/ V
/
/
/
/
/
/
Key
Miter-connector
Bent design
Angle
Stainless
Key
Screw-type-connector
Type of anchor 1)
Thread
Thread-
Screw special length
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
Round
Soft
Corner
Cubic
Rectangle
Pneumatic
Angle
Angle 45
Special
Standard
Parallel 20 mm
Parallel 30 mm
Parallel 40 mm
Parallel 50 mm
Special cases: Screw-type connector parallel across and high

Profile width for cross bushing
Profile width for anchor
7
Summar
y: Pr
ofiles (plain)
Summary:
Profiles
16160
1640
1640 1680
1640 1680
plain
1F LP
L
1F P
S
1E LP
2E LP
4E LP
2020
1E P
2E P
2040
4040
plain
2010
2030
2030
1F LP
1F LP
2F LP
L
2H LP
4H LP
6H LP
8H LP
S
2H s. P
2H c. P
3H P
4H P
3030
3060
4H P
6H P
30100
30150
6060
2F P
30100
plain
L
1F LP
2F c. LP 2F LP
3F LP
4F LP
1F P
2F c. BP 2F P
3F P
4F P
6F LP
S
2F s. P 0F P
4040
0F P
4060
6F P
8F P
9F P
10F P
8F P
4080
5E 2F P
0F P
40160
8080
plain
2E s. LP 0E LP
1E LP 2E c. LP 2E LP 3E LP
40 r.45
40 r.90
4E LP
0E LP
0E LP
3E c. LP 4E LP
4E LBP 5E LP
6E LP
6E LP
0E LP
4E c. LP
4040
6E LP
8E LP
2E 45 LP
3E 45 LP
7E 45 LP
7E BP
7E P
8E P
L
2E LP
2E LP
S
4E P
4545
6E P
4560
4590
9090
plain
L
2E s. LP 0E LP
1E LP
2E c. LP 2E LP
3E LP
4E LP
4E LP
0E LP
6E LP
8E LP
4E P
4E P
0E P
6E P
8E P
plain
S
6060
plain
L
2E LP
4E LP
2E P
4E P
1.04
1.04
ooves)
Summar
y: Pr
ofiles (with gr
grooves)
Summary:
Profiles
plain
Profile group
Special profiles
Slot type
plain
without grooves
plain
with grooves
L
light
octag.
octagonal
heavy
c.
corner
plain
r.
round
type B
s.
soft
hexag.
hexagonal
angle
angle
1
30150
3030
3050
3060
30100
5F L
6060
L
2F c. L
2F L
3F L
4F L
4F L
6F L
2F c.
2Fc. B
3F
4F
4F
6F
8F L
S
8E P
80120
2F s.
80160
120120
4040
8E LP
2E s. L 2E c. L 2E L
8F angle
4080
3E L
4E L
4E L
40120 40160
6E L
8E L
10E L
8080
80160
8E L
8E LB
12E L
8E
8E angle
12E
40 r.30 40 r.45 40 r.60 40 r.90
L
2F L
2E L
2E L
2E L
3E
4E
S
10E P
8E P
12E P
12E P
2E c.
6E
4545
4560
4590
9090
4E L
4E L
6E L
8E L
4E
4E
6E
8E
100300
100200
5050
50100
50150
100100
L
2E c. L 2E L
3E L
4E L
6E L
8E L
2E c.
3E
4E
6E
8E
8E L
S
12E P
16E P
2E s.
6060
8E
8E
6090
4E L
6E L
4E
6E
Summar
y: Special pr
ofiles (plain)
Summary:
profiles
Available only in USA!
Safety barrier profiles

Wire net profiles
3030
1.04
Inch profiles
Panel profiles
3045
1"1"
plain
2"2"
plain
L
2F LP
2F LP
S
4F P
4040
4060
4040
4060
8F P
1.5"1.5" 1.5"3"
plain
3"3"
3"6"
plain
L
2E LP
2E c. LP 3E LP
2E LP
3E LP
4E LP
6E LP
4E P
6E P
6080
S
5E LP
6E LP
8E P
12E P
E-trunking profiles
plain
Lid 40
4020
for clips
4020
4040
4080
48 round
1E P
2E c. P
Lid 200
Profile pre-cut lid 120
8040
20050
80160 8E P
Profiles
hexagonal
Round
plain
Lid 80
Roller profiles
octagonal
30 hexag.
40 hexag.
30 octag.
40 octag.
6F P
6E P
8F P
8E P
2E P
plain
60/31
Carriage support profiles

80120
105/53
4040
8080
120120
160160
plain
S
4E 2F P
10
100/53
Telescopic profiles
80180
plain
63/31
4E 2F P
8E P
8E BP
12E P
16E P
Summar
y: Special pr
ofiles
Summary:
profiles
Profile pre-cut lids
50
Profile pre-cut
lid 30
1.05
Tubes
Profile pre-cut
lid 40
Profile pre-cut
lid 50
Profile pre-cut
lid 120
Hollow profiles
53
Tube 202
Tube 303
Tube 404
Type A,
PG 30 - 1.5
Type A,
PG 40 - 1.5
Type A,
PG 50 - 1.5
Type B,
50 mm - 2.0
Type C,
30 mm - 2.0
12
5.0
Type A,
PG 40 - 3.0
Type A,
PG 50 - 3.0
Type B,
50 mm - 3.0
T-Slot profile,
steel, E
T-Slot profile,
steel, subs. ins. F
T-Slot profile,
steel, subs. ins. E
Hinge profiles
1.5 mm
50
53
Hollow profile 20 Hollow profile 30 Hollow profile 40
Base profiles
Type A,
PG 20 - 1.5
Hinge profiles
2.0 mm / 5.0 mm
50
Base profile 20
Base profile 30
53
Base profile 40
Angle profiles
Type B,
40 mm - 2.0
Hinge profiles
3.0 mm
51
Angle profile
4848
Angle profile
6060
54
Angle profile
100100
Wire net mounting profiles
Type A,
PG 30 - 3.0
T-Slot profiles
Steel
51
54
Wire net mounting Wire net mounting

profile
profile 3310
Grab handle profiles
T-Slot profile,
steel, F
T-Slot profiles
PA
51
Grab handle
profile
Grab handle
profile
U-profiles,
C-track
52
54
T-Slot profile,
PA, F
T-Slot profile,
PA, E
Slide-slot profiles
PA
U-profile 25252
U-profile 40
55
C-track
Sliding profiles
Slide-slot profile,
PA, F
Slide-slot profile,
PA, E3
Slide-slot profile,
PA, E4
Slide-slot profile,
PA, F/E3
Slide-slot profile,
PA, F/E4
Slide-slot profile,
PA, E3/E4
19" profile,
PG 30
19" profile,
PG 40
19" profile,
PG 50
Slide-slot profiles
PA
52
Sliding profile
3014
Sliding profile
3026
Sliding profile
3314
Sliding profile,
Panel framing
profile
52
Sliding profile
5014
Sliding profile
3326
55
19" profiles
Panel framing
profile 308,5
55
11
Profile group 16 mm, F / E3-slot, P (plain)
1.09 - 1.10
light
core hole 6.2

for thread M8
bore hole 5.0

for thread M6
Description
Profile 1640, 1F, LP
Profile 1640, 1E, LP
bar, 6 m
1.10.016040.14LP.60
1.09.016040.14LP.60
1.09.016080.24LP.60
1.09.016160.44LP.60
packing unit
(number) 1.10.016040.14LP.61 (20) 1.09.016040.14LP.61 (20) 1.09.016080.24LP.61 (10) 1.09.016160.44LP.61 (5)
moment of inertia
cm 4 Ix =
moment of resistance cm 3 Wx =
weight
kg/m G =
4.4
2.2
0.87
Iy =
Wy =
0.8
0.8
Ix =
Wx =
G =
4.3 Iy =
2.2 Wy =
0.75
0.8 Ix =
0.8 Wx =
G =
30.7
7.7
1.49
Iy =
Wy =
1.6 Ix = 238.3 Iy =
1.6 Wx = 29.8 Wy =
G =
3.0
heavy
core hole 6.2

for thread M8
bore hole 5.0

for thread M6
Description
bar, 6 m
packing unit
Profile 1640, 1F, P
Profile 1640, 1E, P
Profile 1680, 2E, P
1.10.016040.14P.60
1.09.016040.14P.60
1.09.016080.24P.60
(number) 1.10.016040.14P.61 (20) 1.09.016040.14P.61 (20) 1.09.016080.24P.61 (10)
moment of inertia
cm 4 Ix =
weight
kg/m G =
5.3
2.7
1.0
Iy =
Wy =
1.0
1.0
Ix =
Wx =
G =
7.2 Iy =
3.6 Wy =
1.14
1.1 Ix =
1.1 Wx =
G =
machining data Profile machining 1.1A

12
48.3
12.0
2.11
Iy =
Wy =
2.2
2.2
3.3
3.3
Profile group 20 mm, H-slot, P (plain)
1.10
light
core hole 6.2

for thread M8
Description
Profile 2020, 2H, LP
bar, 6 m
1.10.020020.23LP.60
packing unit
(number)
1.10.020020.23LP.61 (10)
moment of inertia
cm4
moment of resistance cm3
weight
kg/m
Ix =
Wx =
G =
1.0
1.0
0.58
Iy =
Wy =
0.8
0.8
heavy
core hole 6.2

for thread M8
Description
bar, 6 m
packing unit
Profile 2020, 2H, soft, P
Profile 2020, 2H, cor., P
1.10.020020.21P.60
1.10.020020.22P.60
(number) 1.10.020020.21P.61 (10) 1.10.020020.22P.61 (10)
moment of inertia
cm4 Ix =
moment of resistance cm3 Wx =
weight
kg/m G =
0.6 Iy =
0.6 Wy =
0.52
0.6 Ix =
0.6 Wx =
G =
1.0 Iy =
0.9 Wy =
0.68
1.0
0.9
Profile 2020, 3H, P

1.10.020020.33P.60
1.10.020020.33P.61 (10)
Ix =
Wx =
G =
0.9 Iy =
0.9 Wy =
0.65
0.9
0.9

13
Profile group 20 mm, H-slot, P (plain)
1.10
light
core hole 6.2

for thread M8
Description
bar, 6 m
1.10.020020.43LP.60
1.10.020040.64LP.60
1.10.040040.83LP.60
packing unit
(number) 1.10.020020.43LP.61 (10)
moment of inertia
cm4 Ix =
weight
kg/m G =
0.8
0.8
0.53
Iy =
Wy =
1.10.020040.64LP.61 (10) 1.10.040040.83LP.61 (10)

Ix =
Wx =
G =
0.8
0.8
5.3
2.6
0.9
Iy =
Wy =
1.4 Ix =
1.4 Wx =
G =
heavy
core hole 6.2

for thread M8
Description
bar, 6 m
packing unit
Profile 2020, 4H, P
Profile 2040, 4H, P
Profile 2040, 6H, P
1.10.020020.43P.60
1.10.020040.44P.60
1.10.020040.64P.60
(number) 1.10.020020.43P.61 (10) 1.10.020040.44P.61 (10) 1.10.020040.64P.61 (10)
moment of inertia
cm 4 Ix =
weight
kg/m G =
0.9
0.9
0.62
Iy =
Wy =
0.9
0.9
Ix =
Wx =
G =
7.0 Iy =
3.5 Wy =
1.3
2.0 Ix =
2.0 Wx =
G =

14
6.4
3.2
1.3
Iy =
Wy =
1.7
1.7
10.0 Iy = 10.0
5.0 Wy = 5.0
1.5
Profile group 20 mm, F-slot, P (plain)
1.11
light
core hole 12.0

for thread M14
Description
bar, 6 m
1.11.020010.14LP.60
1.11.020030.14LP.60
1.11.020030.24LP.60
packing unit
(number) 1.11.020010.14LP.61 (10) 1.11.020030.14LP.61 (10) 1.11.020030.24LP.61 (10)
moment of inertia
cm4 Ix =
weight
kg/m G =
0.1 Iy =
0.2 Wy =
0.35
0.6 Ix =
0.5 Wx =
G =
2.2 Iy =
1.5 Wy =
0.7
1.4 I x =
1.4 Wx =
G =
2.2
1.5
0.74
Iy =
Wy =
1.5
1.5
heavy
core hole 12.0

for thread M14
Profile 2030, 2F, P
Description
bar, 6 m
packing unit
(number)
moment of inertia
cm4
moment of resistance cm3
weight
kg/m
1.11.020030.24P.60
1.11.020030.24P.61 (10)
Ix =
Wx =
G =
2.6
1.7
1.0
Iy =
Wy =
1.9
1.7

15
1.11
light
core hole 12.0

for thread M14
Description
Profile 3030, 2F, cor.,LP
bar, 6 m
1.11.030030.13LP.60
1.11.030030.22LP.60
packing unit
(number)
1.11.030030.13LP.61 (10) 1.11.030030.22LP.61 (10)
moment of inertia
cm 4
moment of resistance cm 3
weight
kg/m
Ix =
Wx =
G =
3.1
2.1
0.9
Iy =
Wy =
3.1 Ix =
2.1 Wx =
G =
3.2 Iy =
2.1 Wy =
0.9
3.2
2.1
heavy
core hole 12.0

for thread M14
Description
bar, 6 m
packing unit
Profile 3030, 2F, soft, P
Profile 3030, 0F, P
Profile 3030, 1F, P
1.11.030030.21P.60
1.11.030030.03P.60
1.11.030030.13P.60
1.11.030030.22BP.60
(number) 1.11.030030.21P.61 (10) 1.11.030030.03P.61 (10) 1.11.030030.13P.61 (10) 1.11.030030.22BP.61 (10)
moment of inertia
cm 4 Ix =
weight
kg/m G =
2.7
1.6
0.9
Iy =
Wy =
2.7
1.6
Ix =
Wx =
G =
4.4 Iy =
2.3 Wy =
1.3
4.4 Ix =
2.3 Wx =
G =

16
Profile 3030, 2F, cor., BP
4.3
2.9
1.2
Iy =
Wy =
4.0 Ix =
2.6 Wx =
G =
3.7 Iy =
2.4 Wy =
1.1
3.7
2.4
1.11
1.11.030030.23LP.60
1.11.030030.33LP.60
1.11.030030.43LP.60
1.11.030060.64LP.60
1.11.030030.23LP.61 (10) 1.11.030030.33LP.61 (10) 1.11.030030.43LP.61 (10)
1.11.030060.64LP.61 (6)
Ix =
Wx =
G =
Ix = 21.2
Wx =
7.0
G = 1.6
3.2 Iy =
2.1 Wy =
0.9
Profile 3030, 2F, P
3.2 Ix =
2.1 Wx =
G =
3.3 Iy =
2.2 Wy =
0.9
3.3
2.2
0.9
Iy =
Wy =
Iy =
Wy =
Profile 3060, 6F, P
1.11.030030.23P.60
1.11.030030.33P.60
1.11.030030.43P.60
1.11.030060.04P.60
1.11.030030.23P.61 (10) 1.11.030030.33P.61 (10) 1.11.030030.43P.61 (10) 1.11.030060.04P.61
1.11.030060.65P.60
(6) 1.11.030060.65P.61
3.6 Iy =
2.4 Wy =
1.1
3.9 Ix =
2.6 Wx =
G =
3.5 Iy =
2.4 Wy =
1.1
Profile 3030, 4F, P
3.3
2.2
Profile 3060, 0F, P
Ix =
Wx =
G =
Profile 3030, 3F, P
3.2 Ix =
2.2 Wx =
G =
3.7 Ix =
2.4 Wx =
G =
3.5
2.4
1.1
Iy =
Wy =
3.5 I x =
2.4 Wx =
G =
29.0 Iy =
9.6 Wy =
2.2
7.8 Ix = 25.0
5.2 Wx =
8.3
G =
2.1
Iy =
Wy =
5.7
3.8
(6)
7.0
4.7

17
1.11
light
Description
bar, 6 m
packing unit
(number)
moment of inertia
cm 4
weight
kg/m
heavy
core hole 12.0

for thread M14
core hole 12.0

for thread M14
Profile 30100, 5E, 2F, P
Description
bar, 6 m
packing unit
1.11.030100.74P.60
(number) 1.11.030100.74P.61
4
moment of inertia
cm Ix = 108.9
moment of resistance cm 3 Wx = 21.7
weight
kg/m G =
3.5
(4)
Iy = 12.4
Wy = 8.3
Profile 30100, 8F, P
1.11.030100.84P.60
1.11.030100.84P.61
1.11.030100.94P.60
(4) 1.11.030100.94P.61
Ix = 115.0
Wx = 22.9
G =
3.4

18
(4)
Iy = 11.6 Ix = 130.6 Iy = 11.9

Wy = 7.7 Wx = 25.9 Wy = 7.9
G =
3.6
1.11
core hole 12.0

for thread M14
106, Universal connector
110, ST-Connector
1.11.030100.104P.60
1.11.030150.85P.60
1.11.030100.104P.61 (4) 1.11.030150.85P.61
Profile 30150, 8E, P

1.11.030150.84P.60
(2) 1.11.030150.84P.61
Ix = 127.0 Iy = 11.9 Ix = 340.0 Iy = 16.0 Ix = 481.0

Wx = 25.4 Wy = 7.9 Wx = 45.0 Wy = 11.0 Wx = 64.1
G =
3.6
G =
4.1
G =
7.9
Profile 6060, 0F, P

(2)
Iy = 25.1
Wy = 16.7
1.11.060060.03P.60
1.11.060060.03P.61
Ix = 58.2
Wx = 15.5
G =
4.0
(6)
Iy = 58.2
Wy = 15.5

19
Profile group 40 mm, E3-slot, P (plain)
1.11
light
bore hole 5.0

for thread M6
bore hole 5.0

for thread M6
core hole 12.0

for thread M14
Description
Profile 4040, 2E, soft, LP Profile 4040, 0E, LP
Profile 4040, 2E, cor., LP
bar, 6 m
1.11.040040.21LP.60
1.11.040040.13LP.60
1.11.040040.22LP.60
packing unit
1.11.040040.03LP.60
(number) 1.11.040040.21LP.61 (8) 1.11.040040.03LP.61 (8) 1.11.040040.13LP.61 (8) 1.11.040040.22LP.61 (8)
moment of inertia
cm 4 Ix =
weight
kg/m G =
6.4
3.8
1.2
Iy =
Wy =
6.4
3.8
Ix =
Wx =
G =
12.0 Iy = 12.0 Ix =
6.0 Wy = 6.0 Wx =
G =
1.8
heavy
bore hole 5.0

for thread M6
core hole 12.0

for thread M14
Description
bar, 6 m
packing unit
(number)
moment of inertia
cm 4
weight
kg/m
20
8.5
4.1
1.3
Iy =
Wy =
8.1 Ix =
4.0 Wx =
G =
8.0 Iy =
4.0 Wy =
1.3
8.0
4.0
1.11
1.11.040040.23LP.60
1.11.040040.33LP.60
1.11.040040.43LP.60
1.11.040060.04LP.60
1.11.040080.04LP.60
1.11.040040.23LP.61 (8) 1.11.040040.33LP.61 (8) 1.11.040040.43LP.61 (8) 1.11.040060.04LP.61 (8) 1.11.040080.04LP.61 (4)
Ix =
Wx =
G =
8.2 Iy =
4.1 Wy =
1.3
7.5 Ix =
3.8 Wx =
G =
9.4 Iy = 10.0 Ix =
4.7 Wy = 5.0 Wx =
G =
1.5
9.9
4.9
1.5
Iy =
Wy =
9.9 I x =
4.9 Wx =
G =
27.7 Iy = 13.1 I x = 79.0

9.3 Wy = 6.5 Wx = 19.7
G = 3.1
2.1
Iy = 21.5
Wy = 10.7
Profile 4040, 4E, P

1.11.040040.43P.60
1.11.040040.43P.61
Ix =
Wx =
G =
12.0
6.0
2.0
(8)
Iy = 12.0
Wy = 6.0

21
1.11
light
bore hole 5.0

for thread M6
bore hole 5.0

for thread M6
core hole 12.0

for thread M14
Description
Profile 4080, 4E, LBP
bar, 6 m
1.11.040080.32LP.60
1.11.040080.44LP.60
1.11.040080.44LBP.60
1.11.040080.54LP.60
packing unit
(number) 1.11.040080.32LP.61 (4) 1.11.040080.44LP.61 (4) 1.11.040080.44LBP.61 (4) 1.11.040080.54LP.61 (4)
moment of inertia
cm 4 Ix =
weight
kg/m G =
73.8
18.5
2.8
Iy = 20.5
Wy = 10.2
Ix =
Wx =
G =
70.7 Iy = 20.0 Ix =
17.7 Wy = 8.9 Wx =
G =
2.8
heavy
bore hole 5.0

for thread M6
core hole 12.0

for thread M14
Description
bar, 6 m
packing unit
(number)
moment of inertia
cm 4
weight
kg/m
22
74.5
18.6
2.8
Iy = 18.3 Ix =
Wy = 9.2 Wx =
G =
72.2 Iy = 18.1
18.0 Wy = 9.0
2.8
1.11
1.11.040080.64LP.60
1.11.040160.64LP.60
1.11.080080.03LP.60
1.11.080080.42LP.60
1.11.080080.63LP.60
1.11.040080.64LP.61 (4) 1.11.040160.64LP.61 (2) 1.11.080080.03LP.61 (2) 1.11.080080.42LP.61 (2) 1.11.080080.63LP.61 (2)
Ix =
Wx =
G =
62.7 Iy = 17.7 Ix = 450.4 Iy = 36.3 Ix = 135.0

15.6 Wy = 8.8 Wx = 56.3 Wy = 18.1 Wx = 33.5
G =
G =
2.5
5.0
4.7
Profile 4080, 6E, P

1.11.040080.64P.60
1.11.040080.64P.61
Ix =
Wx =
G =
Iy = 135.0 I x = 128.0 Iy = 128.0 I x = 121.3

Wy = 33.5 Wx = 32.0 Wy = 32.0 Wx = 30.3
G =
G = 4.2
4.5
Profile 8080, 7E, BP

(4)
82.0 Iy = 23.4
20.5 Wy = 11.7
3.8
Iy = 116.0
Wy = 29.0
Profile 8080, 7E, P
1.11.080080.73BP.60
1.11.080080.79P.60
1.11.080080.73BP.61 (2) 1.11.080080.79P.61
I x = 145.0 Iy = 141.0 I x = 173.0
Wx = 36.2 Wy = 35.2 Wx = 43.3
5.3
G =
G = 7.6
(2)
Iy = 160.0
Wy = 40.0

23
1.11
light
bore hole 5.0

for thread M6
bore hole 5.0

for thread M6
core hole 12.0

for thread M14
Description
bar, 6 m
1.11.080080.83LP.60
1.11.080160.84LP.60
packing unit
(number) 1.11.080080.83LP.61 (2)
moment of inertia
cm 4 Ix = 114.0
weight
kg/m G =
4.1
1.11.080160.84LP.61 (2)
Iy = 114.0
Wy = 28.4
Ix = 828.0
Wx = 104.0
G =
8.6
Iy = 259.0
Wy = 65.0
heavy
Application
E-trunking profiles,
57, 311-313
bore hole 5.0

for thread M6
core hole 12.0

for thread M14
Profile 8080, 8E, P
Description
bar, 6 m
packing unit
1.11.080080.83P.60
(number) 1.11.080080.83P.61
4
moment of inertia
cm Ix = 166.0
weight
kg/m G =
5.9
1.11.080120.104P.60
1.11.080160.89P.60
(2) 1.11.080120.104P.61 (2) 1.11.080160.89P.61
Iy = 166.0
Wy = 41.4
Ix = 449.9 Iy = 217.8
Wx = 72.6 Wy = 54.4
G =
8.6
Ix = 944.0
Wx = 118.0
G =
7.9

24
(2)
Iy = 183.0
Wy = 45.8
1.11
1.11.080160.124P.60
1.11.120120.123P.60
1.11.080160.124P.61 (2) 1.11.120120.123P.61 (2)
Ix = 883.0 Iy = 269.0 Ix = 624.0 Iy = 624.0
Wx = 110.0 Wy = 67.3 Wx = 104.0 Wy = 104.0
G =
9.4
G = 10.6
25
1.11
and calculation formulas
for polygons 1.2E
light
core hole 12.0

for thread M14
Description
P. 40, rnd. 45 deg., 2E, LP
Profile 40, round 90 deg., 2E, LP
bar, 6 m
1.11.040R45.20LP.60
1.11.040R90.20LP.60
packing unit
(number)
1.11.040R45.20LP.61 (8) 1.11.040R90.20LP.61 (4)
moment of inertia
cm 4
weight
kg/m
Ix =
Wx =
G =
14.5 Iy =
4.9 Wy =
1.6
8.0 Ix =
3.7 Wx =
G =
89.0
16.0
3.0
Iy = 89.0
Wy = 16.0
light
bore hole 5.0

for thread M6
core hole 12.0

for thread M14
Description
bar, 6 m
packing unit
Prf. 4040, 2E, 45 deg., LP Prf. 8080, 3E, 45 deg., LP Prf. 8080, 7E, 45 deg., LP
1.11.040040.28LP.60
1.11.080080.38LP.60
1.11.080080.78LP.60
(number) 1.11.040040.28LP.61 (8) 1.11.080080.38LP.61 (2) 1.11.080080.78LP.61 (2)
moment of inertia
cm 4 Ix =
weight
kg/m G =
7.3
3.9
1.4
Iy =
Wy =
7.3
3.9
Ix = 106.0 Iy = 106.0
Wx = 26.5 Wy = 26.5
G =
4.3
Ix =
Wx =
G =

26
99.3
24.8
4.0
Iy = 99.3
Wy = 24.8
27
1.11
light
core hole 12.0

for thread M14
Description
Profile 4545, 2E, soft, LP Profile 4545, 0E, LP
bar, 6 m
1.11.045045.21LP.60
1.11.045045.13LP.60
1.11.045045.22LP.60
packing unit
1.11.045045.03LP.60
(number) 1.11.045045.21LP.61 (8) 1.11.045045.03LP.61 (8) 1.11.045045.13LP.61 (8) 1.11.045045.22LP.61 (8)
moment of inertia
cm 4 Ix =
weight
kg/m G =
11.4
5.1
1.6
Iy = 11.4
Wy = 5.1
Ix =
Wx =
G =
15.5 Iy = 15.5 Ix =
6.9 Wy = 6.9 Wx =
G =
2.2
heavy
bore hole
for thread M10
core hole 12.0

for thread M14
Description
bar, 6 m
packing unit
(number)
moment of inertia
cm 4
weight
kg/m
28
14.7
6.5
2.1
Iy = 15.5 Ix =
Wy = 6.8 Wx =
G =
14.7 Iy = 14.7
6.6 Wy = 6.6
2.0
1.11
1.11.045045.23LP.60
1.11.045045.33LP.60
1.11.045045.43LP.60
1.11.045060.44LP.60
1.11.045090.04LP.60
1.11.045045.23LP.61 (8) 1.11.045045.33LP.61 (8) 1.11.045045.43LP.61 (8) 1.11.045060.44LP.61 (6) 1.11.045090.04LP.61 (4)
Ix =
Wx =
G =
14.0 Iy = 15.5 Ix =
6.2 Wy = 6.9 Wx =
G =
2.0
14.0 Iy = 14.7 Ix =
6.2 Wy = 6.5 Wx =
G =
2.1
13.5
6.0
1.9
Iy = 13.5 I x =
Wy = 6.0 Wx =
G =
26.5 Iy = 16.0 I x = 107.5

9.0 Wy = 7.2 Wx = 23.9
G =
2.3
3.6
Iy = 30.4
Wy = 13.5
Profile 4545, 4E, P
Profile 4560, 4E, P
Profile 4590, 0E, P
1.11.045045.43P.60
1.11.045045.43P.61
1.11.045060.44P.60
(8) 1.11.045060.44P.61
1.11.045090.04P.60
(6) 1.11.045090.04P.61
Ix =
Wx =
G =
15.5
6.9
2.1
Iy = 15.5 I x =
Wy = 6.9 Wx =
G =
38.0 Iy = 23.5 I x = 134.3

13.0 Wy = 10.4 Wx = 29.8
3.0
G =
4.7
(4)
Iy = 36.3
Wy = 16.2

29
light
core hole 12.0

for thread M14
Description
bar, 6 m
1.11.045090.64LP.60
1.11.090090.83LP.60
packing unit
(number) 1.11.045090.64LP.61 (4) 1.11.090090.83LP.61 (2)
moment of inertia
cm 4 Ix =
weight
kg/m G =
98.0
21.8
3.3
Iy = 27.5
Wy = 12.2
Ix = 190.5 Iy = 190.5
Wx = 42.3 Wy = 42.3
G =
5.6
heavy
bore hole 5.0

for thread M6
bore hole 5.0

for thread M10
core hole 12.0

for thread M14
Profile 4590, 6E, P
Profile 9090, 8E, P
1.11.045090.64P.60
(number) 1.11.045090.64P.61
1.11.090090.83P.60
(4) 1.11.090090.83P.61
Description
bar, 6 m
packing unit
moment of inertia
cm Ix = 126.0
weight
kg/m G =
4.4
Iy = 34.0
Wy = 15.0
(2)
Ix = 282.0 Iy = 282.0
Wx = 63.0 Wy = 63.0
G =
9.5

30
1.11
1.11
light
heavy
core hole 12.0

for thread M14
bore hole for

thread M12
Description
bar, 6 m
packing unit

1.11.100200.124P.60
(number) 1.11.100200.124P.61 (2)
moment of inertia
cm4 Ix = 2,450
moment of resistance cm3 Wx = 250
weight
kg/m G = 17.2
Iy =
Wy =
760
152

1.11.100300.164P.60
1.11.100300.164P.61 (1)
I x = 8,320
Wx = 555
G = 25.6
Iy = 1,170
Wy = 234

31
light
core hole 12.0

for thread M14
Description
bar, 6 m
1.11.060060.23LP.60
1.11.060060.43LP.60
packing unit
(number) 1.11.060060.23LP.61 (6) 1.11.060060.43LP.61 (6)
moment of inertia
cm 4 Ix =
weight
kg/m G =
35.1
11.7
2.9
Iy = 37.7
Wy = 12.5
Ix =
Wx =
G =
35.5 Iy = 35.5
11.7 Wy = 11.7
2.7
heavy
core hole 12.0

for thread M14
bore hole for

thread M14
Profile 6060, 2E, P
Profile 6060, 4E, P
1.11.060060.23P.60
(number) 1.11.060060.23P.61
1.11.060060.43P.60
(6) 1.11.060060.43P.61
Description
bar, 6 m
packing unit
moment of inertia
cm Ix =
weight
kg/m G =
55.9
18.6
4.3
Iy = 58.5
Wy = 19.5
Ix =
Wx =
G =
(6)
56.0 Iy = 56.0
18.7 Wy = 18.7
4.2

32
1.11
Special profiles, P (plain)
1.11
heavy
core hole 12.0

for thread M14
Description
Profile 48, round, 1E, P
P. 48, round, 2E, corner, P
Profile 48, round, 2E, P
bar, 6 m
1.11.048R00.10P.60
1.11.048R00.22P.60
1.11.048R00.20P.60
(number) 1.11.048R00.10P.61
(6) 1.11.048R00.22P.61
(6) 1.11.048R00.20P.61
packing unit
moment of inertia
cm4 Ix =
weight
kg/m G =
12.5 Iy = 12.9 Ix =
4.9 Wy = 5.4 Wx =
G =
1.8
12.0 Iy = 12.0 I x =
5.0 Wy = 5.0 Wx =
G =
2.0
12.5
5.1
2.0
(6)
Iy = 13.5
Wy = 5.9
heavy
core hole 12.0

for thread M14
core hole 12.0

for thread M14
Prof. 30, hexagonal, 6F, P
Description
bar, 6 m
packing unit
1.11.0306kt.69P.60
(number) 1.11.0306kt.69P.61
4
moment of inertia
cm Ix =
weight
kg/m G =
Profile 30, octagonal, 8F, P Prof. 40, hexagonal, 6E, P
1.11.0308kt.89P.60
(2) 1.11.0308kt.89P.61
32.0 Iy = 32.0 Ix =
9.8 Wy = 9.8 Wx =
G =
2.8
1.11.0406kt.69P.60
(2) 1.11.0406kt.69P.61
84.0 Iy = 84.0 I x =
21.0 Wy = 21.0 Wx =
G =
3.9
83.0
21.0
4.4
Prof. 40, octagonal, 8E, P
1.11.0408kt.89P.60
(2) 1.11.0408kt.89P.61
(2)
Iy = 83.0 I x = 233.0 Iy = 233.0

Wy = 21.0 Wx = 44.0 Wy = 44.0
G =
6.5

33
Profile group 30 mm, F-slot (with grooves)
1.11
light
core hole 12.0

for thread M14
Description
Profile 3030, 2F, corner, L Profile 3030, 2F, L
Profile 3030, 3F, L
bar, 6 m
1.11.030030.22L.60
1.11.030030.33L.60
packing unit
(number)
1.11.030030.23L.60
1.11.030030.22L.61 (10) 1.11.030030.23L.61 (10) 1.11.030030.33L.61 (10)
moment of inertia
cm 4
weight
kg/m
Ix =
Wx =
G =
3.2 Iy =
2.1 Wy =
0.9
3.2 Ix =
2.1 Wx =
G =
3.2
2.2
0.9
Iy =
Wy =
3.2 Ix =
2.2 Wx =
G =
3.3 Iy =
2.2 Wy =
0.9
3.2
2.2
heavy
core hole 12.0

for thread M14
Profile 3030, 2F, soft
Description
bar, 6 m
packing unit
1.11.030030.21.60
(number) 1.11.030030.21.61
4
moment of inertia
cm Ix =
weight
kg/m G =
2.7
1.6
0.9
Iy =
Wy =
Profile 3030, 2F, corner

1.11.030030.22.60
(10) 1.11.030030.22.61
2.7
1.6
Ix =
Wx =
G =
3.7 Iy =
2.4 Wy =
1.1
Profile 3030, 2F, corner, B Profile 3030, 3F
1.11.030030.22B.60
1.11.030030.33.60
(10) 1.11.030030.22B.61 (10) 1.11.030030.33.61
3.7 Ix =
2.4 Wx =
G =

34
3.7
2.4
1.1
Iy =
Wy =
3.7 Ix =
2.4 Wx =
G =
3.5 Iy =
2.4 Wy =
1.1
(10)
3.7
2.4
Profile group 30 mm, F-slot (with grooves)
1.11
Profile 3030, 4F, L
Profile 3050, 4F, L
Profile 3060, 6F, L
Profile 30100, 5F, L
Profile 6060, 8F, L
1.11.030030.43L.60
1.11.030050.44L.60
1.11.030060.64L.60
1.11.030100.54L.60
1.11.060060.83L.60
1.11.030030.43L.61 (10) 1.11.030050.44L.61
(6) 1.11.030060.64L.61
(6) 1.11.030100.54L.61
(4) 1.11.060060.83L.61
Ix =
Wx =
G =
4.3 Ix =
3.3 Wx =
G =
5.7 I x =
3.8 Wx =
G =
9.5 I x = 38.7
6.3 Wx = 12.9
G = 2.6
3.3 Iy =
2.2 Wy =
0.9
Profile 3030, 4F
3.3 Ix =
2.2 Wx =
G =
11.0 Iy =
4.8 Wy =
1.3
Profile 3050, 4F
21.2
7.0
1.6
Iy =
Wy =
Profile 3060, 6F
1.11.030030.43.60
1.11.030030.43.61
1.11.030050.44.60
(10) 1.11.030050.44.61
1.11.030060.65.60
(6) 1.11.030060.65.61
Ix =
Wx =
G =
3.5 Ix =
2.4 Wx =
G =
6.6 Ix =
4.4 Wx =
G =
3.5 Iy =
2.4 Wy =
1.1
16.9 Iy =
6.7 Wy =
2.0
25.0
8.3
2.1
Iy =
Wy =
83.2 Iy =
16.6 Wy =
2.2
(8)
Iy = 38.7
Wy = 12.9
Profile 6060, 8F, angle

(6)
7.0
4.7
1.11.060060.87.60
1.11.060060.87.61
Ix = 35.2
Wx =
9.9
G = 2.8
(4)
Iy = 35.2
Wy = 9.9

35
Profile group 40 mm, E3-slot (with grooves)
1.11
light
bore hole 5.0

for thread M6
core hole 12.0

for thread M14
Description
Profile 4040, 2E, soft, L
Profile 4040, 2E, corner, L Profile 4040, 2E, L
Profile 4040, 3E, L
bar, 6 m
1.11.040040.21L.60
1.11.040040.22L.60
1.11.040040.33L.60
packing unit
(number) 1.11.040040.21L.61
moment of inertia
cm 4 Ix =
weight
kg/m G =
6.4
3.8
1.2
Iy =
Wy =
(8) 1.11.040040.22L.61
6.4
3.8
Ix =
Wx =
G =
8.0 Iy =
4.0 Wy =
1.3
1.11.040040.23L.60
(8) 1.11.040040.23L.61
(8) 1.11.040040.33L.61
(8)
8.0 Ix =
4.0 Wx =
G =
7.5 Ix =
3.8 Wx =
G =
8.8
4.4
8.2
4.1
1.3
Iy =
Wy =
8.3 Iy =
4.1 Wy =
1.4
heavy
bore hole 5.0

for thread M6
core hole 12.0

for thread M14
Description
bar, 6 m
packing unit
(number)
4
moment of inertia
cm
weight
kg/m
Profile 4040, 2E, corner
Profile 4040, 3E
1.11.040040.22.60
1.11.040040.22.61
1.11.040040.33.60
1.11.040040.33.61
Ix =
Wx =
G =
(8)
12.3 Iy = 12.3
6.1 Wy = 6.1
2.0

36
Ix =
Wx =
G =
(8)
12.0 Iy = 12.3
6.0 Wy = 6.0
2.0
1.11
Profile 4040, 4E, L
Profile 4080, 4E, L
Profile 4080, 6E, L
Profile 40120, 8E, L
1.11.040040.43L.60
1.11.040080.44L.60
1.11.040080.64L.60
1.11.040120.84L.60
1.11.040160.104L.60
1.11.040040.43L.61
(8) 1.11.040080.44L.61
(4) 1.11.040080.64L.61
(4) 1.11.040120.84L.61
Ix =
Wx =
G =
9.9 Ix =
4.9 Wx =
G =
9.9 Iy =
4.9 Wy =
1.5
Profile 4040, 4E
1.11.040040.43.60
1.11.040040.43.61
Ix =
Wx =
G =
63.2 Iy = 17.8 Ix =
15.7 Wy = 8.9 Wx =
G =
2.6
62.7
15.6
2.6
(2) 1.11.040160.104L.61 (2)
Iy = 17.0 I x = 194.0 Iy = 26.0 I x = 478.0

Wy = 8.5 Wx = 33.0 Wy = 13.0 Wx = 60.0
G =
G = 5.6
3.7
Iy = 36.6
Wy = 18.3
Profile 4080, 6E
(8)
12.0 Iy = 12.0
6.0 Wy = 6.0
2.0
1.11.040080.65.60
1.11.040080.65.61
Ix =
Wx =
G =
82.0
20.5
3.8
(4)
Iy = 23.4
Wy = 11.7

37
1.11
light
bore hole 5.0

for thread M6
core hole 12.0

for thread M14
Description
Profile 8080, 8E, L
Profile 8080, 8E, LB
bar, 6 m
1.11.080080.83L.60
1.11.080080.83LB.60
1.11.080160.124L.60
packing unit
(number) 1.11.080080.83L.61
moment of inertia
cm 4 Ix = 111.0
weight
kg/m G =
4.1
(2) 1.11.080080.83LB.61 (2) 1.11.080160.124L.61 (2)
Iy = 111.0
Wy = 28.0
Ix = 115.0 Iy = 115.0
Wx = 29.0 Wy = 29.0
G =
4.5
Ix = 801.0
Wx = 100.0
G =
8.8
Profile 8080, 8E, angle
Profile 80160, 12E
Iy = 235.0
Wy = 59.0
heavy
bore hole 5.0

for thread M6
core hole 12.0

for thread M14
Profile 8080, 8E
Description
bar, 6 m
packing unit
1.11.080080.83.60
(number) 1.11.080080.83.61
4
moment of inertia
cm Ix = 166.0
weight
kg/m G =
5.9
1.11.080080.87.60
(2) 1.11.080080.87.61
Iy = 166.0
Wy = 41.4
1.11.080160.124.60
(2) 1.11.080160.124.61
Ix = 120.0 Iy = 120.0
Wx = 23.8 Wy = 23.8
G =
6.3
Ix = 880.0
Wx = 110.0
G =
9.4

38
(2)
Iy = 268.0
Wy = 67.0
1.11
F-Slot
light
for polygons 1.2E
F-Slot
core hole 12.0
for thread M14
1
E3-Slot
core hole 12.0
for thread M14
Description
P. 40, round 30 deg., 2F, L
P. 40, round 45 deg., 2E, L P. 40, round 60 deg., 2E, L
bar, 6 m
1.11.040R30.20L.60
1.11.040R45.20L.60
packing unit
(number) 1.11.040R30.20L.61
moment of inertia
cm4 Ix =
weight
kg/m G =
6.0 Iy =
3.0 Wy =
1.2
1.11.040R60.20L.60
(8) 1.11.040R45.20L.61
(8) 1.11.040R60.20L.61
4.8 Ix =
2.4 Wx =
G =
8.0 I x =
3.7 Wx =
G =
14.5 Iy =
4.9 Wy =
1.6
light
30.0
7.6
1.9
(8)
Iy = 10.5
Wy = 4.6
for polygons 1.2E
core hole 12.0

for thread M14
Description
Profile 40, round 90 deg., 2E, L

1.11.040R90.20L.60
1.11.040R90.20L.61
4
moment of inertia
cm Ix =
weight
kg/m G =
(4)
89.0 Iy = 89.0
16.0 Wy = 16.0
3.0
39
1.11
light
core hole 12.0

for thread M14
Description
Profile 4545, 4E, L
Profile 4560, 4E, L
Profile 4590, 6E, L
Profile 9090, 8E, L
bar, 6 m
1.11.045045.43L.60
1.11.045060.44L.60
1.11.045090.64L.60
1.11.090090.83L.60
(number) 1.11.045045.43L.61
(8) 1.11.045060.44L.61
(6) 1.11.045090.64L.61
(4) 1.11.090090.83L.61
packing unit
moment of inertia
cm 4 Ix =
weight
kg/m G =
13.5
6.0
1.9
Iy = 13.5
Wy = 6.0
Ix =
Wx =
G =
26.5 Iy = 16.0 Ix =
9.0 Wy = 7.2 Wx =
G =
2.3
98.0
21.8
3.3
Iy = 27.5
Wy = 12.2
(2)
Ix = 183.0 Iy = 183.0
Wx = 40.7 Wy = 40.7
G =
5.3
heavy
bore hole 5.0

for thread M6
bore hole 5.0

for thread M10
core hole 12.0

for thread M14
Profile 4545, 4E
Description
bar, 6 m
packing unit
1.11.045045.43.60
(number) 1.11.045045.43.61
4
moment of inertia
cm Ix =
weight
kg/m G =
16.8
7.4
2.3
Profile 4560, 4E
1.11.045060.44.60
(8) 1.11.045060.44.61
Iy = 16.8
Wy = 7.4
Ix =
Wx =
G =
Profile 4590, 6E
1.11.045090.64.60
(6) 1.11.045090.64.61
38.8 Iy = 23.5
13.0 Wy = 10.4
3.0
Ix = 126.0
Wx = 28.0
G =
4.4

40
Profile 9090, 8E
1.11.090090.83.60
(4) 1.11.090090.83.61
Iy = 34.0
Wy = 15.0
(2)
Ix = 282.0 Iy = 282.0
Wx = 63.0 Wy = 63.0
G =
9.5
41
1.11
light
core hole 12.0

for thread M14
Description
Profile 5050, 2E, corner, L Profile 5050, 2E, L
Profile 5050, 3E, L
bar, 6 m
1.11.050050.22L.60
1.11.050050.23L.60
1.11.050050.33L.60
1.11.050050.22L.61
(6) 1.11.050050.23L.61
(6) 1.11.050050.33L.61
packing unit
(number)
moment of inertia
cm4
weight
kg/m
Ix =
Wx =
G =
16.5 Iy = 16.5 Ix =
6.7 Wy = 6.7 Wx =
G =
1.7
17.7
7.0
1.6
Iy = 13.6 Ix =
Wy = 5.4 Wx =
G =
(6)
18.4 Iy = 16.0
7.3 Wy = 5.8
1.9
heavy
core hole 12.0

for thread M14
bore hole for

thread M12
Profile 5050, 2E, soft
Description
bar, 6 m
packing unit
1.11.050050.21.60
(number) 1.11.050050.21.61
4
moment of inertia
cm Ix =
weight
kg/m G =
18.8
7.5
2.3
Profile 5050, 2E, corner

1.11.050050.22.60
(6) 1.11.050050.22.61
Iy = 18.8
Wy = 7.5
Ix =
Wx =
G =
(6)
28.2 Iy = 28.2
11.1 Wy = 11.1
3.2

42
Profile 5050, 3E
1.11.050050.33.60
1.11.050050.33.61
Ix =
Wx =
G =
(6)
27.3 Iy = 28.2
11.1 Wy = 11.1
3.1
1.11
Profile 5050, 4E, L
1.11.050050.43L.60
1.11.050100.64L.60
1.11.050100.84L.60
1.11.100100.83L.60
1.11.050050.43L.61
(6) 1.11.050100.64L.61
(3) 1.11.050100.84L.61
Ix =
Wx =
G =
19.2
7.7
2.2
Iy = 19.2 Ix = 138.0 Iy = 37.0 Ix = 137.0

Wy = 7.7 Wx = 27.5 Wy = 14.5 Wx = 27.5
G =
G =
3.5
4.0
Profile 5050, 4E
1.11.050050.43.60
1.11.050050.43.61
Ix =
Wx =
G =
27.3
11.0
3.1
(3)
1.11.100100.83L.61
Ix = 284.0
Wx = 50.8
G =
6.2
Iy = 40.0
Wy = 16.0
Profile 50100, 6E
Profile 50100, 8E
Profile 50150, 8E
1.11.050100.65.60
(6) 1.11.050100.65.61
1.11.050100.84.60
(3) 1.11.050100.84.61
1.11.050150.85.60
(3) 1.11.050150.85.61
Iy = 27.3
Wy = 11.0
Ix = 202.0 Iy = 57.2 Ix = 200.0

Wx = 40.4 Wy = 22.8 Wx = 39.9
G =
5.9
G =
6.0
(2)
Iy = 284.0
Wy = 50.8
Profile 100100, 8E
1.11.100100.83.60
(2) 1.11.100100.83.61
Iy = 53.3 I x = 628.0 Iy = 83.0 I x = 411.0

Wy = 21.3 Wx = 83.0 Wy = 33.0 Wx = 82.0
G =
8.1
G =
9.7
(2)
Iy = 411.0
Wy = 82.0

43
light
core hole 12.0

for thread M14
Description
Profile 6060, 4E, L
Profile 6090, 6E, L
bar, 6 m
1.11.060060.43L.60
1.11.060090.64L.60
(number) 1.11.060060.43L.61
(6) 1.11.060090.64L.61
packing unit
moment of inertia
cm 4 Ix =
weight
kg/m G =
35.5
11.7
2.7
Iy = 35.5
Wy = 11.7
(3)
Ix = 124.0 Iy = 54.0
Wx = 27.5 Wy = 18.0
G =
4.0
heavy
core hole 12.0

for thread M14
Profile 6060, 4E
Description
bar, 6 m
packing unit
1.11.060060.43.60
(number) 1.11.060060.43.61
4
moment of inertia
cm Ix =
weight
kg/m G =
56.0
18.7
4.2
Profile 6090, 6E
1.11.060090.64.60
(6) 1.11.060090.64.61
Iy = 56.0
Wy = 18.7
(3)
Ix = 193.0 Iy = 83.0
Wx = 43.0 Wy = 27.5
G =
6.0

44
1.11
Panel profiles 40, E3-slot, P (plain)
1.15
light
core hole 12.0

for thread M14
Description
4040, 2E, c., Panel, LP 4
4040, 3E, Panel, LP 4
4060, 3E, Panel, LP 4
6080, 5E, Panel, LP 4
bar, 6 m
1.151.4040.22LP40.60
1.151.4040.33LP40.60
1.151.4060.34LP40.60
1.151.6080.54LP40.60
packing unit
(number) 1.151.4040.22LP40.61 (8) 1.151.4040.33LP40.61 (8) 1.151.4060.34LP40.61 (8) 1.151.6080.54LP40.61 (4)
moment of inertia
cm4 Ix =
weight
kg/m G =
10.3 Iy = 10.3 Ix =
5.2 Wy = 5.2 Wx =
1.8
1.65 G =
10.2 Iy =
5.1 Wy =
8.7 I x =
4.3 Wx =
2.4 G =
14.8
7.4
Iy = 26.3 I x = 100.4 Iy = 50.4

Wy = 8.8 Wx = 25.1 Wy = 16.8
3.8 G =
Profile for door stop
light
core hole 12.0

for thread M14
Assembly drawing
Description
bar, 6 m
packing unit
6080, 6E, Panel, LP 4
Assembly drawing
1.151.6080.64LP40.60
1.11.020030.14LP.60
(number) 1.151.6080.64LP40.61 (4) 1.11.020030.14LP.61 (10)
moment of inertia
cm4 Ix =
weight
kg/m G =
85.8 Iy = 50.8 Ix =
21.5 Wy = 16.9 Wx =
G =
3.7
2.2 Iy =
1.5 Wy =
0.7
1.4 I x = 113.0 Iy = 64.0 I x =

1.4 Wx = 28.5 Wy = 21.3 Wx =
G =
4.5
G =
89.2
22.3
4.4
Iy = 53.3
Wy = 17.7

45
Wire net profiles 30, F-slot, P (plain)
light
core hole 12.0

for thread M14
Description
3030, 2F, WG, LP 7.5
3045, 2F, WG, LP 7.5
bar, 6 m
1.155.3030.23LP75.60
1.155.3045.24LP75.60
packing unit
(number) 1.155.3030.23LP75.61 (10) 1.155.3045.24LP75.61 (8)
moment of inertia
cm 4 Ix =
weight
kg/m G =
3.2 Ix =
2.1 Wx =
G =
2.6 Iy =
1.7 Wy =
0.86
4.3 Iy =
2.9 Wy =
1.15
7.4
3.3
Wire net profiles 40, E3-slot, P (plain)

light
core hole 12.0

for thread M14
Description
bar, 6 m
packing unit
4040, 2E, WG, LP 7.5
4060, 2E, WG, LP 7.5
1.155.4040.23LP75.60
1.155.4060.24LP75.60
(number) 1.155.4040.23LP75.61 (8) 1.155.4060.24LP75.61 (8)
moment of inertia
cm 4 Ix =
weight
kg/m G =
7.5 Iy =
3.8 Wy =
1.35
8.2 Ix =
4.1 Wx =
G =
12.0 Iy = 22.7
6.0 Wy = 7.6
1.95

46
1.15
5.11
Roller profiles (plain)
heavy
Description
Roller profile 60/31
bar, 6 m
5.11.060R00.00P.60
5.11.063R00.00P.60
5.11.100R00.00P.60
5.11.103R00.00P.60
(Stck) 5.11.060R00.00P.61
(4) 5.11.063R00.00P.61
(4) 5.11.100R00.00P.61
(2) 5.11.103R00.00P.61
packing unit
moment of inertia
cm4 Ix =
weight
kg/m G =
33.4
11.4
3.2
Iy = 33.4 Ix =
Wy = 11.4 Wx =
G =
48.9 Iy = 48.9 Ix = 225.0

15.5 Wy = 15.5 Wx = 44.7
G =
4.0
6.9
(2)
Iy = 225.0 Ix = 286.0 Iy = 286.0

Wy = 44.7 Wx = 55.0 Wy = 55.0
G =
8.3
47
Carriage support profiles, F / E3-slot (plain)
heavy
core hole 12.0

for thread M14
E3-slot
core hole 12.0

for thread M14
F-slot
Description
Carriage support profile 80120
Carriage support profile 80180
bar, 6 m
8.11.080120.64P.60
8.11.080180.64P.60
moment of inertia
cm 4 Ix = 354.0
5.8
weight
kg/m G =
48
Iy = 183.0
Wy = 46.0
Ix = 1,005.0 Iy = 252.0
Wx = 107.0 Wy = 63.0
7.1
G =
8.11
9.11
Telescopic pr
ofiles, E3-slot (plain)
profiles,
heavy
core hole 6.4

for thread M8
heavy
core hole 5.0

for thread M6
core hole 5.0

for thread M6
core hole 12.0

for thread M14
Description
bar, 6 m
Telescopic profile 8080, 8E, P
Description
9.11.080080.83P.60
bar, 6 m
moment of inertia
cm Ix = 166.0
moment of resistance cm3 Wx = 42.0
weight
kg/m G =
5.9
I y = 166.0
Wy = 42.0
Telescopic profile 8080, 8E, BP

9.11.080080.83BP.60
4
moment of inertia
cm Ix = 150.0
weight
kg/m G =
5.3
core hole 6.4

for thread M8
heavy
core hole 6.4

for thread M8
heavy
Iy = 150.0
Wy = 37.5
core hole 5.0

for thread M6
core hole 5.0

for thread M6
Description
bar, 6 m
4
Description
9.11.120120.123P.60
bar, 6 m
moment of inertia
cm Ix = 554.0
moment of resistance cm3 Wx = 93.0
weight
kg/m G =
7.8
I y = 554.0
Wy = 93.0

9.11.160160.163P.60
4
moment of inertia
cm Ix = 1,424.0
weight
kg/m G =
10.7
Iy = 1,424.0
Wy = 178.0
49
Special profiles
1.19
Profile pre-cut lids
Application
E-trunking
profiles,
57, 311-313
Technical data
material:
Al Mg Si 0.5 F25
tensile strength:
250 N/mm 2
surface:
neutral anodised
Description
bar, 6 m
cut to length
1.19.110130.60
1.19.110130-A00A00/...
1.19.110140.60
1.19.110140-A00A00/...
1.19.110150.60
1.19.110150-F00F00/...
1.19.1101120.60
1.19.1101120-L00L00/...
G = 0.74
G = 0.85
G = 1.80
weight
kg/m G = 0.49
Hollow profiles
As bar item the bore will have

machining allowances
Technical data
material:
Al Mg Si 0.5 F25
tensile strength:
250 N/mm 2
surface:
bare
Description
Hollow profile 20
Hollow profile 30
Hollow profile 40
bar, 6 m
1.19.12120.60
1.19.12120-A00A00/...
1.19.12130.60
1.19.12130-F00F00/...
1.19.12140.60
1.19.12140-L00L00/...
G = 4.1
G = 5.5
cut to length
weight
kg/m G = 2.3
Base profiles
As bar item the bore will have

machining allowances
Technical data
material:
Al Mg Si 0.5 F25
tensile strength:
250 N/mm 2
surface:
bare
Description
Base profile 20
Base profile 30
Base profile 40
bar, 6 m
cut to length
1.19.13120.60
1.19.13120-F00F00/...
1.19.13130.60
1.19.13130-L00L00/...
1.19.13140.60
1.19.13140-L00L00/...
G = 6.2
G = 8.2
weight
50
kg/m G = 3.9
(/... = Length in mm)
Special profiles
1.19
Angle profiles
Technical data
material:
Al Mg Si 0.5 F25
tensile strength:
250 N/mm 2
surface:
bare
Description
Angle profile 4848
Angle profile 6060
Angle profile 100100
bar, 6 m
cut to length
1.19.141048.60
1.19.141048-F00F00/...
1.19.141060.60
1.19.141060-L00L00/...
1.19.141100.60
1.19.141100-L00L00/...
G = 2.1
G = 5.5
weight
kg/m G = 1.9
Wire net mounting

profiles
Technical data
material:
Al Mg Si 0.5 F25
tensile strength:
250 N/mm 2
surface:
neutral anodised
Description
Wire net mounting profile
Wire net mt. pr. 3310
bar, 6 m
1.19.14230.60
1.19.14230-A00A00/...
1.19.1423310.60
1.19.1423310-A00A00/...
cut to length
weight
kg/m G = 0.3
G = 0.4
F-slot
Technical data
material:
Al Mg Si 0.5 F25
tensile strength:
250 N/mm 2
surface:
neutral anodised
Description
Grab handle profile
Grab handle profile
bar, 6 m
cut to length
1.19.14319.60
1.19.14319-A00A00/...
1.19.14330.60
1.19.14330-A00A00/...
weight
kg/m G = 0.3
G = 0.73
51
Special profiles
1.19
U-profiles,
C-track
Technical data
material:
Al Mg Si 0.5 F25
tensile strength:
250 N/mm 2
surface:
neutral anodised
Description
U-profile 25252
U-profile 40
C-track
bar, 6 m
cut to length
1.19.14425.60
1.19.14425-A00A00/...
1.19.14440.60
1.19.14440-A00A00/...
1.19.14532.60
1.19.14532-A00A00/...
G = 1.35
G = 0.6
weight
kg/m G = 0.4
Sliding profiles
Technical data
material:
Al Mg Si 0.5 F25
tensile strength:
250 N/mm 2
surface:
neutral anodised
Description
Sliding profile 3014
bar, 6 m
1.19.15130.60
1.19.15130-A00A00/...
1.19.15131.60
1.19.15131-A00A00/...
1.19.15133.60
1.19.15133-A00A00/...
1.19.15134.60
1.19.15134-A00A00/...
G = 0.6
G = 0.5
G = 0.8
cut to length
weight
kg/m G = 0.4
Sliding profile,
Panel framing profile
Technical data
material:
Al Mg Si 0.5 F25
tensile strength:
250 N/mm 2
surface:
neutral anodised
Description
Panel framing prof. 308.5
bar, 6 m
cut to length
1.19.15150.60
1.19.15150-A00A00/...
1.19.15530.60
1.19.15530-A00A00/...
weight
52
G = 0.27
kg/m G = 0.6
Special profiles
1.19
Tubes
Technical data
material:
Al Mg Si 0.5 F22
tensile strength:
220 N/mm 2
surface:
neutral anodised
Description
Tube 202
Tube 303
Tube 404
bar, 6 m
cut to length
1.19.16120.60
1.19.16120-A00A00/...
1.19.16130.60
1.19.16130-A00A00/...
1.19.16140.60
1.19.16140-A00A00/...
G = 0.7
G = 1.3
weight
kg/m G = 0.3
Hinge profiles
1.5 mm
Technical data
material:
Al Mg Si 0.5 F25
tensile strength:
250 N/mm 2
surface:
neutral anodised
Description
Type A, PG 20 - 1.5
Type A, PG 30 - 1.5
Type A, PG 40 - 1.5
Type A, PG 50 - 1.5
bar, 6 m
1.19.1702002.60
1.19.1702002-A00A00/...
1.19.1703002.60
1.19.1703002-A00A00/...
1.19.1704002.60
1.19.1704002-A00A00/...
1.19.1705002.60
1.19.1705002-A00A00/...
G = 0.3
G = 0.3
G = 0.4
cut to length
weight
kg/m G = 0.5
Hinge profiles
Hinge profile
2.0 mm
5.0 mm
Technical data
material:
Al Mg Si 0.5 F25
tensile strength:
250 N/mm 2
surface:
neutral anodised
Description
Type B, 40 mm - 2.0
Type B, 50 mm - 2.0
Type C, 30 mm - 2.0
Hinge profile 12
bar, 6 m
cut to length
1.19.1714002.60
1.19.1714002-A00A00/...
1.19.1715002.60
1.19.1715002-A00A00/...
1.19.1723002.60
1.19.1723002-A00A00/...
1.19.174160.60
1.19.174160-A00A00/...
G = 0.4
G = 0.4
G = 1.25
weight
kg/m G = 0.3
53
Special profiles
1.19
Hinge profiles
3.0 mm
Technical data
material:
Al Mg Si 0.5 F25
tensile strength:
250 N/mm 2
surface:
neutral anodised
Description
Type A, PG 30 - 3.0
Type A, PG 40 - 3.0
Type A, PG 50 - 3.0
Type B, 50 mm - 3.0
bar, 6 m
cut to length
1.19.1703003.60
1.19.1703003-A00A00/...
1.19.1704003.60
1.19.1704003-A00A00/...
1.19.1705003.60
1.19.1705003-A00A00/...
1.19.1715003.60
1.19.1715003-A00A00/...
G = 0.5
G = 0.6
G = 0.5
weight
kg/m G = 0.4
T-Slot profiles
Steel
Technical data
material:
surface:
steel C 45 K
bare
Description
T-Slot profile, steel, F
T-Slot profile, steel E
T-Slot profile, steel, for

subsequent insertion F
T-Slot profiles, steel, for

subsequent insertion E
bar, 3 m
1.19.1832F.30
1.19.1832F-A00A00/...
1.19.1832E.30
1.19.1832E-A00A00/...
1.19.1834F.30
1.19.1834F-A00A00/...
1.19.1834E.30
1.19.1834E-A00A00/...
G = 0.96
G = 0.24
G = 0.63
cut to length
weight
kg/m G = 0.48
T-Slot profiles
PA
Technical data
material:
surface:
PA, murlubric
black
Description
T-Slot profile, PA, F
T-Slot profile, PA, E
bar, 2 m
cut to length
1.19.1842F.20
1.19.1842F-A00A00/...
1.19.1842E.20
1.19.1842E-A00A00/...
weight
54
kg/m G = 0.07
G = 0.14
Special profiles
1.19
Slide-slot profiles
PA
Technical data
material:
surface:
PA, murlubric
black
Description
Slide-slot profile, PA, F
Slide-slot profile, PA, E3
Slide-slot profile, PA, E4
bar, 2 m
cut to length
1.19.185F2F2.20
1.19.185F2F2-A00A00/...
1.19.185E3E3.20
1.19.185E3E3-A00A00/...
1.19.185E4E4.20
1.19.185E4E4-A00A00/...
G = 0.35
G = 0.46
weight
kg/m G = 0.21
Slide-slot profiles
PA
Technical data
material:
surface:
PA, murlubric
black
Description
Slide-slot prof., PA, F/E3
Slide-slot prof., PA, F/E4
Slide-slot prof., PA, E3/E4
bar, 2 m
1.19.185F2E3.20
1.19.185F2E3-A00A00/...
1.19.185F2E4.20
1.19.185F2E4-A00A00/...
1.19.185E3E4.20
1.19.185E3E4-A00A00/...
G = 0.32
G = 0.41
cut to length
weight
kg/m G = 0.27
19" profiles
Technical data
material:
Al Mg Si 0.5 F25
tensile strength:
250 N/mm 2
surface:
neutral anodised
Description
19" profile, PG 30
19" profile, PG 40
19" profile, PG 50
bar, 6 m
cut to length
1.19.19030.60
1.19.19030-A00A00/...
1.19.19040.60
1.19.19040-A00A00/...
1.19.19050.60
1.19.19050-A00A00/...
G = 0.45
G = 0.5
weight
kg/m G = 0.4
55
Special profiles
1.19
E-trunking profiles
Base profile for clips
Base profiles
Technical data
material:
Al Mg Si 0.5 F25
tensile strength:
250 N/mm 2
surface:
neutral anodised
Description
bar, 6 m
packing unit
cut to length
weight
E-trunking profile 4020, C E-trunking profile 4020
kg/m G = 0.50
G = 0.30
Cover profile
Technical data
material:
Al Mg Si 0.5 F25
tensile strength:
250 N/mm 2
surface:
neutral anodised
bar, 6 m
packing unit
cut to length
weight
56
E-trunking profile 4080
1.19.214020G.60
1.19.204020G.60
1.19.204040G.60
1.19.204080G.60
(number) 1.19.214020G.61
(16) 1.19.204020G.61
(16) 1.19.204040G.61
(8) 1.19.204080G.61
(4)
1.19.214020G-A00A00/... 1.19.204020G-A00A00/... 1.19.204040G-A00A00/... 1.19.204080G-A00A00/...
E-trunking profiles
Description
E-trunking profile, lid 40

1.19.2040D.60
(number) 1.19.2040D.61
(8)
1.19.2040D-A00A00/...
kg/m G = 0.35
G = 0.61
G = 0.85
Special profiles
1.19
E-trunking profiles
Base profiles
Technical data
material:
Al Mg Si 0.5 F25
tensile strength:
250 N/mm 2
surface:
neutral anodised
Description
bar, 6 m
packing unit
cut to length
1
1.19.208040G.60
(number) 1.19.208040G.61
(4)
1.19.208040G-A00A00/...
weight
kg/m G = 1.20

1.19.220050G.60
1.19.220050G.61
(2)
1.19.220050G-L00L00/...
G = 2.00
E-trunking profiles
Cover profiles
Technical data
material:
Al Mg Si 0.5 F25
tensile strength:
250 N/mm 2
surface:
neutral anodised
Description
bar, 6 m
packing unit
cut to length

1.19.2080D.60
(4)
(number) 1.19.2080D.61
1.19.2080D-A00A00/...
weight
kg/m G = 0.59
E-trunking profile

1.19.2200D.60
1.19.2200D.61
(2)
1.19.2200D-L00L00/...
G = 1.50
Base profile: Profile 80160, 8E, P 24, 311-313
Cover profile: Profile pre-cut lid 120

50, 311-313
Technical data
material:
Al Mg Si 0.5 F25
tensile strength:
250 N/mm 2
surface:
neutral anodised
Description
bar, 6 m
packing unit

1.11.080160.89P.60
(number) 1.11.080160.89P.61

(2)
moment of inertia
cm4 Ix = 944.0 Iy = 183.0
moment of resistance cm3 Wx = 118.0 Wy = 45.8
weight
kg/m G =
7.9
1.19.1101120.60
1.19.1101120-L00L00/... (cut to length)
G =
1.80
(/... = Length in mm); machining data Profile machining 1.1A
57
Profile machining
1.1A
Summary
Saw cut
59
Cross bushing
bores for connectors
for parallel-connector
Bores
60
60
Cross bore
Thread
60
60
Comments
Profile machinings are defined by the article-number of the profile.
For more complex machinings, additional order descriptions are needed.
Non-standard machinings will be completed as per drawings
Order description
Profile
machining
left right
profile side
Order-No.: 1... - /
/ saw cut
/ cross bushing bores, bores for
parallel-connector, cross bore, thread
/ direction
/ length in mm
59
60
60
60
Order example
Description
Profile 4040, 4E-slots
Length: 800 mm
right side: 1 connector bore
Article-No.
Article-Description
1.11.040040.43-A00AA4/800 Profile 4040, 4E-slots
....
Specifications for special profile machining
coding examples 1.1B
58
Profile machining
1.1A
Saw cut
Saw cut tolerance: 0.1 mm
Cut is right view
View
For angle cuts specify the absolute

length
Angle cuts without specification = 45
Specification for special angle:
Special angle, left:
.
Special angle, right:
.
Disposition of angles
Price group 1
1640
2010
2030
A
1F
1E
1F LP
2020
1F LP
2F LP
2040
4040
- 45 to the vertical
2H soft
2H c.
+ 45 to the vertical
2H
3H
4H
4H
3030
6H
3050
8H
3060
3030
3045
D
- 45 to the horizontal
2F soft 0F
1F
2F c.
2F c. B 2F
3F
4F
4F
4040
+ 45 to the horizontal
2E soft 0E
1E
0F
40 r.30
2E c.
2E
3E
4E
2E
3E
4E
2F
6F
40 r.45
2E
2F
4040
2F
4040
2E 45
2E c.
4040
3E
2E
4545
2E soft 0E
1E
2E c.
5050
2E soft
Price group 2
48 round
2E c.
1680
2E
3E
4E
1E
30100
2E c.
2E
6060
F
0
G
2E
5F
4060
5E 2F
8F
9F
10F
4080
0F
40120
8F
8F angle
40 r.60
4060
4060
H
2E
0E
0E
4560
3E c.
4E
4E B
4590
5E
6E
8E
50100
2E
6060
30 hexag.
5E
4E
Price group 3
3E
6080
0E
6E
6E
16160
8E
2E
30150
4E
40160
6E
6F
80120
80160
40 r.90
L
0
M
4E
8F
8E
6E
10E
10E
8E
8E
8080
12E
2E
120120
O
0E
9090
4E c.
6E
50150
7E
100100
8E
100200
8E B
100300
8E angle
3E 45
7E 45
12E
6090
8E
8E
6E
8E
30 octag. 40 hexag.
40 octag.
12E
16E
8F
6E
8E
59
Profile machining
1.1A
Cross bushing bore

for connector
Disposition rule for connectors

at opposed profile sides
Specified
Direction
Position
of bore
number of bores
1 = A
7 = G
2 = B
8 = H
3 = C
9 = I
4 = D
10 = K
5 = E
12 = X
6 = F
0 = without machining
Example
Side 1 and
Side 3
Side 2 and
Side 4
Specification for special position:

Position for cross bushing bore, left:
Position for cross bushing bore, right:
...
...
initials ( 61, Direction and Position)
Bores
Parallel-connector = Z
for parallel-connector
without machining = 0
left
distance
right
Direction data for anchor
Specification for parallel-connector:

text
Parallel-connector, distance left:
Parallel-connector, distance right:
distance
direction
. mm, anchor left / right
. mm, anchor left / right
Cross bore
Cross bore = Q
without machining = 0
distance
Specification for cross bore:

Cross bore, left:
Cross bore, right:
Thread
core hole- 6 mm
mm, distance mm
mm, distance mm
core hole- 12 mm
Specification for special thread designs:

Depth of thread, left:
Depth of thread, right:
... mm
... mm
Position of thread, left:

Position of thread, right:
...
...
number of threads
1 = L
7 = T
2 = M
8 = U
3 = N
9 = V
4 = P
10 = W
5 = R
12 = Y
6 = S
0 = without machining
small letters ( 61, Direction and Position)
Further machining possibilities as per sketch.

60
Profile machining
1.1A
Direction and Position

1
1
2
View
4
3
Description
Direction:
1-4
Position of slot:
A-R
Position of thread: a - m
61
Profile machining
1.1B
Coding examples for price group 1
-A00A00
-A00A00
-A00AA4
-A00AB4
1V
1V
2V
2V
1G
1G
2V
2V
1V
4V
-AB4AD2
2V
-AL0AB4
1G
1Q
2V
1G
2V
-AA4AQ1
2V
-AD2AD2
4V
4V
-AM0AB1
2G
2V
-AP0AD2
4G
4V
-A00AM0
1Q
-A00AP0
2G
-AQ1AQ1
4G
-AM0AM0
2G
-AP0AP0
2G
-AL0AQ1
1Q
4V
-AL0AB1
-AM0AB4
2G
1Q
2V
-A00AD2
1G
-A00AQ1
1G
2V
-AB4AB4
-AL0AL0
-AL0AA4
1Q
-AB1AB1
1G
-AL0AL0
1V
2V
-A00AL0
1G
1G
-A00AB4
2V
-AB4AB4
-A00AL0
1G
-A00AB1
2V
-AA4AA4
1V
-A00A00
4G
4G
-AL0AM0
1G
2G
-A00C00
-A00C00
top view
-A00C00
-A00E00
-A00CD2
4V
-A00CA4
-A00CB4
1V
2V
-AA4CA4
1V
1V
2V
1V
2V
-AB4CB4
2V
-AL0CA4
1G
-A00EB1
2V
2V
-C00C00
4V
2V
1G
-AD1CD1
4V
-AL0EB1
-C00C00
-E00E00
-CD2CD2
4V
1V
1V
-CB4CB4
2V
2V
V = connector bore, G = thread, Q = cross bore

62
4V
2V
-C00C00
-CA4CA4
4V
-AB1EB1
-AL0CB4
1G
-AD2CD2
4V
-EB1EB1
2V
2V
-CD1CD1
4V
4V
Profile machining
1.1B
-F00F00
-F00F00
-F00FA4
-F00FB4
1V
1V
2V
2V
-F00FL0
1G
1G
1V
2V
2V
-F00FD2
-FB4FD2
1G
2V
2V
1G
2V
-FA4FQ1
2V
-FD2FD2
4V
4V
-FM0FB1
2G
2V
-FP0FD2
4G
4V
-F00FM0
1Q
-F00FP0
2G
-FQ1FQ1
4G
-FM0FM0
2G
-FP0FP0
2G
-FL0FQ1
1Q
4V
-FL0FB1
-FM0FB4
2G
1Q
2V
4V
-FL0FB4
1G
1Q
1G
2V
4G
4G
-FL0FM0
1G
2G
-F00H00
-FB4FB4
-FL0FL0
-F00FQ1
1Q
-FB1FB1
-F00FL0
-FL0FA4
1V
2V
1G
-FL0FL0
1G
-F00FB4
2V
-FB4FB4
1G
1G
-F00FB1
2V
-FA4FA4
1V
-F00F00
-F00H00
top view
-F00H00
-F00K00
-F00HD2
4V
-F00HA4
-F00HB4
1V
2V
-FA4HA4
1V
1V
2V
1V
2V
-FB4HB4
2V
-FL0HA4
1G
-F00KB1
2V
2V
-H00H00
4V
2V
1G
-FD1HD1
4V
-FL0KB1
-H00H00
-K00K00
-HD2HD2
4V
1V
1V
-HB4HB4
2V
2V
4V
2V
-H00H00
-HA4HA4
4V
-FB1KB1
-FL0HB4
1G
-FD2HD2
4V
-KB1KB1
2V
2V
-HD1HD1
4V
4V

63
Profile machining
1.1B
-L00L00
-L00L00
-L00LB4
-L00LB4
2V
-L00LB1
2V
-LB4LB4
2V
-L00L00
2V
-LB4LB4
4V
-LB1LB1
2V
2V
2V
-L00LD2
2V
2V
4V
4V
-L00LD4
-L00LH2
4V
4V
-LB4LD2
2V
8V
-LD4LD4
4V
4V
-LH2LH2
4V
8V
8V
-LD2LD2
4V
-L00LM0
4V
-L00LU0
top view
2G
8G
-LP0LD2
4G
4V
-L00N00
-L00P00
-L00N00
-LB4NB4
-L00PB1
-L00LP0
4G
2V
2V
2V
4V
-LP0LP0
4G
4G
-LD4ND4
-L00N00
4V
4V
-LB1PB1
2V
2V
-LH2NH2
8V
8V
-N00N00
-P00P00
-N00N00
-NB4NB4
-PB1PB1
-LL0ND2
1G
4V
-LD2ND2
4V
2V
4V
2V
4V
4V
4V
4V
-ND1ND1
4V
Description
Profile .
Connector position, right: CFIM
1.11.. -LD2LD2
Profile .
Connector position, left: CFIM
1.11.. -L00ND2
Profile .
1.11.. -ND2ND2
Profile .
Connector position, left: CFIM
4V
64
4V
-ND1ND1
Article-No..
1.11.. -L00LD2
-ND2ND2
4V
4V
4V
Order examples for special design

-N00N00
4V
2V
-ND4ND4
-LD1ND1
4V
2V
(additional description)
Technical data
Extruded profile
as per DIN EN 12020-1
(fine)
(Replacement for DIN 17615)
1.1C
Aluminium alloy AI Mg Si 0.5 F25

Material Nr. 3.3206.72 (low temp. annealed)
Functional length: 6,000 mm

Delivery length: 6,060 mm + 10 mm
Mechanical data
(Values given in the direction of the press flow)
Tensile strength Rm: min.

250 N/mm2
Elongation 0.2:
min.
200 N/mm2
Stress point A5:
min.
10 %
Stress point A 10:
min.
8%
E-Module:
approx. 70,000 N/mm2
Brinell hardness:
approx. 75 HB 2.5/187.5
Co-efficient of elongation: 23.8 x 10-6/K
Profile tolerance
(Excerpt from DIN EN 12020-2)
Nominal dimensions:
The dimension deviation depends on the
precision with which the tooling is
manufactured, the tooling wear and the
variation during the extrusion process. For
one manufacturing setup the variation within
one profile is 0.01 mm.
Flatness of profile surfaces
In order to optimize the connection stability,

all profile surfaces are designed and
manufactured with concave surfaces. This
assures that the assembled profiles contact
on the outer edges only (line of contact).
When tightening the connectors the slot
flanks will be drawn to the mounting profile
within the elastic range and will keep the
connectors under tension.
Straightness tolerance
At a certain length I1 the given tolerance h1

is not to be exceeded.
For each incremental length of I2 = 300 mm
the deviation h2 is not to exceed 0.3 mm.
of the edge in longitudinal direction
Flatness tolerance
(Twist tolerance)
Width b in mm
Profile tolerance
Dim. range in mm
from
to
10
10
15
15
30
30
45
45
60
60
90
90
120
120
150
150
180
180
240
240
300
Tolerance in mm
0.15
0.20
0.25
0.30
0.40
0.45
0.60
0.80
1.00
1.20
1.50
Straightness tolerance
Length l 1 in m
from
to
1
1
2
2
3
3
4
4
5
5
6
Tolerance h 1 in mm
0.7
1.3
1.8
2.2
2.6
3.0
Flatness tolerance
Dim. range
from
to
to 1
1 to 2
25
50
75
100
125
150
200
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.2
1.5
1.8
1.5
1.2
1.2
1.2
1.5
1.5
1.8
2.5
25
50
75
100
125
150
200
300
Surface as per DIN 17611:

E6/EV1 - dull finish and anodised colours
Coat thickness approx. 10 m
Coat hardness 250-350 HV
Special colours upon request.
The surface area - subject to technical
procedure - can show optical changes.
at length l in m
2 to 3
3 to 4
1.5
1.5
1.2
1.5
1.8
1.8
2.2
3.0
2.0
1.8
1.5
2.0
2.2
2.2
2.6
3.5
4 to 5
5 to 6
2.0
2.0
2.0
2.2
2.5
2.5
3.0
4.0
2.0
2.0
2.0
2.5
3.0
3.0
3.5
4.5
65
Technical data
Parallelism tolerance
(Angular tolerance)
1.1C
The parallelism tolerance (angular

tolerance) refers to unequal sides to the
shorter side of the angle, i.e. it is measured
from the longer side.
Bending strength
Parallelism tolerance
max. size tolerance
in mm
0.3
0.4
0.5
0.6
0.7
0.8
0.9
1.0
1.2
1.5
Width b in mm
from
to
30
30
50
50
80
80
100
100
120
120
140
140
160
160
180
180
200
200
240
Type of load
For the computation of deflection use

formulas on this page.
f=
f=
f=
f=
f=
F I3
3E J
F I 3 + F1 I 1 2 l + F 2 I 2 2 I
3E J
For the computation of deflection by the

profiles own weight, apply "Type of load"
3, 6 or 9.
f
F
I
J 1)
E
EAL
=
=
=
=
=
=
Deflection in mm
Type of load in N
Profile length in mm
Moment of inertia in mm4
Module of elasticity in N/mm2
70,000 N/mm 2
1)
Comments
Catalogue data in cm4
(Note factor of conversion 104 !)
The moments of inertia of a certain
profile are listed on the respective profile
page ( 1.09, 1.10, 1.11) and in the
tables 1.1D
2)
66
8E J
F I3
48E J
F I3
(48 +
f=
f=
f=
f=
approximate value
F I3
29m
I
)EJ
5F I3
384E J
F a2 b2
3E J I
F I3
192E J
F I3
384E J
2)
Technical data
1.1C
Approximate determination of deflection

To determine the approximation of
deflection, use the diagram on this page.
Profile length I in mm
Determination of deflection
1. Type of load F in N
2. Profile length l in mm
3. Move cross point on the diagonal
4. Moment of inertia of the selected
profile J in cm4
5. Cross point with the diagonal to
be vertically extended to the bottom
6. Deflection f for the specific
"Type of load" in mm
Example
F = 2,000 N
l = 1,000 mm
Move cross point on the diagonal

J = 82.0 cm4 for profile 4080, 6E
Cross point with the diagonal to
be vertically extended to the bottom
Deflection for the specific

f = 9.5 mm
f = 0.6 mm
f = 0.15 mm
Load F in N
Type of load 1:
Type of load 4:
Type of load 8:
Moment of inertia J in cm4
"Type of load" in mm:
Type of load 1
Type of load 4
Type of load 8
Deflection f in mm
67
1.1D
Design
PG slot
16 F
E
1640
1640 1680 16160
20 H
2020
2020 2020 2020 2020
2010
30 F
2030 2030
3030 3030 3030 3030 3030 3030 3030 3030
3050
E4
40 E3
4040 4040 4040
4040 4040 4040 4040
45 E4
4545 4545 4545
4545 4545 4545 4545 4560
50 E4
5050
5050 5050 5050 5050
60 E4
6060
Iy 1)
Wx 2)
Wy 2)
G 3)
Profile
1640, 1F, LP
1F, P
1640, 1E, LP
1E, P
1680, 2E, LP
2E, P
4.4
5.3
4.3
7.2
30.7
48.3
0.8
1.0
0.8
1.1
1.6
2.2
2.2
2.7
2.2
3.6
7.7
12.0
0.8
1.0
0.8
1.1
1.6
2.2
0.87
1.0
0.75
1.14
1.49
2.11
12
12
12
12
12
12
16160, 4E, LP
238.3
3.3
29.8
3.3
3.0
12
2010, 1F, LP
0.1
0.6
0.2
0.5
0.35
15
2020, 2H, soft, P

3030, 2F, soft, P
2F, soft
4040, 2E, soft, LP
2E, soft, L
4545, 2E, soft, LP
5050, 2E, soft
0.6
2.7
2.7
6.4
6.4
11.4
18.8
0.6
2.7
2.7
6.4
6.4
11.4
18.8
0.6
1.6
1.6
3.8
3.8
5.1
7.5
0.6
1.6
1.6
3.8
3.8
5.1
7.5
0.52
0.9
0.9
1.2
1.2
1.6
2.3
13
16
34
20
36
28
42
3030,
4040,
4545,
3030,
4.4
12.0
15.5
3.1
4.3
8.5
14.7
3.7
4.4
12.0
15.5
3.1
4.0
8.1
15.5
3.7
2.3
6.0
6.9
2.1
2.9
4.1
6.5
2.4
2.3
6.0
6.9
2.1
2.6
4.0
6.8
2.4
1.3
1.8
2.2
0.9
1.2
1.3
2.1
1.1
16
20
28
16
16
20
28
34
0F, P
0E, LP
0E, LP
1F, LP
1F, P
4040, 1E, LP
4545, 1E, LP
3030, 2F, Eck
2020, 2H, cor., P

1.0
1.0
0.9
0.9 0.68 13
3030, 2F, cor., LP
3.2
3.2
2.1
2.1
0.9 16
2F, cor., B, P
3.7
3.7
2.4
2.4
1.1 16
2F, cor., L
3.2
3.2
2.1
2.1
0.9 34
2F, cor., B
3.7
3.7
2.4
2.4
1.1 34
4040, 2E, cor., LP
8.0
8.0
4.0
4.0
1.3 20
2E, cor., L
8.0
8.0
4.0
4.0
1.3 36
2E, cor.
12.3
12.3
6.1
6.1
2.0 36
4545, 2E, cor., LP
14.7
14.7
6.6
6.6
2.0 28
5050, 2E, cor., L
16.5
16.5
6.7
6.7
1.7 42
2E, cor.
28.2
28.2
11.1
11.1
3.2 42
2020, 2H, LP
1.0
0.8
1.0
0.8 0.58 13
3030, 2F, LP
3.2
3.2
2.1
2.1
0.9 17
2F, P
3.6
3.9
2.4
2.6
1.1 17
2F, L
3.2
3.2
2.2
2.2
0.9 34
4040, 2E, LP
8.2
7.5
4.1
3.8
1.3 21
2E, L
8.2
7.5
4.1
3.8
1.3 36
4545, 2E, LP
14.0
15.5
6.2
6.9
2.0 29
5050, 2E, L
17.7
13.6
7.0
5.4
1.6 42
6060, 2E, LP
35.1
37.7
11.7
12.5
2.9 32
2E, P
55.9
58.5
18.6
19.5
4.3 32
1)
2)
Ix, Iy = moment of inertia in cm4
Wx, Wy = moment of resistance in cm 3
68
6060
Ix 1)
Profile
4060
6090
G 3)
0.9
2.2
2.4
2.2
2.4
5.0
4.4
6.0
6.5
5.8
11.1
0.8
0.9
2.2
2.4
2.2
2.4
4.9
6.0
4.9
6.0
6.0
6.9
6.0
7.4
7.7
11.0
11.7
18.7
11.7
18.7
7.2
10.4
7.2
10.4
6.5
0.65
0.9
1.1
0.9
1.1
1.5
1.4
2.0
2.1
1.9
3.1
0.53
0.62
0.9
1.1
0.9
1.1
1.5
2.0
1.5
2.0
1.9
2.1
1.9
2.3
2.2
3.1
2.7
4.2
2.7
4.2
2.3
3.0
2.3
3.0
2.1
13
17
17
34
34
21
36
36
29
42
42
14
14
17
17
35
35
21
21
37
37
29
29
40
40
43
43
32
32
44
44
29
29
40
40
21
1.5
1.4
0.7
15
1.5
1.9
1.5
1.7
1.5
1.7
0.74
1.0
15
15
124.0
193.0
54.0
83.0
27.5
43.0
18.0
27.5
4.0
6.0
44
44
11.0
16.9
4.3
6.6
4.8
6.7
3.3
4.4
1.3
2.0
35
35
Ix 1)
Iy 1)
Wx 2)
Wy 2)
2020, 3H, P
3030, 3F, LP
3F, P
3F, L
3F
4040, 3E, LP
3E, L
3E
4545, 3E, LP
5050, 3E, L
3E
2020, 4H, LP
4H, P
3030, 4F, LP
4F, P
4F, L
4F
4040, 4E, LP
4E, P
4E, L
4E
4545, 4E, LP
4E, P
4E, L
4E
5050, 4E, L
4E
6060, 4E, LP
4E, P
4E, L
4E
4560, 4E, LP
4E, P
4E, L
4E
4060, 0E, LP
0.9
3.3
3.5
3.3
3.5
9.4
8.3
12.0
14.0
18.4
27.3
0.8
0.9
3.3
3.5
3.3
3.5
9.9
12.0
9.9
12.0
13.5
15.5
13.5
16.8
19.2
27.3
35.5
56.0
35.5
56.0
26.5
38.0
26.5
38.8
27.7
0.9
3.2
3.7
3.2
3.7
10.0
8.8
12.3
14.7
16.0
28.2
0.8
0.9
3.3
3.5
3.3
3.5
9.9
12.0
9.9
12.0
13.5
15.5
13.5
16.8
19.2
27.3
35.5
56.0
35.5
56.0
16.0
23.5
16.0
23.5
13.1
0.9
2.2
2.4
2.2
2.4
4.7
4.1
6.0
6.2
7.3
11.1
0.8
0.9
2.2
2.4
2.2
2.4
4.9
6.0
4.9
6.0
6.0
6.9
6.0
7.4
7.7
11.0
11.7
18.7
11.7
18.7
9.0
13.0
9.0
13.0
9.3
2030, 1F, LP
2.2
1.4
2030, 2F, LP
2F, P
2.2
2.6
6090, 6E, L
6E
3050, 4F, L
4F
3)
G = weight in kg/m
1.1D
Design
PG slot
16 F
E
20 H
2040
2040
F
30 F
3060
3060
30100
E4
30100 30100 30100
30150
30100
40 E3
4080 4080
45 E4
4590
4080 4080 4080 4080
30150
40120
40160 40160
4590
50 E4
50100 50100 50150
60 E4
Profile
3060, 0F, P
4080, 0E, LP
4590, 0E, LP
0E, P
4080, 3E, cor., LP
Ix 1)
Iy 1)
29.0
79.0
107.5
134.3
73.8
7.8
21.5
30.4
36.3
20.5
Wx 2)
Wy 2)
G 3)
Profile
9.6
19.7
23.9
29.8
18.5
5.2
10.7
13.5
16.2
10.2
2.2
3.1
3.6
4.7
2.8
17
21
29
29
22
2040, 4H, P
7.0
2.0
3.5
2.0
1.3
14
4080, 4E, LP
4E, L
70.7
63.2
20.0
17.8
17.7
15.7
8.9
8.9
2.8
2.6
22
37
4080, 4E, LBP
74.5
18.3
18.6
9.2
2.8
22
4080, 5E, LP
72.2
18.1
18.0
9.0
2.8
22
2040, 6H, LP
6H, P
3060, 6F, LP
6F, P
6F, L
6F
4080, 6E, LP
6E, P
6E, L
6E
4590, 6E, LP
6E, P
6E, L
6E
50100, 6E, L
6E
50100, 8E, L
50100, 8E
5.3
6.4
21.2
25.0
21.2
32.0
62.7
82.0
62.7
82.0
98.0
126.0
98.0
126.0
138.0
202.0
137.0
200.0
1.4
1.7
5.7
7.0
5.7
8.0
17.7
23.4
17.0
23.4
27.5
34.0
27.5
34.0
37.0
57.2
40.0
53.3
2.6
3.2
7.0
8.3
7.0
10.9
15.6
20.5
15.6
20.5
21.8
28.0
21.8
28.0
27.5
40.4
27.5
39.9
1.4
1.7
3.8
4.7
3.8
5.4
8.8
11.7
8.5
11.7
12.2
15.0
12.2
15.0
14.5
22.8
16.0
21.3
0.9
1.3
1.6
2.1
1.6
2.1
2.5
3.8
2.6
3.8
3.3
4.4
3.3
4.4
3.5
5.9
4.0
6.0
14
14
17
17
35
35
23
23
37
37
30
30
40
40
43
43
43
43
40120, 8E, L
50150, 8E
194.0
628.0
26.0
83.0
33.0
83.0
13.0
33.0
3.7
8.1
37
43
30100, 5F, L
83.2
9.5
16.6
6.3
2.2
35
1)
2)
Wx, Wy = moment of resistance in cm3
Wx 2)
Wy 2)
G 3)
12.4
21.7
8.3
3.5
18
115.0
11.6
22.9
7.7
3.4
18
30100, 9F, P
130.6
11.9
25.9
7.9
3.6
18
30100, 10F, P
127.0
11.9
25.4
7.9
3.6
19
40160, 6E, LP
450.4
36.3
56.3
18.1
5.0
23
40160, 10E, L
478.0
36.6
60.0
18.3
5.6
37
30150, 8F, P
340.0
16.0
45.0
11.0
4.1
19
30150, 8E, P
481.0
25.1
64.1
16.7
7.9
19
Ix 1)
Iy 1)
30100, 5E, 2F, P
108.9
30100, 8F, P
3)
G = weight in kg/m
69
1.1D
Design
PG slot
16
F
E
20
4040
F
30
6060
6060
6060
E4
40
E3 8080
45
E4
50
E4
60
E4
8080
8080
8080
8080
8080
9090
9090
8080
80120
80160
80160
100100 100100
Wy 2)
G 3)
Profile
58.2
135.0
15.5
33.5
15.5
33.5
4.0
4.7
19
23
100300, 16E, P
128.0
128.0
32.0
32.0
4.5
23
121.3
116.0
30.3
29.0
4.2
23
Iy 1)
6060, 0F, P
8080, 0E, LP
58.2
135.0
8080, 4E, cor., LP
8080, 6E, LP
120120, 12E, P
8080, 7E, P
173.0
160.0
43.3
40.0
7.6
23
4040,
6060,
8080,
8H, LP
8F, L
8E, LP
8E, P
8E, L
8E
9090, 8E, LP
8E, L
100100, 8E
8080, 8E, LB
9090, 8E, P
8E
100100, 8E, L
6060, 8F, angle
8080, 8E, angle
10.0
38.7
114.0
166.0
111.0
166.0
190.5
183.0
411.0
115.0
282.0
282.0
284.0
35.2
120.0
10.0
38.7
114.0
166.0
111.0
166.0
190.5
183.0
411.0
115.0
282.0
282.0
284.0
35.2
120.0
5.0
12.9
28.4
41.4
28.0
41.4
42.3
40.7
82.0
29.0
63.0
63.0
50.8
9.9
23.8
5.0
12.9
28.4
41.4
28.0
41.4
42.3
40.7
82.0
29.0
63.0
63.0
50.8
9.9
23.8
1.5
2.6
4.1
5.9
3.7
5.9
5.6
5.3
9.7
4.5
9.5
9.5
6.2
2.8
6.3
14
35
24
24
38
38
30
40
43
38
30
40
43
35
38
80120, 10E, P
449.9
217.8
72.6
54.4
8.6
24
80160, 8E, P
944.0
183.0
118.0
45.8
7.9
24
80160, 8E, LP
828.0
259.0
104.0
65.0
8.6
24
80160, 12E, P
12E, L
12E
100200, 12E, P
883.0
801.0
880.0
2,450.0
269.0
235.0
268.0
760.0
110.0
100.0
110.0
250.0
67.3
59.0
67.0
152.0
9.4
8.8
9.4
17.2
24
38
38
29
1)
70
2)
120120
100200 100300
Wx 2)
Ix 1)
Profile
80160
Wx, Wy = moment of resistance in cm 3
3)
G = weight in kg/m
Ix 1)
Iy 1)
8,320.0 1,170.0
624.0
624.0
Wx 2)
Wy 2)
G 3)
555.0
234.0
25.6
31
104.0
104.0
10.6
25
1.1D
Design
PG slot
16 F
E
20
H
F
30
30 hexag. 30 octag.
E4
40
E3 4040
45
E4
50
E4
60
E4
8080
8080
4030
4045
4060
4090
40 hexag. 40 octag.
48 round 48 round 48 round
Profile
Ix 1)
Iy 1)
Wx 2)
Wy 2)
G 3)
Profile
4040, 2E, 45, LP
7.3
7.3
3.9
3.9
1.4
26
8080, 3E, 45, LP
106.0
106.0
26.5
26.5
4.3
26
8080, 7E, 45, LP
99.3
99.3
24.8
24.8
4.0
26
40, round 30, 2F, L
6.0
4.8
3.0
2.4
1.2
39
40, round 45, 2E, LP

2E, L
14.5
14.5
8.0
8.0
4.9
4.9
3.7
3.7
1.6
1.6
26
39
40, round 60, 2E, L
30.0
10.5
7.6
4.6
1.9
39
4060
6080
Wx 2)
Wy 2)
G 3)
89.0
89.0
16.0
16.0
16.0
16.0
3.0
3.0
26
39
12.5
12.9
4.9
5.4
1.8
33
48, round, 2E, cor., P 12.0
12.0
5.0
5.0
2.0
33
48, round, 2E, P
12.5
13.5
5.1
5.9
2.0
33
30, hexag., 6F, P

40, hexag., 6E, P
32.0
83.0
32.0
83.0
9.8
21.0
9.8
21.0
2.8
4.4
33
33
30, octag., 8F, P

40, octag., 8E, P
84.0
233.0
84.0
233.0
21.0
44.0
21.0
44.0
3.9
6.5
33
33
Ix 1)
Iy 1)
Wx 2)
Wy 2)
G 3)
Ix 1)
Iy 1)
40, round 90, 2E, LP

2E, L
89.0
89.0
48, round, 1E, P
Design
PG slot
16 F
E
20
30
F
3030
3045
E4
40
E3 4040
45
E4
50
E4
60
E4
4040
4040
4060
6080
Ix 1)
Iy 1)
Wx 2)
Wy 2)
G 3)
Profile
3030, 2F, WG, LP 7.5 2.6

4040, 2E, WG, LP 7.5 7.5
3.2
8.2
1.7
3.8
2.1
4.1
0.86
1.34
46
46
4060, 3E, P., LP 4
14.8
26.3
7.4
8.8
2.4
45
6080, 5E, P., LP 4
100.4
50.4
25.1
16.8
3.8
45
4040, 2E, c., P., LP 4 10.3
10.3
5.2
5.2
1.80
45
10.2
8.7
5.1
4.3
1.65
45
6080, 6E, P., LP 4
85.8
50.8
21.5
16.9
3.7
45
3045, 2F, WG, LP 7.5 4.3

4060, 2E, WG, LP 7.5 12.0
7.4
22.7
2.9
6.0
3.3
7.6
1.15
1.95
46
46
Profile
4040, 3E, P., LP 4
1)
2)
Wx, Wy = moment of resistance in cm3
3)
G = weight in kg/m
71
1.1E.01
Profile combinations
With the MayTec Connector System it is

possible to make a multitude of formmatching and stable profile combinations.
Special slits
Panel elements can be set in the profile flush

to the outer edge for form-matching design.
The slits needed for that can be made in
nearly all profiles.
72
Slot plates
1.1E.02
Application
Profiles to construct slot plates of any
required size
F-slot
F-slot, slot distance 25 mm
F-slot, slot distance 50 mm
E-slot
E-slot, slot distance 25 mm (on top),

100 mm (on buttom)
E-slot, slot distance 50 mm
73
1.1E.02
Slot plates F-slot

Slot distance 25 mm
Single parts
connector 2.21.10F5
Profile 30100, 9F, plain

Drill dimensions
Description
bar 6 m
Weight
3.6 kg/m
Article-No.
1.11.030100.94P.60
Description
bar 6 m
Weight
3.6 kg/m
Article-No.
1.11.030100.104P.60
Slot plates F-slot

Slot distance 50 mm
Single parts
connector 1.21.3/5F5
Drill dimensions
Description

74
bar 6 m
Weight
4.1 kg/m
Article-No.
1.11.030150.85P.60
1.1E.02
Slot plates E-slot

Slot distance 25 mm
Single parts
connector 1.21.2/5F5
1
Profile 30100, 5E, 2F, plain
Drill dimensions
Description
Profile 30100, 5E, 2F, plain
bar 6 m
Weight
3.5 kg/m
Article-No.
1.11.030100.74P.60
Slot plates E-slot

Slot distance 50 mm
Single parts
anchor
1.21.A2E5
cross bushing 1.21.B34
Profile 30150, 8E, plain
Drill dimensions
Description
Profile 30150, 8E, plain
bar 6 m
Weight
7.9 kg/m
Article-No.
1.11.030150.84P.60

75
1.1E.03
Application
Hand rail for balustrades on stairs and
platforms
Hand rail
Comments
Angled joints: 0 deg. to 90 deg.
Incline:
0 deg. to 45 deg.
Hand rail straight
Hand rail angled
Hand rail tilted
Hand rail tilted and angled
1.21.3E1
1.21.4E1
Working dimensions for hand rail straight

with radius compensation
76
1.21.3EK1
1.21.4EK1
Working dimensions for hand rail straight,

tilted and/or angled without radius
compensation (milled)
1.1E.04
Application
For the construction of height adjustable
frames on 4040 and 4080 profile bases
U-Profile 40
Description
U-Profile 40
Weight
bar 6 m 1.35 kg/m
Article-No.
1.19.14440.60
77
1.1E.05
Application
For running cables or pneumatic hoses.
All chamber profiles can be delivered with
open slots.
Profiles for cable guide
Cover is carried out by cover profiles:

Cover profile PVC 1.41.11
Cover profile ALU 1.41.121
Application of cross braces to stabilize

slotted profiles
Comments
Profiles for cable guide see list at profile
pre-cut lid
Order details
Description
Profile for cable guide, slotted 8 mm
Order example
Order request
Profile 4080 mm, 6 E-slots, 8 mm slotted for cable guide, length 4.5 m
Order
Profile 4080, 6E for cable guide, slotted 8 mm

78
Article-No.
1.12..
1.12.040080.65-F00F00/4500
1.1E.06
Application
For running cables or pneumatic hoses. All
chamber profiles can be delivered with open
slots.

Slot distance 30
Milled section on the pre-cut lid for

fastening with T-Nut in F-slot
Profiles for cable guide, slot distance 30
Profile
light, plain
heavy, plain
light
heavy
3060
6F LP
0F P
6F P
6F L
6F
8F L
8F angle
6060
0F P
Order details
Description
Order example
Order request
Profile 3060 mm, 6 F-slots, 10 mm slotted for cable guide, length 4.5 m
Order
Profile 3060, 6F for cable guide, slotted 10 mm
Article-No.
1.13..
1.13.030060.65-A00A00/4500
Single parts
countersunk screw DIN 7991, M58
threaded plate F, M5
T-Nut for subsequent insertion F, M5
0.63.D07991.05008
1.31.FM5
1.324.FM5
Description
Weight
0.49 kg/m
Article-No.
1.19.110130

79
1.1E.06
Application
slots.

Slot distance 40

Profile
light, plain
heavy, P
light
6E P
4E L
7E P
8E L
heavy
4080
0E LP
3E c.LP 4E LP
4E LBP 5E LP
6E LP
6E L
6E
8080
0E LP
4E c. LP
6E LP
8E LP
3E 45 LP 7E 45 LP
40160
6E LP
80160
8E LP
8E LB
8E
8E P
80120
10E P
80160
12E P
120120
12E P
8E angle
40120 40160
8E L
10E L
Order details
Description
Order example
Order request
Order
80160
12E L
80160
12E
Article-No.
1.13..
1.13.080080.83-L00L00/4500
Single parts
threaded plate E, M6
T-Nut for subsequent insertion E, M6
0.63.D07991.06014
1.31.EM6
1.324.EM6
Description
80
Weight
0.74 kg/m
Article-No.
1.19.110140
1.1E.06
Application
slots.

Slot distance 50

heavy, plain
30100
30150
light
100200
50100
8F P
8F P
12E P
heavy
100300
16E P
6E L
100100
8E L
50100
6E
8E
Order details
Description
Order example
Order request
Order
Single parts
F-slot
T-Nut for subsequent insertion F, M5
E-slot
threaded plate E, M6
T-Nut for subsequent insertion E, M6
50150
100100
8E
Article-No.
1.13..
1.13.050100.65-F00F00/4500
0.63.D07991.05008
1.31.FM5
1.324.FM5
0.63.D07991.06014
1.31.EM6
1.324.EM6
Description
Weight
0.85 kg/m
Article-No.
1.19.110150

81
1.1E.07
Bent profiles
For bent profiles the following data are
needed:
Profile (current conditions see table
below)
Position of profile 59
Bending radius
Bending direction 61
Accuracy to size for profile elements and
for profile functions
Position of profile
Function T- Nut
Function threaded plate
position of slot(s)
position of slot(s)
Function connector
position of slot(s)
position of core hole(s)
A B C D E F G H I K L M A B C D E F G H I K L M A B C D E F G H I K L M a b c d e f g h
The marking of the slots and core holes takes place in accordance with the marking for the profile machining 1.1A
Article-No.
PG Profile
1.10.016040.14P
1.10.016040.14LP
1.10.016040.14P
16 1640, 1F, P
1640, 1F, LP
1640, 1F, P
400
400
400
1.10.020020.21P
1.10.020020.22P
1.10.020020.23LP
1.10.020020.33P
1.10.020020.43LP
1.10.020020.43P
1.11.020010.14LP
1.11.020030.14LP
1.11.020030.24LP
1.11.020030.24P
20 2020, 2H, soft, P

2020, 2H, cor., P
2020, 2H, LP
2020, 3H, P
2020, 4H, LP
2020, 4H, P
2010, 1F, LP
2030, 1F, LP
2030, 2F, LP
2030, 2F, P
700
700
700
700
700
700
400
700
700
700
1.11.030030.03P
1.11.030030.13LP
1.11.030030.13P
1.11.030030.22
1.11.030030.22B
1.11.030030.22BP
1.11.030030.22L
1.11.030030.22LP
1.11.030030.23L
1.11.030030.23LP
1.11.030030.23P
1.11.030030.33
1.11.030030.33L
1.11.030030.33LP
1.11.030030.33P
1.11.030030.43
1.11.030030.43L
1.11.030030.43LP
1.11.030030.43P
1.11.030050.44
1.11.030050.44L
1.11.030060.04P
1.11.030060.64L
30 3030, 0F, P
3030, 1F, LP
3030, 1F, P
3030, 2F, cor.
3030, 2F, cor., B
3030, 2F, cor., B, P
3030, 2F, cor., L
3030, 2F, cor., LP
3030, 2F, L
3030, 2F, LP
3030, 2F, P
3030, 3F
3030, 3F, L
3030, 3F, LP
3030, 3F, P
3030, 4F
3030, 4F, L
3030, 4F, LP
3030, 4F, P
3050, 4F
3050, 4F, L
3060, 0F, P
3060, 6F, L
700
700
700
700
700
700
700
700
700
700
700
700
700
700
700
700
700
700
700
700
700
700
700
82
min. inside-
Article-No.
PG Profile
1.11.030060.64LP
1.11.030060.65
1.11.030060.65
1.11.030100.54L
1.11.030100.74P
1.11.030100.84P
1.11.030100.94P
1.11.030100.104P
3060, 6F, LP
30 3060, 6F
3060, 6F
30x100, 5F, L
30100, 5E, 2F, P
30100, 8F, P
30100, 9F, P
30100, 10F, P
700
700
700
700
700
700
700
700
1.11.040040.03LP
1.11.040040.13LP
1.11.040040.22
1.11.040040.22L
1.11.040040.22LP
1.11.040040.23L
1.11.040040.23LP
1.11.040040.33
1.11.040040.33L
1.11.040040.33LP
1.11.040040.43
1.11.040040.43L
1.11.040040.43LP
1.11.040040.43P
1.11.040060.04LP
1.11.040080.04LP
1.11.040080.44L
1.11.040080.64L
1.11.040080.65
1.11.040080.32LP
1.11.040080.44LP
1.11.040080.44LBP
1.11.040080.54LP
1.11.040080.64LP
1.11.040080.64P
40 4040, 0E, LP
4040, 1E, LP
4040, 2E, cor.
4040, 2E, cor., L
4040, 2E, cor., LP
4040, 2E, L
4040, 2E, LP
4040, 3E
4040, 3E, L
4040, 3E, LP
4040, 4E
4040, 4E, L
4040, 4E, LP
4040, 4E, P
4060, 0E, LP
4080, 0E, LP
4080, 4E, L
4080, 6E, L
4080, 6E
4080, 3E, cor., LP
4080, 4E, LP
4080, 4E, LBP
4080, 5E, LP
4080, 6E, LP
4080, 6E, P
700
700
700
700
700
700
700
700
700
700
700
700
700
700
700
700
700
700
700
700
700
700
700
700
700
1.11.048R00.10P
1.11.048R00.20P
1.11.048R00.22P
48, round, 1E, P

48, round, 2E, P
48, round, 2E, cor., P
min. inside-
1.500
1.500
1.500
Connection System
1.2
Simple
Quick
Economical
The proven connection system!
The connection allows:
The MayTec quick-connection system

allows combination of all MayTec
profiles in any way
imaginable.
easy machining
quick assembly
innumerable (dis)assemblies
It carries same stability out after all four

sides.
Functional
Vibration proof
The connection system is:

complete
stable
functional
The different direction angles of lead

of thread and clamping cone prevent
the loosening of the connection by
vibration.
83
Connection System
1.2
Stability S-Class
MayTec
Universal-Connector
18,000N
working load
n
o
i
t
ra
b
i
V oof
pr
84
Connectors - Examples
MayTec connector with square head
1.2
MayTec universal-connector
The MayTec connector with square head offers the highest load
bearing capacity.
Cross bushing
Anchor
The MayTec universal-connector allows:

any desired position of profiles
only one type for 0 and 90 position of
cross bushing
simple determination of the
connector type
minimisation of stock keeping
Cross bushing
Anchor
MayTec standard-connector
MayTec ground-connector for potential equalisation
The MayTec standard-connector allows subsequent front-sided

mounting or dismounting in any location.
The MayTec ground-connector allows potential equalisation

between two profiles. When the connector is tightened, the
serration at the rear of the anchor head penetrates the anodised
profile coating and thus provides an electrical contact.
Cross bushing
2
contact
Anchor
Anodised coating
Deliverable types Connectors 1.2A

Ground connections 1.70
MayTec screw-type connector
MayTec screw-type connector
The MayTec screw-type connector allows connection to profiles

by means of T-Nuts.
The MayTec screw-type connector allows connection to threaded

holes in plates.
Cross bushing
Cross
bushing
T-Nut
Anchor
Anchor
85
Summar
y: Connectors (with machining)
Summary:
1.2
The MayT
ec Connector System
MayTec
Cross bushing
mounting of connector in core hole

with machining
Cross bushing
bore
Anchor
Cross
bushing bore
Standard 91, 93
Screw-type 92, 97
Parallel 91, 95
Oblique 91, 93
Oblique-cross 94
Extension / Parallel 107
Miter 91, 96
Shifter 96
Extension 91, 95
Anti-twist devices
with retaining plate 128
Clamping lever for connectors
Clamping lever 131

86
with T-Nut 129-130
Summar
y: Connectors (with machining)
Summary:
1.2
The MayT
ec Connector System
MayTec
mounting of connector in slot
with machining
Cross
bushing bore
ST-Connector 110-111
SE-Connector 109
Screw-type connections
with machining
Cross bore
Tool
Connector
screw
Thread
Thread
Thread
Cross bore
Threaded insert with lens

head screw
1.35
Connector screw
98
Connector screw,
self-cutting
98, 112
Clamping connections
with machining
Thread
Clamping connector
Threaded insert
Clamping connector
117
87
Summar
y: Connectors (without machining)
Summary:
1.2
Bayonet type connections

without machining
T-slot nut
Standard 113-114
Nothing case
Cap head screw
Extension 115
Cross connections
without machining
Cross connector 116
Cross connector
Angle connections
without machining
Angle PA 1.46
Angle GD-Zn, GD-Al

1.46
88
Connectors: Manufacture a connection
1.2
Example
Connection of two profiles 4040 with one
standard connector
Manufacture a connection
1. Connector selection
1.2, Connector selection
2. Profile machining
1.1A, Profile machining
1.99, Tools
Manufacture the cross

bushing bore with the aid of
a drill jig
3. Pre-assembly of the connector
Insert the cross bushing
Mounting position
Neck flush to the

profile front side
Push in the anchor
Pretension the anchor
Comments
For the optimal assembly of
the profiles the connector is
to be installed in such a way
that the neck is flush to the
profile front side
4. Final assembly
1.2F, Torque tightening
values for connector
setscrew
or
Push in sideways
Turn the profile
Tighten the setscrew
Push in front sided

89
Connectors
1.2
Connector selection
Connector
Standard
Connector types and materials

Article-No. Technical data
1.21.2E0 material: 9 S Mn Pb 28K
strength: 460-710 N/mm
surface: galvanised
Standard, ground 1.21.2E0 E
Standard VA
Procedure
1.21.2E0 V material: stainless steel 1.4305

strength: 490-685 N/mm
surface: pickled and passivated
Example
Connection
Selection of connector-variant
Standard
Profile 1
Size of the profile in which the

connector should be built into
3030 mm
Core hole
Determination of the core hole 12 mm
Profile 2
Determination of the connectorhead according to slot-variant

of the profile on which it will be
joined
4040 mm /
E-slot
Connector
Determination of connector
1.21.3E1
Number of
degrees
Bent anchor:
determine the angle (0 - 45)
Special cases
PG for connec- Mounting
tor selection
position
PG for connector selection
2030
3050
20
30
30
50
30100
30
50
Profile
Mounting
position
90
Connectors for profiles with core hole- 6 mm

Connection /
Finished dimension
PG
Connector
H-head
steel
standard
20 1.20.2H0
Universal
1.2A
Article-No. for connector with

F-head
E-head
VA steel
VA steel
E
standard
E
standard
V 1.20.2F0
1.20.2E0
Oblique
-hinge l + r
20 1.20.2HK1
1.20.2FK1
Oblique 90
-hinge
20 1.20.2HK2
1.20.2FK2
Parallel
-square
20 1.20.2H0
V 1.20.2F0
VA
E
1.20.2E0
-cross
2
-high
Connection /
Finished dimension
Connector
Miter
-hinge l + r
PG
Machining of profiles with core hole- 6

mm for miter
Article-No.
for connector
steel
standard
20 1.20.2G1
VA
E
In order not to reduce the strength of the

miter joint one profile end must be
counterbored
drill hole
Miter 90
-hinge l + r
20 1.20.2G2
Extension
20 1.20.2V0
The center portion of the anchor part is

to be located in the counterbored profile
section
V
anchor mounted
Comments
Use drill for miter anchor Article-No.:
1.99.0310800 tools 1.99
E = ground-connector, VA = stainless steel 1.4305
91
1.2A
Connection variants with screw-type connectors
Profile with profile
Profile to plate with thread
Profile to plate with through-hole
Mounting instruction for screw-type connectors

1. Screw anchor in until it stops against the shoulder
2. Unscrew anchor until it lines-up with the cross bushing position (max. one turn)
3. Set up profile with cross bushing
Connection /
Finished dimension
PG thread
Connector
Screw-type
front sided
Screw-type parallel
-square
-cross
-high

92
20
M47
M57
M67
Article-No.
for connector
steel
standard
1.20.2S2M4/7
1.20.2S2M5/7
1.20.2S2M6/7
VA
E
V

Connection /
Finished dimension
PG
Connector
Universal
H-head
steel
standard
20 1.21.2H0
30 1.21.3H0
40
45
50
60
1.2A

F-head
E-head
VA steel
VA steel
E
standard
E
standard
1.21.2F0
E V 1.21.2E0
1.21.3F0
E V 1.21.3E0
1.21.4F0
E V 1.21.4E0
1.21.45F0
E V 1.21.45E0
1.21.5F0
E V 1.21.5E0
1.21.6F0
E V 1.21.6E0
VA
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
V
V
V
V
V
V
20
30
40
45
50
60
1.21.2F1
1.21.3F1
1.21.4F1
1.21.45F1
1.21.5F1
1.21.6F1
E
E
E
E
E
E
V
V
V
V
V
V
1.21.2E1
1.21.3E1
1.21.4E1
1.21.45E1
1.21.5E1
1.21.6E1
E
E
E
E
E
E
V
V
V
V
V
V
20
30
40
45
50
60
1.21.2F2
1.21.3F2
1.21.4F2
1.21.45F2
1.21.5F2
1.21.6F2
E
E
E
E
E
E
V
V
V
V
V
V
1.21.2E2
1.21.3E2
1.21.4E2
1.21.45E2
1.21.5E2
1.21.6E2
E
E
E
E
E
E
V
V
V
V
V
V
20
30
40
45
50
60
1.21.20F4
1.21.30F4
1.21.40F4
1.21.45F4
1.21.50F4
1.21.60F4
20
30
40
45
50
60
1.21.2FK1
1.21.3FK1
1.21.4FK1
1.21.45FK1
1.21.5FK1
1.21.6FK1
-bent anchor l
20
30
40
45
50
60
1.21.2FB1L/
1.21.3FB1L/
1.21.4FB1L/
1.21.45FB1L/
1.21.5FB1L/
1.21.6FB1L/
-bent anchor standard l
20
30
40
45
50
60
1.21.2F1B1L/
1.21.3F1B1L/
1.21.4F1B1L/
1.21.45F1B1L/
1.21.5F1B1L/
1.21.6F1B1L/
-bent anchor r
20
30
40
45
50
60
1.21.2FB1R/
1.21.3FB1R/
1.21.4FB1R/
1.21.45FB1R/
1.21.5FB1R/
1.21.6FB1R/
Standard
90
Square head
Oblique
-hinge l + r
1.21.20E4
1.21.30E4
1.21.40E4
1.21.45E4
1.21.50E4
1.21.60E4
V
V
V
V
V
V
E
E
E
E
E
E
1.21.2EK1
1.21.3EK1
1.21.4EK1
1.21.45EK1
1.21.5EK1
1.21.6EK1
1.21.2EB1L/
1.21.3EB1L/
1.21.4EB1L/
1.21.45EB1L/
1.21.5EB1L/
1.21.6EB1L/
V
V
V
V
V
V
E
E
E
E
E
E
1.21.2E1B1L/
1.21.3E1B1L/
1.21.4E1B1L/
1.21.45E1B1L/
1.21.5E1B1L/
1.21.6E1B1L/
E
E
E
E
E
E
1.21.2EB1R/
1.21.3EB1R/
1.21.4EB1R/
1.21.45EB1R/
1.21.5EB1R/
1.21.6EB1R/
E
E
E
E
E
E

93

Connection /
Finished dimension
PG
Connector
H-head
steel
standard
1.2A

F-head
E-head
VA steel
VA steel
VA
E
standard
E
standard
E
1.21.2F1B1R/
1.21.2E1B1R/
1.21.3F1B1R/
1.21.3E1B1R/
1.21.4F1B1R/
1.21.4E1B1R/
1.21.45F1B1R/
1.21.45E1B1R/
1.21.5F1B1R/
1.21.5E1B1R/
1.21.6F1B1R/
1.21.6E1B1R/
Oblique
-bent anchor standard r
20
30
40
45
50
60
Oblique 90
-hinge
20
30
40
45
50
60
1.21.2FK2
1.21.3FK2
1.21.4FK2
1.21.45FK2
1.21.5FK2
1.21.6FK2
-bent anchor
20
30
40
45
50
60
1.21.2FB2/
1.21.3FB2/
1.21.4FB2/
1.21.45FB2/
1.21.5FB2/
1.21.6FB2/
-bent anchor 90
20
30
40
45
50
60
1.21.2F2B2/
1.21.3F2B2/
1.21.4F2B2/
1.21.45F2B2/
1.21.5F2B2/
1.21.6F2B2/
1.21.2E2B2/
1.21.3E2B2/
1.21.4E2B2/
1.21.45E2B2/
1.21.5E2B2/
1.21.6E2B2/
Oblique-cross-hinge
20
30
40
45
50
60
1.21.2FK3
1.21.3FK3
1.21.4FK3
1.21.45FK3
1.21.5FK3
1.21.6FK3
1.21.2EK3
1.21.3EK3
1.21.4EK3
1.21.45EK3
1.21.5EK3
1.21.6EK3
V
V
V
V
V
V
20
30
40
45
50
60
1.21.2FK4
1.21.3FK4
1.21.4FK4
1.21.45FK4
1.21.5FK4
1.21.6FK4
1.21.2EK4
1.21.3EK4
1.21.4EK4
1.21.45EK4
1.21.5EK4
1.21.6EK4
V
V
V
V
V
V
90

94
V
V
V
V
V
V
E
E
E
E
E
E
1.21.2EK2
1.21.3EK2
1.21.4EK2
1.21.45EK2
1.21.5EK2
1.21.6EK2
1.21.2EB2/
1.21.3EB2/
1.21.4EB2/
1.21.45EB2/
1.21.5EB2/
1.21.6EB2/
V
V
V
V
V
V
E
E
E
E
E
E

Connection /
Finished dimension
PG
Connector
H-head
steel
standard
20
30
40
45
50
60
Parallel
-square
1.2A

F-head
E-head
VA steel
VA steel
E
standard
E
standard
1.21.3F5
1.21.4F5
1.21.45F5
1.21.5F5
1.21.6F5
1.21.3E5
1.21.4E5
1.21.45E5
1.21.5E5
1.21.6E5
20
30
40
45
50
60
-square 90
-cross
20
30
40
45
50
60
-high
20
30
40
45
50
60
1.21.3E2-5
1.21.2/3F5
1.21.3/5F5
1.21.2/3E5
1.21.3/5E5
1.21.3/2F5
1.21.3/2E5
1.21.5/3F5
1.21.5/3E5
20
30
40
45
50
60
-high 90
Connection /
Finished dimension
Connector
Extension
VA
E
1.21.5/3E2-5
PG,
K2
20
30
40
45
50
60
Article-No.
for connector
steel
standard
1.21.2V0
1.21.3V0
1.21.4V0
1.21.45V0
1.21.5V0
1.21.6V0
PG,
K2
VA
steel
standard
VA
E
V
V
V
V
V
V
30/20 1.21.3/2V0
40/20 1.21.4/2V0
30 1.21.4/3V0
V
V
V
45/20 1.21.45/2V0
30 1.21.45/3V0
40 1.21.45/4V0
V
V
V
50/20
30
40
45
V
V
V
V
1.21.5/2V0
1.21.5/3V0
1.21.5/4V0
1.21.5/45V0
Article-No.
for connector
60/20
30
40
45
50
1.21.6/2V0
1.21.6/3V0
1.21.6/4V0
1.21.6/45V0
1.21.6/5V0
V
V
V
V
V

95

Connection /
Finished dimension
PG
Connector
Miter
-hinge l + r
-bent anchor l + r
Miter 90
-hinge l + r
-bent anchor l
Article-No.
for connector
20
30
40
45
50
60
steel
standard
1.21.2G1
1.21.3G1
1.21.4G1
1.21.45G1
1.21.5G1
1.21.6G1
20
30
40
45
50
60
1.21.2GB1/
1.21.3GB1/
1.21.4GB1/
1.21.45GB1/
1.21.5GB1/
1.21.6GB1/
20
30
40
45
50
60
1.21.2G2
1.21.3G2
1.21.4G2
1.21.45G2
1.21.5G2
1.21.6G2
20
30
40
45
50
60
1.21.2GB2L/
1.21.3GB2L/
1.21.4GB2L/
1.21.45GB2L/
20
30
40
45
50 1.21.5GB2L/
60 1.21.6GB2L/
-bent anchor r
Shifter

96
20
30
40
45
50
60
1.21.2GB2R/
1.21.3GB2R/
1.21.4GB2R/
1.21.45GB2R/
1.21.5GB2R/
1.21.6GB2R/
20
30
40
45
50
60
1.21.2GS
1.21.3GS
1.21.4GS
1.21.45GS
1.21.5GS
1.21.6GS
VA
E
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
1.2A
1.2A
Connection variants with screw-type connectors
Profile with profile
Profile to plate with thread
Profile to plate with through-hole
Mounting instruction for screw-type connectors

1. Screw anchor in until it stops against the shoulder
2. Unscrew anchor until it lines-up with the cross bushing position (max. one turn)
3. Set up profile with cross bushing
Connection /
Finished dimension
PG thread
Connector
20
30
40
45
50
60
20
30
40
45
50
60
20
30
40
45
50
60
20
30
40
45
50
60
M6
-cross
20
30
40
45
50
60
M8
-high
20
30
40
45
50
60
M8
Screw-type - front sided
Screw-type - parallel
-square
M8
M8
M8
Article-No. for connectors for mounting on profiles with

F-slot
E-slot
other
Length of thread
7 mm
11 mm
40 mm
steel
VA steel
VA steel
VA
standard
E
standard
E
standard
E
1.21.2S1M6/11
1.21.3S1M6/11
1.21.4S1M6/11
1.21.45S1M6/11
1.21.5S1M6/11
1.21.6S1M6/11
1.21.20S1M8/7
1.21.2S1M8/11
V
1.21.30S1M8/7
1.21.3S1M8/11
V
1.21.40S1M8/7
1.21.4S1M8/11
V
1.21.45S1M8/7
1.21.45S1M8/11
V
1.21.50S1M8/7
1.21.5S1M8/11
V
1.21.60S1M8/7
1.21.6S1M8/11
V
1.21.2S1M8/40
1.21.3S1M8/40
1.21.4S1M8/40
1.21.45S1M8/40
1.21.5S1M8/40
1.21.6S1M8/40
1.21.2S5M8/11
1.21.3S5M8/7
1.21.3S5M8/11
1.21.4S5M8/7
1.21.4S5M8/11
1.21.45S5M8/11
1.21.5S5M8/11
1.21.6S5M8/11
1.21.2/3S5M8/11
1.21.3/5S5M8/11
1.21.3/2S5M8/11
1.21.5/3S5M8/11

97

Connection/
Finished dimension
Connector
H-head
steel
standard
Connector screw
-self-cutting
E = ground connector, VA = stainless steel 1.4305

98
1.2A

F-head
E-head
VA steel
VA steel
E
standard
E
standard
1.21.VSFM14
1.21.VSEM14
1.21.VSFS13
1.21.VSES13
VA
E
Connector - Cross bushings
1.2B
Drill dimensions for connector cross bushings

Slot type
Cross bushing
PG/
Profile/
Slot
Core hole
distance
Boring depth,
Article-No.
Cross bushing
lenght
T
steel
14
1.20.B21
H-slots
20
K
10
F + E-slots
20
30
40
40
45
50
60
10
15
20
20
22,5
25
30
17
22
27
27
29,5
32
37
1.21.B20
1.21.B30
1.21.B40
1.21.B40R
1.21.B45
1.21.B50
1.21.B60
E-slots
Specialuniversalconnector
for profile
30150
30150
15
30
1.21.B31
SpecialSE-Connector
16, E3
E4
15
16
1.21.BE3
1.21.BE4
VA
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
SpecialST-Connector
SpecialST-Connector
with screw-type
anchor
19
1.21.STBM6
16, E3
40
1.21.ST4B40
tools 1.99
VA = stainless steel 1.4305

99
Connector - Cross bushings
1.2B
Drill dimensions for connector cross bushings - Special cases

Profile
Cross bushing
PG/
Profile/
Slot
Core hole
distance
Boring depth,
Article-No.
Cross bushing
length
T
steel
14
1.20.B22
1.10.020020.21P
20
K
10
1.11.030030.21(P)
30
15
22
1.21.B34
40
20
27
1.21.B44
VA
1.11.030150.84P
1.11.040040.28LP
tools 1.99
Mounting variants
Standard application:
Cross bushing, flush
Special application:
Cross bushing for the next smaller profile
for the application

of panels
VA = stainless steel 1.4305

100
for the application

of cover profiles
Connector components
1.2C
As an alternative to the complete

connector it is also possible to order the
component parts.
Because of the extensive combination
possibilities, storage of the complete
connectors will be reduced by over 80%.
Cross bushing
Anchor
Connector components for profiles with

core hole- 6 mm
101
core hole- 12 mm
102-105
Connector for core hole- 6 mm
Connector complete
PG 20
Universal
Oblique
90
Parallel
-hinge l + r
-hinge
-square 1)
-cross 1)
-high 1)
Miter
-hinge l + r
90
-hinge l + r
Extension
Screw-type
-Parallel-square 2)
-Parallel-cross 2)
-Parallel-high 2)
Cross bushing, steel
steel
standard
1.20.2H0
1.20.2F0
1.20.2E0
1.20.2HK1
1.20.2FK1
1.20.2HK2
1.20.2FK2
Anchor
E
1.20.2H0
1.20.2F0
1.20.2E0
1.20.2H0
1.20.2F0
1.20.2E0
1.20.2H0
1.20.2F0
1.20.2E0
1.20.2G1
1.20.2G2
1.20.2V0
1.20.2S2M4/7
1.20.2S2M5/7
1.20.2S2M6/7
1.20.2S2M4/7
1.20.2S2M5/7
1.20.2S2M6/7
1.20.2S2M4/7
1.20.2S2M5/7
1.20.2S2M6/7
1.20.2S2M4/7
1.20.2S2M5/7
1.20.2S2M6/7
Piece
VA steel
standard
V 1.20.A2H0
1.20.A2F0
1.20.A2E0
1.20.A2HK1
1.20.A2FK1
1.20.A2HK2
1.20.A2FK2
V
VA
E
V 1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
V 1
V 1
1
1
2
2
2
1
1
1
V
V
1.20.A2G1
1.20.A2G2
1.20.A2V0
1.20.A2S2M4/7
1.20.A2S2M5/7
1.20.A2S2M6/7
1.20.B21
Cross bushing, VA
Single parts
1.20.B21 V
Cross bushing, VA

= Connector, universal
2)
= Connector, screw-type
1)
101
1.2C
Connector for core hole 12 mm
Connectors, complete
PG 20
steel
standard
1.21.2H0
1.21.2F0
1.21.2E0
1.21.2F1
1.21.2E1
1.21.2F2
1.21.2E2
1.21.20F4
1.21.20E4
Universal
Standard
90
Square head
Oblique
90
E
E
E
E
E
E
1.21.2FK1
1.21.2EK1
1.21.2FB1L/
-bent anchor l
1.21.2EB1L/
-bent a. standard l 1.21.2F1B1L/
1.21.2E1B1L/
1.21.2FB1R/
-bent anchor r
1.21.2EB1R/
-bent a. standard r 1.21.2F1B1R/
1.21.2E1B1R/
-hinge
-bent anchor 90
-hinge
-hinge 90
Parallel
-hinge l + r
-bent anchor
Obliquecross
PG 30
1.21.2FK2
1.21.2EK2
1.21.2FB2/
1.21.2EB2/
1.21.2F2B2/
1.21.2E2B2/
1.21.2FK3
1.21.2EK3
1.21.2FK4
1.21.2EK4
-square
1.21.2/3F5 1)
1.21.2/3E5 1)
-square 90
E
E
E
E
VA steel
standard
1.21.3H0
V 1.21.3F0
V 1.21.3E0
V 1.21.3F1
V 1.21.3E1
V 1.21.3F2
V 1.21.3E2
1.21.30F4
1.21.30E4
V 1.21.3FK1
V 1.21.3EK1
1.21.3FB1L/
1.21.3EB1L/
1.21.3F1B1L/
1.21.3E1B1L/
1.21.3FB1R/
1.21.3EB1R/
1.21.3F1B1R/
1.21.3E1B1R/
V 1.21.3FK2
V 1.21.3EK2
E
1.21.3FB2/
E
1.21.3EB2/
1.21.3F2B2/
1.21.3E2B2/
1.21.3FK3
V 1.21.3EK3
1.21.3FK4
V 1.21.3EK4
1.21.3/2F5 2)
1.21.3/2E5 2)
1.21.3F5
1.21.3E5
1.21.3E2-5
PG 40
E
VA steel
standard
E
E
E
E
E
E
V
V
V
V
V
V
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
V 1.21.4FK2
V 1.21.4EK2
E
1.21.4FB2/
E
1.21.4EB2/
1.21.4F2B2/
1.21.4E2B2/
1.21.4FK3
V 1.21.4EK3
1.21.4FK4
V 1.21.4EK4
---->
V
V
E
E
E
E
V
V
E
E
V
V
1.21.3/5F5 1)
1.21.3/5E5 1)
-high 90
-hinge l + r
1.21.2G1
V 1.21.3G1
V 1.21.4G1
-bent anchor l + r
-hinge l + r
-bent anchor l
1.21.2GB1/
1.21.2G2
1.21.2GB2L/
1.21.3GB1/
V 1.21.3G2
1.21.3GB2L/
1.21.4GB1/
V 1.21.4G2
1.21.4GB2L/
-bent anchor r
1.21.2GB2R/
1.21.3GB2R/
1.21.4GB2R/
1.21.B20
1.21.B30
1.21.B40

Cross bushing, VA
1.21.B20 V
1.21.B30 V

102
V
V
V
V
V
V
1.21.4F5
1.21.4E5
-high 2)
90
1.21.4F0
1.21.4E0
1.21.4F1
1.21.4E1
1.21.4F2
1.21.4E2
1.21.40F4
1.21.40E4
V 1.21.4FK1
V 1.21.4EK1
1.21.4FB1L/
1.21.4EB1L/
1.21.4F1B1L/
1.21.4E1B1L/
1.21.4FB1R/
1.21.4EB1R/
1.21.4F1B1R/
1.21.4E1B1R/
-cross 1)
Miter
VA
1.21.B40 V
1.2C
Single parts
PG 45
steel
standard
1.21.45F0
1.21.45E0
1.21.45F1
1.21.45E1
1.21.45F2
1.21.45E2
1.21.45F4
1.21.45E4
1.21.45FK1
1.21.45EK1
1.21.45FB1L/
1.21.45EB1L/
1.21.45F1B1L/
1.21.45E1B1L/
1.21.45FB1R/
1.21.45EB1R/
1.21.45F1B1R/
1.21.45E1B1R/
PG 50
Anchor
PG 60
VA steel
standard
VA steel
standard
E
E
E
E
E
E
V
V
V
V
V
V
E
E
E
E
E
E
V
V
V
V
V
V
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
1.21.5F0
1.21.5E0
1.21.5F1
1.21.5E1
1.21.5F2
1.21.5E2
1.21.50F4
1.21.50E4
V 1.21.5FK1
V 1.21.5EK1
1.21.5FB1L/
1.21.5EB1L/
1.21.5F1B1L/
1.21.5E1B1L/
1.21.5FB1R/
1.21.5EB1R/
1.21.5F1B1R/
1.21.5E1B1R/
1.21.45FK2
V 1.21.5FK2
1.21.45EK2
V 1.21.5EK2
1.21.45FB2/
E
1.21.5FB2/
1.21.45EB2/ E
1.21.5EB2/
1.21.45F2B2/
1.21.5F2B2/
1.21.45E2B2/
1.21.5E2B2/
1.21.45FK3
1.21.5FK3
1.21.45EK3
V 1.21.5EK3
1.21.45FK4
1.21.5FK4
1.21.45EK4
V 1.21.5EK4
E
E
E
E
1.21.6F0
1.21.6E0
1.21.6F1
1.21.6E1
1.21.6F2
1.21.6E2
1.21.60F4
1.21.60E4
V 1.21.6FK1
V 1.21.6EK1
1.21.6FB1L/
1.21.6EB1L/
1.21.6F1B1L/
1.21.6E1B1L/
1.21.6FB1R/
1.21.6EB1R/
1.21.6F1B1R/
1.21.6E1B1R/
V 1.21.6FK2
V 1.21.6EK2
E
1.21.6FB2/
E
1.21.6EB2/
1.21.6F2B2/
1.21.6E2B2/
1.21.6FK3
V 1.21.6EK3
1.21.6FK4
V 1.21.6EK4
V
V
E
E
E
E
V
V
E
E
V
V
1.21.45F5
1.21.45E5
1.21.5F5
1.21.5E5
1.21.6F5
1.21.6E5
1.21.45GB1/
1.21.45G2
1.21.45GB2L/
1.21.5/3E2-5
V 1.21.5G1
V 1.21.6G1
1.21.5GB1/
V 1.21.5G2
1.21.6GB1/
V 1.21.6G2
1.21.45GB2R/
1.21.5GB2L/
1.21.5GB2R/
1.21.6GB2L/
1.21.6GB2R/
1.21.B45
1.21.B50
1.21.B60
1.21.B45 V
1.21.B50 V
Piece
VA steel
standard
1.21.A1H0
V 1.21.A1F0 <---V 1.21.A1E0
V 1.21.A1F1
V 1.21.A1E1
V 1.21.A1F2
V 1.21.A1E2
1.21.A1F4
1.21.A1E4
1.21.5/3F5 2)
1.21.5/3E5 2)
1.21.45G1
Single parts
1.21.A1FK1
1.21.A1EK1
1.21.A1FB1L/
1.21.A1EB1L/
1.21.A1F1B1L/
1.21.A1E1B1L/
1.21.A1FB1R/
1.21.A1EB1R/
1.21.A1F1B1R/
1.21.A1E1B1R/
1.21.A1FK2
1.21.A1EK2
1.21.A1FB2/
1.21.A1EB2/
1.21.A1F2B2/
1.21.A1E2B2/
1.21.A1FK3
1.21.A1EK3
1.21.A1FK4
1.21.A1EK4
1.21.A2F5
1.21.A2E5
1.21.A3F5
1.21.A3E5
1.21.A3E2-5
Anchor
VA
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
V
V
V
V
V
V
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Base with spring
Cross bushing
Base
with setscrew
V 1 1
V 1 1
1 1
1 1
1 1
1 1
1 1
1 1
1 1
1 1
V 1 1
V 1 1
1 1
E
E
1 1
1 1
1 1
1 1
V 1 1
1 1
V 1 1
1 1
1 1
1 1
1 1
1 1
1.21.A4F5
1.21.A4E5
1.21.A45F5
1.21.A45E5
1.21.A5F5
1.21.A5E5
1.21.A6F5
1.21.A6E5
1.21.A3E2-5
1.21.A1G1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
V 1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
1.21.A1GB1/
1.21.A1G2
1.21.A1GB2L/
1.21.A1GB245L/
1.21.A1GB2R/
1
V 1
1
1
1
2
2
2
2
2

1.21.B60 V
Cross bushing, VA

103
1.2C
Connector for core hole 12 mm
PG 20
PG 30
Shifter
steel
standard
1.21.2GS
Extension
1.21.2V0
V 1.21.3V0
1.21.3/2V0
V 1.21.4V0
V 1.21.4/2V0
1.21.4/3V0
Screw-type -front sided
1.21.2S1M6/11
1.21.20S1M8/7
1.21.2S1M8/11
1.21.2S1M8/40
1.21.2S5M8/11
1.21.3S1M6/11
1.21.30S1M8/7
V 1.21.3S1M8/11
1.21.3S1M8/40
1.21.4S1M6/11
1.21.40S1M8/7
V 1.21.4S1M8/11
1.21.4S1M8/40
-Parallel-square
VA steel
standard
1.21.3GS
PG 40
E
VA steel
standard
1.21.4GS
VA
E
V
V
V
1.21.3S5M8/7
1.21.3S5M8/11
1.21.4S5M8/7
1.21.4S5M8/11
-Parallel-cross
1.21.2/3S5M8/11
1.21.3/5S5M8/11
1.21.3/2S5M8/11
-Parallel-high

Cross bushing, VA
1.21.B20
1.21.B30
1.21.B20 V
1.21.B40
1.21.B30 V

104
1.21.B40 V
1.2C
Single parts
PG 45
steel
standard
1.21.45GS
PG 50
E
VA steel
standard
1.21.5GS
1.21.45V0
1.21.45/2V0
1.21.45/3V0
1.21.45/4V0
V
V
V
V
1.21.45S1M6/11
1.21.45S1M8/7
1.21.45S1M8/11
1.21.45S1M8/40
1.21.5S1M6/11
1.21.50S1M8/7
V 1.21.5S1M8/11
1.21.5S1M8/40
Anchor
PG 60
1.21.5V0
1.21.5/2V0
1.21.5/3V0
1.21.5/4V0
1.21.5/45V0
VA steel
standard
1.21.6GS
V
V
V
V
V
1.21.6V0
1.21.6/2V0
1.21.6/3V0
1.21.6/4V0
1.21.6/45V0
1.21.6/5V0
1.21.6S1M6/11
1.21.60S1M8/7
V 1.21.6S1M8/11
1.21.6S1M8/40
VA steel
standard
1.21.A1GS
V
V
V
V
V
V
1.21.45S5M8/11
1.21.5S5M8/11
1.21.6S5M8/11
1.21.5/3S5M8/11
1.21.B45
1.21.B50
1.21.B45 V
VA
E
1 2
1.21.A1V0
1.21.A1V0
1.21.A1V0
1.21.A1V0
1.21.A1V0
1.21.A1V0
1.21.A1SM6/11
1.21.A1SM8/7
1.21.A1SM8/11
1.21.A1SM8/40
1.21.A2SM8/11
1.21.A3SM8/7
1.21.A3SM8/11
1.21.A4SM8/7
1.21.A4SM8/11
1.21.A45SM8/11
1.21.A5SM8/11
1.21.A6SM8/11
1.21.A3SM8/11
1.21.A5SM8/11
1.21.A2SM8/11
1.21.A3SM8/11
V
V
V
V
V
V
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
V 1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
-
1
-
1
-
1
-
1.21.B60
1.21.B50 V
Piece
1.21.B20
1.21.B30
1.21.B40
1.21.B45
1.21.B50
1.21.B60 V
Cross bushing, VA

105
Connectors - Special cases
1.2D
Parallel connector
for profile 3030, soft
Application
Special anchor for parallel connector for
profile 3030, 2 F-slots, soft
Description
Connector, parallel
Connector, parallel
Weight
40 g
33 g
Article-No.
1.21.31E5
1.21.31F5
Weight
23 g
16 g
17 g
Article-No.
1.21.A31E5
1.21.A31F5
1.21.B34
Weight
68 g
Article-No.
1.21.31E0
Weight
41 g
27 g
Article-No.
1.21.A1E0
1.21.B31
Single parts
Description
Anchor, incl. spring
Cross bushing, incl. setsrcew
Universal connector
for profile 30150
Drill dimensions
Application
Universal connector for connection of two
profiles 30150
Alternative connection possibility
ST-Connector, 110
Description
Connector, universal
Single parts
Description
Cross bushing, incl. setscrew
106
1.2D
Application
Parallel connections with core hole
distance of 40 mm
Profile extensions
Extension / parallel connector
2
Insert front-sided
Profile machining
Profile machining
Description
Connector extension / parallel
Weight
76 g
Article-No.
1.21.40V040
Weight
36 g
20 g
Article-No.
1.21.A1V040
1.21.B40
Single parts
Description
Anchor for connector extension / parallel, incl. springs
Cross bushing B40, incl. setscrew
Pcs
1
2
Description
Connector extension / parallel
Weight
Article-No.
76 g 1.21.50/30V040
Single parts
Description
Anchor for connector extension / parallel, incl. springs
Pcs
1
1
1
Weight
36 g
25 g
15 g
Article-No.
1.21.A1V040
1.21.B50
1.21.B30
107
1.2D
Application
Fixable cross bushing
Universal connector
with knurled cross bushing
Press in device 1.98
Comments
The knurled cross bushing is suitable for all
connectors with the cross bushing 1.21.B40
Connector components,1.2C
Description
Connector, universal with knurled cross bushing
Weight
60 g
Article-No.
1.21.40RE0
Weight
40 g
20 g
Article-No.
1.21.A1E0
1.21.B40R
Single parts
Description
Cross bushing B40, knurled, incl. setscrew
108
Pcs
1
1
1.2D
SE-Connector
Cross bushing
1.21.BE4
Cross bushing
1.21.BE3
Anchor with F- or E-head

Universal
Standard
Standard 90
for profiles with E3-slot, PG16, E
for profiles with E4-slot
Application
for PG 16 E
allows mounting of additional profiles
into existing frames
Drill distance L
Boring depth T
mounting in
E3-slot
E4-slot
T
15 mm
16 mm
Connector
Connection
Connection
Profile PG16, E3-slot to F/E-slot

Universal
Profile with E4-slot

Universal
Standard
Anchor with F- or E-head

Universal
Standard
Standard 90
to F/E-slot
mounting on
F-slot
E3-slot
E4-slot
L
16 mm
15 mm
14 mm
Article-No. for SE-connector

mounting in E3-slot mounting in E4-slot
steel
VA steel
VA
standard
E
standard
E
2
1.21.SE3F0
1.21.SE3E0
1.21.SE4F0
1.21.SE4E0
1.21.SE3F1
1.21.SE3E1
1.21.SE4F1
1.21.SE4E1
1.21.SE3F2
1.21.SE3E2
1.21.SE4F2
1.21.SE4E2
Standard
90
90
Connectors for E3/E4-slot
mounting in E3-slot
Universal
Standard
90
Cross bushing
steel
standard
1.21.SE3F0
1.21.SE3E0
Single parts
mounting in E4-slot
VA steel
standard
1.21.SE4F0
1.21.SE4E0
1.21.SE3F1
1.21.SE3E1
1.21.SE3F2
1.21.SE3E2
1.21.SE4F1
1.21.SE4E1
1.21.SE4F2
1.21.SE4E2
1.21.BE3
1.21.BE4
Anchor
VA steel
standard
1.21.ASEF0
1.21.ASEE0
1.21.ASEF1
1.21.ASEE1
1.21.ASEF2
1.21.ASEE2
Piece
VA
E
1 1
1 1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

109
1.2D
Application
Connector for mounting into E-slot and for
connection of profiles 30150
Alternative connection possibility
Universal connector, 106
ST
-Connector
ST-Connector
Application
ST-Connector for later insertion of profiles
into closed frames
Assembly
push the profile into the frame
insert and rotate the T-Nut, pretension
the screw (and cross bushing)
push the connector into the cross
bushing bore, tighten the screw
Technical data
material:
steel
surface:
galvanised
torque:
max. 14 Nm
tensile load: max. 5,000 N
Connector complete
Description
ST-Connector
G
M6
Weight
32.0 g
Article-No.
1.21.STEM620
M6
M6
M620
16.7 g
10.0 g
5.3 g
1.21.STBM6
1.324.EM6
1.21.S0620
Single parts
ST-Cross bushing
T-Nut for subsequent insertion into E-slots
Cap head screw DIN 912
110
1.2D
Application
ST-Connection for PG 16, E3-slot
ST
-Connector
ST-Connector
with anchor, screw-type
Eco-Slide 1.67
Connector complete
Description
ST-Connector with anchor, screw-type
G
M6
Weight
43.8 g
Article-No.
1.21.STESM6/11
M6
M611
25.4 g
12.4 g
6.0 g
1.21.STSB40
1.317.EM6
1.21.ASTM6/11
Single parts
ST-Cross bushing
Threaded plate, heavy, E
Anchor, screw-type, for ST-Connector
111
1.2D
Application
Simple connections with profiles using a
12 mm core hole
Connector screw
self-cutting
Cross bore
Connector
screw
Tool
Technical data
material: steel
surface: galvanised
Tool
Tx screw driver for Torx 40 screws
1.98.T40.090090
112
Description
Connector screw, self-cutting, F, S13
Weight
25.0 g
Article-No.
1.21.VSFS13
Description
Connector screw, self-cutting, E, S13
Weight
31.5 g
Article-No.
1.21.VSES13
1.2D
Application
Connection without profile machining.
Suitable for the connection of profiles with
E-slots to profiles with E- or F-slots.
Bayonet type connector
Application
Suitable for the subsequent mounting of
profiles
Mounting example
for bayonet type connector with T-slot nut
Pre-assembly of the notching case
insert the cap head screw and the notching

case into the slot
positioning with socket pin
against clockwise direction
tighten the notching case (approx. 45 anticlockwise turn)
end position of the notching case
pre-mounting of the T-slot nut
pre-mounting of the T-slot nut
join the profiles and tighten the T-slot nut
final tightening with socket spanner
Final assembly
113

1.2D
Technical data
Notching case, cap head screw,
T-Nut, socket pin:
material:
steel
surface:
galvanised
T-slot nut:
material:
GD-Zn
with T-Nut (spring ball)

Description
Bayonet type connector E, with T-Nut (spring ball) E
Pcs.
Weight
24.4 g
Article-No.
1.25.E323E
Single parts
Notching case E for bayonet type connector
7.5 g
1.25.BE
Cap head screw DIN 912, M630

T-Nut for subs. insertion, with spring ball E, M6
1
1
8.0 g
9.9 g
0.63.D00912.06030
1.323.EM6
Description
Bayonet type connector E, with T-Nut (spring) F
Pcs.
Weight
18.8 g
Article-No.
1.25.E324F
7.5 g
7.0 g
4.3 g
1.25.BE
0.63.D00912.06025
1.324.FM6
Weight
25.5 g
Article-No.
1.25.E324E
with T-Nut (spring)
Single parts
T-Nut for subs. insertion, with spring F, M6
Description
Bayonet type connector E, with T-Nut (spring) E
1
1
1
Pcs.
Single parts
7.5 g
1.25.BE

T-Nut for subs. insertion, with spring E, M6
1
1
8.0 g
10.0 g
0.63.D00912.06030
1.324.EM6
Description
Bayonet type connector E, with T-slot nut F
Pcs.
Weight
16.2 g
Article-No.
1.25.E3410F
with T-slot nut
Single parts
1
1
7.5 g
7.0 g
1.25.BE
0.63.D00912.06025
T-slot nut F, M6
1.7 g
1.34.10FM6
Weight
18.5 g
Article-No.
1.25.E3410E
1.25.BE
Description
Bayonet type connector E, with T-slot nut E
Pcs.
Single parts
7.5 g

T-slot nut E, M6
1
1
8.0 g 0.63.D00912.06030
3.0 g
1.34.10EM6
Socket pin
Description
Socket pin for notching case E
114
Weight
47.0 g
Article-No.
1.25.WZ1
1.2D
Application
Connection without profile machining.

extension
Mounting example
Pre-mounting of the notching case
( Bayonet type connector, 113)
insert the cap head screw and the hexagonal

nut into the slot
2
end position of the notching cases
position of the notching cases
join the profiles and tighten the T-slot nut
final tightening with socket spanner
Final assembly
Technical data
material:
steel
surface:
galvanised
Description
Bayonet type connector E, extension
Pcs.
Weight
28.1 g
Article-No.
1.25.15.EV0
Single parts
Notching case E for bayonet type connector, extension
Hexagonal nut, M6
1
1
1
1
7.5 g
1.25.BE
7.5 g
1.25.BEV0
11.0 g 0.63.D00912.06045
2.1 g
0.61.D00934.06
115
1.2D
Application
quick assembly
connection without profile machining
Cross connector
Technical data
Lower section, upper section, bolt,
screw:
material: steel
surface: galvanised
Assembly
Push the lower section of the cross

connector into the slot of the first profile
Description
Cross connector E3
Cross connector E4
116
Slide the slot of the second profile onto the

upper section, position the profiles and
tighten the connector
Weight
53.5 g
55.0 g
Article-No.
1.25.41.E3
1.25.41.E4
1.2D
Application
quick assembly
connection without profile machining
Clamping connector 40E
Technical data
material: steel
surface: galvanised
Assembly
Fastening element
Threaded insert M14/M8, 30, 1.35.1140830
Screw the threaded insert M14/M8, 30 into

the core hole Assembly reference 1.35
2
Screw the clamping connector into the
threaded insert
Slide the connector into the slot of the

second profile, position the profiles and
tighten the connector
Description
Clamping connector 40E, single sided
Weight
34.4 g
Article-No.
1.25.61.40E
Description
Clamping connector 40E, double sided
Weight
43.9 g
Article-No.
1.25.62.40E
117
Connection possibilities for 0-slot profiles
1.2E
Connection of
0-slot profiles
Comments
Connector 1.2A
Connector - drill dimensions
PG 30
PG 40
without radius covers
Drill dimensions without radius covers
Drill dimensions without radius covers
Drill dimensions with radius covers
Drill dimensions with radius covers
with radius covers

1.43
Cover plug
for connector cross bushings
1.42
118
PG 30
PG 40

Connection
1.2E
PG 30
PG 40
with standard connectors
Single parts
Connector, standard
1.21.3F1 (V)
Connector, standard 90 1.21.3F2 (V)
Single parts
Connector, standard
1.21.4E1 (V)
Connector, standard 90 1.21.4E2 (V)
Mounting variation
Assembly
for profiles with 1 connector
insert connector
turn profile
2
Fabrication measurements
PG 30
PG 40
For fastening of profile 3030
119
1.2E
Mounting variation
for profiles with 1 or more connectors, if the
profile cannot be rotated
for high flexure load
Comments
Position of assembly: profiles flush on the
top
Assembly
insert connector
push profile to the top
PG 30
120
PG 40
PG 45
1.2E
Mounting varation
for profiles with 1 or more connectors, if the
profile cannot be rotated
for high sliding load
Comments
Position of assembly: profiles flush on the
top
Assembly
insert connector
push profile to the bottom
PG 30
PG 40
PG 45
121

Connection
PG 30
1.2E
PG 40
with screw-type connector
Single parts
Screw-type connector 1.21.3S1M8/7 (V)
T-Nut
1.324.FM8 (V)
Single parts
Screw-type connector 1.21.4S1M8/11 (V)
T-Nut
1.324.EM8 (V)
PG 30
122
PG 40

Connection
1.2E
PG 30
PG 40
with DIN-Screw
drill dimensions
Single parts
Threaded insert M14/M8
Washer, DIN 433 - 8.4
Cover plug 15
drill dimensions
1.35.1140815
0.63.D06912.08020
0.62.D00433.08,4
1.42.6114.x
PG 30
PG 40
123
Connection possibilities for profiles 40, round
1.2E
Connection of
profiles 40, round
Drill dimensions for profiles 40, round

30
45
60
90
Calculation formulas for polygons
Profile 40, round 60 ( = 60)
t = 24.57
s = 22.96
t = 28.04
s = 30.00
searched
t = 22.04
s = 15.53
known
R0
L=
R00.51764 31.06
R00.76537 45.92
R0 60
Ra
L=
(Ra20)0.51764 31.06
(Ra20)0.76537 45.92
Ra 80
SW L =
SW R0 =
SW Ra =
SW 44,08
3.73205
SW 49.14
0.51764 31.06
3.4142
SW 44.08
SW 49.14
SW 44.08
3.73205
3.73205
SW 56,08
0.76537 45.92
SW 56.08
3.4142
SW 49.14
+ 20
3.4142
SW 56.08
+ 20
R0
SW =
(R 2) (R 0.51764) + 44.08
Ra
SW =
((R 20)2) ((R 20)0.51764) + 44.08

((R 20)2) ((R 20)0.76537) + 49.14
124
(R 2) (R 0.76537) + 49.14
+ 20
2
(R02) R0 + 56.08
60
((Ra20)2) Ra + 56.08
Connection possibilities - Special cases

Subsequent mounting
of profiles
1.2E
Step by step instruction for subsequent

mounting of profiles with two standard
connections for all profile groups
For the subsequent mounting of the profile:

1. Mill on both ends a slot size of 68 mm.
2. Mount connector and fix anchor in front

position with setscrew.
2
3. Mount profile.
4. Loosen setscrew.
Due to the compressing spring the
anchor is pushed into the slot.
Turn anchor by 90 with screw driver.
Fasten setscrew.
125
Connection possibilities - Other profile systems

Connection of MayT
ec
MayTec
with other profile systems
1.2E
MayTec profiles can easily be combined with

other profile systems.
Two points have to be considered when
combining with other profiles:
Form H
1. Anchor head-form and size

The MayTec system provides 3 anchor head
sizes. If any of the sizes dont fit into the
slots of other profile systems, the anchor
head can be made to fit as required.
Form H
Form F
Form E
anchor dim.
2. Hole distance
During the machining of the cross bore the
hole distance has to match the wall
thickness of the profile.
hole distance =
anchor dim. - wall thickness + 2 mm
wall thickness
126
hole
distance
Strength values for profile connections

with MayT
ec-Connectors
MayTec-Connectors
Torque tightening values for
connector setscrew
Tension load
PG
Slot
20
30
40
45
50
60
H
F
F
E
E
E
E
PG
Slot
20
H
F
F
E
E
E
E
30
40
45
50
60
Slide load
PG
1.2F
Comments
The max. tightening
values are only valid for
the MayTec setscrew
and can not be reached
by the usual commercial
quality standard.
Setscrew
Torque value
special execution recommended
max.
M68
M810
M1012
M1012
M1012
M1012
M1012
5.0 Nm
15.0 Nm
25.0 Nm
30.0 Nm
30.0 Nm
30.0 Nm
30.0 Nm
6.0 Nm
20.0 Nm
30.0 Nm
40.0 Nm
40.0 Nm
40.0 Nm
40.0 Nm
Comments
All values given have
been tested with pretension of the
connectors and
maximum torque value
and refer to the
connection of two
identical profiles.
max. Tensile strength

Connector
T-Nut
Standard Universal
5,000 N
5,000 N
10,000 N
15,000 N
15,000 N
15,000 N
Profile
1,500 N
6,000 N
6,000 N
12,000 N
18,000 N
18,000 N
18,000 N
Slot
M4
M8
M8
M8
M8
M8
M8
4,000 N
8,000 N
8,000 N
12,000 N
20,000 N
20,000 N
20,000 N
max. Slide
strength
max. Flexure
strength
Connector
Pcs.
20
Flexure load
30
40
45
50
60
2020
2040
4040
2030
3030
3050
3060
30100, 5F
30100, 8F
30150, 8F
6060 angle
6060
30150
4040
4060
4080
40120
40160
8080 angle
8080, 8E
80120
120120
80160
4545
4560
4590
9090
5050
50100, 6E
50100, 8E
50150
100100
100200
100300
6060
6090
F
F
E
E
1
2
4
1
1
1
2
2
3
3
3
4
2
1
1
2
3
4
3
4
6
8
8
1
1
2
4
1
2
3
3
4
8
12
1
2
Standard
1,500 N
3,000 N
6,000 N
5,000 N
5,000 N
5,000 N
10,000 N
10,000 N
15,000 N
15,000 N
15,000 N
20,000 N
12,000 N
6,000 N
6,000 N
12,000 N
18,000 N
24,000 N
18,000 N
24,000 N
36,000 N
48,000 N
48,000 N
6,000 N
6,000 N
12,000 N
24,000 N
6,000 N
12,000 N
18,000 N
18,000 N
24,000 N
48,000 N
72,000 N
6,000 N
12,000 N
E-connector
7,500 N
7,500 N
7,500 N
15,000 N
15,000 N
22,500 N
22,500 N
22,500 N
30,000 N
18,000 N
9,000 N
9,000 N
18,000 N
27,000 N
36,000 N
27,000 N
36,000 N
54,000 N
72,000 N
72,000 N
9,000 N
9,000 N
18,000 N
36,000 N
9,000 N
18,000 N
27,000 N
27,000 N
36,000 N
72,000 N
108,000 N
9,000 N
18,000 N
Standard
50 Nm
150 Nm
300 Nm
65 Nm
100 Nm
160 Nm
300 Nm
640 Nm
960 Nm
900 Nm
400 Nm
600 Nm
2,000 Nm
250 Nm
500 Nm
750 Nm
2,000 Nm
3,750 Nm
1,000 Nm
1,500 Nm
2,250 Nm
3,250 Nm
3,750 Nm
360 Nm
530 Nm
1,080 Nm
2,160 Nm
400 Nm
1,200 Nm
2,000 Nm
3,200 Nm
2,400 Nm
12,000 Nm
19,000 Nm
480 Nm
1,200 Nm
127
Connection elements
1.29
Retaining plates
Technical data
material: steel
surface: galvanised
128
Description
Retaining plate
Weight
13 g
Article-No.
1.29.11140
Description
Retaining plate for connector
Weight
11 g
Article-No.
1.29.11240
Connection elements
1.29
Application
In the case of high torque forces with
connections of one connector only, twisting
can be prevented by mounting 1 or 2 antitwist devices.
Anti-twist devices
The nose of the anti-twist device fits into the

basic profile.
Technical data
material:
steel
surface:
galvanised
max. moment of torque: MA, max
Fastening elements
F-slot:
Setscrew ISO 4026 M68
E-slot:
2
0.66.I04026.06008
0.66.I04026.06012
Description
G
Anti-twist device F M6
MA, max
10 Nm
Weight
7.3 g
Article-No.
1.29.321.FM6
Description
G
Anti-twist device E M6
MA, max
10 Nm
Weight
14 g
Article-No.
1.29.321.EM6
129
Connection elements
1.29
Application
In the case of high torque forces with
connections of one connector only, twisting
can be prevented by mounting 1 or 2 antitwist devices.
for subsequent insertion
Anti-twist devices
The nose of the anti-twist device fits into the

basic profile.
Technical data
material:
steel
surface:
galvanised
Insert front-sided and rotate
Fastening elements
F-slot:
E-slot:
Description
G
Anti-twist device F M6
Description
G
Anti-twist device E M6
130
0.66.I04026.06008
0.66.I04026.06012
MA, max
10 Nm
Weight
7.3 g
Article-No.
1.29.324.FM6
MA, max
10 Nm
Weight
14 g
Article-No.
1.29.324.EM6
Connection elements
1.29
Application
Any MayTec connector can be equipped with
a clamping lever.
For frequent opening and closing
Clamping levers
Clamping lever for drill jigs
Technical data
clamping handle:
clamping lever:
annular gear:
thread:
PA-glass-fiber reinf.
with ratchet lever handle
die casted zinc
steel
Clamping lever for connector
Clamping levers 40
for connector
Description
Clamping lever 40 for connector
G
M6
M8
M10
M10
L
20
20
20
30
Weight
17 g
21 g
24 g
29 g
Article-No.
1.29.500620
1.29.500820
1.29.501020
1.29.501030
Description
G
M6
M8
L
20
20
Weight
36 g
41 g
Article-No.
1.29.650620
1.29.650820

M10
M10
20
30
44 g
49 g
1.29.651020
1.29.651030
Description
G
M8
M10
M10
L
20
20
30
Weight
64 g
65 g
70 g
Article-No.
1.29.800820
1.29.801020
1.29.801030
Clamping levers 65
for connector
Clamping levers 80
for connector
131
Summar
y: Accessories
Summary:
1.3-1.9
1.3 Fastening elements
Threaded plates
135
Threaded plates
for subs. insertion
136
Threaded plates
heavy
137
T-Bolts
front-sided insertion
144
Threaded inserts
145-146
Press-fit
threaded inserts
147-148
T-Nuts
138
T-Nuts
for subs. insertion
138-140
Spring-nuts
141
T-slot nuts
142
Rhomboid T-slot nuts

with self-locking
143
Guide profile
for sliding profile
155
Framing profiles
one piece
156
Cover cap 48
for hand rail profile
166
Cover plugs for

cross bushings
167
1.4 Installation accessories
Cover profiles
149
Cover profiles
149
Reducing profiles
150
Wegde profiles
157
Sponge rubber
round cords
158-159
Sealing profile
160
Framing profiles
161-162
Rubber cover-profiles
163
Cover caps
for profiles
164-166
Cover plugs domed

for cross bushings
167
Cover caps
for tubes
168
Cover caps
for screw bores
168
Radius covers
169-170
Radius
compensations
171
Floor levelling
screws
172
Base foot
181
Base feet
182-186
Base angle
187
Stacking foot
187
Fixed castors
188
Levelling feet
174
Adjustable tilt-feet Angular adjusting feet

175-179
180
Combination profiles Combination profiles Combination profiles

151
152
for sliding profiles
154
Levelling foot PA 20 Hand adjustable feet

172
173
Swivel castors
189
Swivel castors
lockable
189
Locking castors
190
Angles
192
Angles PA
193
Angles GD-Zn
194-199
Angles GD-Al
200
Angles Alu
201
Swivel angles
straight design
202
Swivel angles
202-203
Cross connection
plates
203
Base plates
204
Floor mounting plate

205
Mounting plates
206
Floor plate
206
Connection plates
207
132
Summar
y: Accessories
Summary:
Fastening plate
for joint 30100
208
Eye-bolt
209
Corner piece set

cubic PA
210
Corner piece set

45 PA
211
Corner piece set

spherical PA
211
1.3-1.9
Corner pieces
cubic
212-213
Corner pieces
segment
212-213
Corner pieces
segment, 2gang
212-213
Corner pieces
sphere
212-213
1.5 Pneumatic accessories
Pneumatic
end plates
215-216
Pneumatic
connection plates
217
Pneumatic
extension sets
218
Pneumatic-90
connection sets
219-220
Pneumatic
accessories
220
1.6 Additional accessories
Handles
light PA
221
Handle
light
221
Handle PA with
mounting thread
222
Handles PA
222
Handle system
round design
223
Handle system
oval design
224
Grab handles
made of profiles
225

225
Hinges
226, 231
Lift-off hinges
227-231
Double hinge
232
Hinges
233-237
Alu hinges
238-239
Alu hinges,
heavy
240-241
Joints
242-244
Joints
with clamping lever
242-244
Quick locks
252-253
Bullet catches
254
Bullet catch PA
255
Magnetic lock PA
256
Cylinder locks
flush
260-261
Mortise deadlocks
262-265
Bar locks
266-269
Latch lock
270
Mounting blocks
screw-type
245
Mounting block
GD-Zn
246
Lock
257
Cylinder locks
258
Rollers
271-272
Twin track guide

272
Mounting blocks
for subs. insertion
247-248
Mounting clamp
blocks for subs. ins.
249-251
Cylinder locks
Flap-lock countersunk
with security latch
260
259
Roller fastening sets

273-276
Mounting adaptor
for roller
277
Edge roller
278
Alu-C-track
Runner
Stopper
for suspended doors for suspended doors for suspended doors
279
280
280
133
Summar
y: Accessories
Summary:
Bottom guide
Frame guide
Rubber door stop
for suspended doors for suspended doors for suspended doors
280
280
280
Hanging bracket
291
Runner for sliding

suspended doors
281
Slot rollers
283
1.3-1.9
Sliding blocks
285
T-Nut sliding blocks

286
Eco-Slides
287-290
Mounting set
for 19" profile
298
Safety switches
299-300
Safety interlockingmountings
301-305
Milling cutters
328, 330-331
Screw taps
332-333
Suspended glider
292
1.7 Electrical accessories
Potential equalisation Ground connections

293
294
Sensor brackets
306
Cable and hose

clamp
295
Electrical installation trunking

307-310
Block for
cable binder
296
Installation rings
297
Electrical installation trunkings

311-313
1.8 Panel elements
Corner elements for Corner element 33 for Mounting sockets

wire net m. profile wire net m. prf. 3310
316
314
315
Panel elements
317-320
Wire nets, grid

321-322
1.9 Tools
Button head screws Press in device for

323
knurled cross bushing
324
134
Tx screw driver
325
Drill jigs
327, 329
Drills
328, 330-331
Fastening elements
1.31
Application
Fastening element for screw-type
connections
Threaded plates
Fixed into position with leaf spring

Assembly
Insert from end
Technical data
material:
surface:
max. moment of torque:
steel
galvanised
MA, max
Description
G
Threaded plate H M3
Threaded plate H M4
MA, max
1.3 Nm
2.0 Nm
Weight
1.5 g
1.3 g
Article-No.
1.31.HM3
1.31.HM4
Threaded plate H M5
2.0 Nm
1.2 g
1.31.HM5
Description
Threaded plate F
Threaded plate F
Threaded plate F
Threaded plate F
G
M3
M4
M5
M6
MA, max
1.3 Nm
3.0 Nm
5.0 Nm
7.0 Nm
Weight
3.9 g
3.7 g
3.6 g
3.3 g
Article-No.
1.31.FM3
1.31.FM4
1.31.FM5
1.31.FM6
Description
Threaded plate E
Threaded plate E
Threaded plate E
Threaded plate E
Threaded plate E
G
M3
M4
M5
M6
M8
MA, max
1.3 Nm
3.0 Nm
5.0 Nm
8.0 Nm
15.0 Nm
Weight
12.0 g
11.8 g
11.6 g
11.3 g
11.0 g
Article-No.
1.31.EM3
1.31.EM4
1.31.EM5
1.31.EM6
1.31.EM8
135
Fastening elements
1.31
Application
connections
Threaded plates
Assembly
Insert frontally and turn 60
Technical data
material:
surface:
steel
galvanised
MA, max
Description
Threaded plate for subsequent insertion H
136
G
M3
M4
M5
MA, max
1.3 Nm
2.0 Nm
2.0 Nm
Weight
0.90 g
0.85 g
0.80 g
Article-No.
1.314.HM3
1.314.HM4
1.314.HM5
Fastening elements
1.31
Application
Fastening element for
screw-type connections
hinges, heavy, type 20, 21, 22, 23, 31
Threaded plates
heavy
Fixed into position with leaf spring

Assembly
Insert from end
Technical data
material:
surface:
steel
galvanised
MA, max
Description
Threaded plate, heavy E
G
M6
M8
MA, max
10.0 Nm
26.0 Nm
Weight
17.2 g
16.3 g
Article-No.
1.316.EM6
1.316.EM8
Description
G
2M6
MA, max
10.0 Nm
Weight
33.8 g
Article-No.
1.316.E2M6
2M8
26.0 Nm
32.0 g
1.316.E2M8
MA, max
10.0 Nm
Weight
12.4 g
Article-No.
1.317.EM6
Application
ST-Connector Type 4 1.2D
Application sample Eco-Slide 1.67
Description
G
M6
137
Fastening elements
1.32
Application
connections
T-Nuts
with spring
Fixing with leaf spring

Assembly
Insert from end
Technical data
material:
surface:
steel
galvanised
MA, max
Insert from end
Description
G
T-Nut with spring F M6
T-Nut with spring F M8
MA, max
10 Nm
26 Nm
Weight
7.0 g
6.6 g
Article-No.
1.32.FM6
1.32.FM8
Description
G
T-Nut with spring E M6
T-Nut with spring E M8
MA, max
10 Nm
26 Nm
Weight
15 g
14 g
Article-No.
1.32.EM6
1.32.EM8
T-Nuts
for subsequent insertion,
with spring ball
Fixing with spring ball
Technical data
material:
surface:
steel
galvanised
MA, max
Description
T-Nut for subs. insertion, w. spring ball E
138
Application
connections
G
M4
M5
M6
M8
MA, max
3.0 Nm
5.0 Nm
10.0 Nm
26.0 Nm
Weight
10.4 g
10.2 g
9.9 g
9.6 g
Article-No.
1.323.EM4
1.323.EM5
1.323.EM6
1.323.EM8
Fastening elements
1.32
Application
connections
T-Nuts
with spring

Technical data
Design steel:
material: steel
surface: galvanised
Design stainless:
material: stainless steel 1.4305
surface: pickled and passivated
Description
T-Nut for subs. ins., w. spring F
G
M3
M4
M5
M6
M8
Design
steel
steel
steel
steel
steel
MA, max
1.3 Nm
3.0 Nm
5.0 Nm
10.0 Nm
10.0 Nm
Weight
5.0 g
4.9 g
4.6 g
4.3 g
3.7 g
Article-No.
1.324.FM3
1.324.FM4
1.324.FM5
1.324.FM6
1.324.FM8

M6
M8
stainless
stainless
10.0 Nm
10.0 Nm
4.3 g
3.7 g
1.324.FM6V
1.324.FM8V
Description
T-Nut for subs. ins., w. spring E
G
M3
M4
M5
M6
M8
Design
steel
steel
steel
steel
steel
MA, max
1.3 Nm
3.0 Nm
5.0 Nm
10.0 Nm
26.0 Nm
Weight
10.0 g
10.0 g
10.0 g
10.0 g
9.0 g
Article-No.
1.324.EM3
1.324.EM4
1.324.EM5
1.324.EM6
1.324.EM8

M5
M6
M8
stainless
stainless
stainless
5.0 Nm
10.0 Nm
26.0 Nm
10.0 g
10.0 g
9.0 g
1.324.EM5V
1.324.EM6V
1.324.EM8V
Application
screw-type connections
hinges, heavy, type 20, 21, 22, 23, 31
Technical data
material:
surface:
steel
galvanised
MA, max
Description
G
2M8
MA, max
26.0 Nm
Weight
20.3 g
Article-No.
1.324.E2M8.41
139
Fastening elements
1.32
Application
connections
T-Nuts
with spring
Technical data
material:
surface:
steel
galvanised
MA, max

Application
Fastening element for mounting angle, quick
lock 252
Fastening without washer
140
Fastening with washer
Description
G
2M4
MA, max
3.0 Nm
Weight
7.0 g
Article-No.
1.324.F2M4.25
Description
G
2M4
MA, max
3.0 Nm
Weight
12.0 g
Article-No.
1.324.E2M4.25
Fastening elements
1.33
Application
connections
Applicable for small loads such as:
enclosures
electric switches
Spring-nuts
Fixing with compressing spring

Assembly
Insert front-sided and turn 90
Technical data
material:
surface:
steel
galvanised
MA, max
Description
Spring-nut F
Spring-nut F
G
M3
M4
MA, max
1.3 Nm
3.0 Nm
Weight
1.6 g
1.5 g
Article-No.
1.33.FM3
1.33.FM4
Spring-nut F
Spring-nut F
M5
M6
5.0 Nm
8.0 Nm
1.3 g
1.1 g
1.33.FM5
1.33.FM6
3
Description
Spring-nut E
Spring-nut E
G
M3
M4
MA, max
1.3 Nm
3.0 Nm
Weight
3.9 g
3.7 g
Article-No.
1.33.EM3
1.33.EM4
Spring-nut E
Spring-nut E
M5
M6
5.0 Nm
10.0 Nm
3.4 g
3.0 g
1.33.EM5
1.33.EM6
141
Fastening elements
1.34
Application
connections
T-slot nuts
Assembly
Mount the T-slot nut onto the screw and
insert into the slot
Rotate the screw with T-slot nut 90 inside
and then fasten
Technical data
material:
142
GD-Zn
MA, max
Description
T-slot nut F
G
M4
Colour
blue
MA, max
3.0 Nm
Weight
2.4 g
Article-No.
1.34.10FM4
T-slot nut F
T-slot nut F
M5
M6
black
yellow
5.0 Nm
10.0 Nm
2.0 g
1.7 g
1.34.10FM5
1.34.10FM6
Description
T-slot nut E
G
M4
Colour
blue
MA, max
3.0 Nm
Weight
3.6 g
Article-No.
1.34.10EM4
T-slot nut E
T-slot nut E
M5
M6
black
yellow
5.0 Nm
10.0 Nm
3.2 g
3.0 g
1.34.10EM5
1.34.10EM6
Fastening elements
1.34
Application
For pre-assembly of threads in the profile
slot
Rhomboid TT-slot
-slot nuts
with self-locking
Assembly
Pre-assemble the rhomboid T-slot nut onto
the screw, and insert into the slot
By tightening the screw, the rhomboid T-slot

nut is turned 90 and jammed inside the slot
with its conical flanks
Even after loosening the screw, the

rhomboid T-slot nut will remain wedged in
place
Technical data
material:
GD-Zn
surface:
galvanised
Description
Rhomboid T-slot nut E
G
M3
M4
M5
M6
MA, max
1.3 Nm
3.0 Nm
5.0 Nm
10.0 Nm
Weight
6.5 g
6.2 g
5.9 g
5.5 g
Article-No.
1.34.20EM3
1.34.20EM4
1.34.20EM5
1.34.20EM6
143
Fastening elements
1.34
Application
connections
T-Bolts
Fixing with compressing spring

Assembly
Insert front-sided and turn 90
Technical data
material:
steel
surface:
galvanised
Description
T-Bolt F
T-Bolt F
T-Bolt F
T-Bolt F
144
GL
M620
M630
M820
M830
MA, max
6 Nm
6 Nm
15 Nm
15 Nm
Weight
6.0 g
7.0 g
8.0 g
11.2 g
Article-No.
1.34.FM62
1.34.FM63
1.34.FM82
1.34.FM83
Description GL
T-Bolt E
M620
MA, max
6 Nm
Weight
9.0 g
Article-No.
1.34.EM62
T-Bolt E
T-Bolt E
T-Bolt E
T-Bolt E
6 Nm
18 Nm
18 Nm
18 Nm
10.0 g
12.0 g
14.0 g
18.0 g
1.34.EM63
1.34.EM82
1.34.EM83
1.34.EM84
M630
M820
M830
M840
Fastening elements
1.35
Application
For mounting on front end
Threaded inserts
Technical data
material: steel
surface: galvanised
Description
Threaded insert
Threaded insert
G
M8/M4
M8/M5
Comments
for core hole 6
Weight
1.0 g
0.9 g
Article-No.
1.35.10804
1.35.10805
Application
For mounting on front end
Technical data
material: steel
surface: galvanised
Description
Threaded insert
Threaded insert
Threaded insert
Threaded insert
G
M12/M4
M12/M5
M12/M6
M12/M8
Comments
for outer chambers PG 50, heavy
Weight
8.6 g
8.0 g
7.3 g
5.5 g
Article-No.
1.35.11204
1.35.11205
1.35.11206
1.35.11208
145
Fastening elements
1.35
Application
For mounting on front end and fastening of
any profile with core hole 12
Threaded inserts
Application
profiles PG 45 heavy, PG 50 and PG 60
Assembly preparation for

threaded insert M14/Mxx
Tap M14 thread in core hole 12 mm
1)
Assembly preparation for

threaded insert M16/M12
Drill 12 mm core hole to 14 mm
Tap M16 thread in core hole 14 mm
Technical data
material: steel
surface: galvanised
146
Description
Threaded insert
Threaded insert
D/G
M14/M6
M14/M6
L
15
30
Weight
11 g
22 g
Article-No.
1.35.1140615
1.35.1140630
Threaded insert
Threaded insert
Threaded insert
Threaded insert
M14/M8
M14/M8
M14/M10
M14/M10
15
30
15
30
9g
18 g
6g
12 g
1.35.1140815
1.35.1140830
1.35.1141015
1.35.1141030
1)
Threaded insert
M16/M12
15
8g
1.35.1161215
1)
Threaded insert
M16/M12
30
16 g
1.35.1161230
Fastening elements
1.35
Application
Press-fit threaded inserts
Application
For screw connections across the profile for
cross section of
20 mm / 30 mm / 40 mm / 50 mm
Technical data
material: steel
surface: galvanised
borehole- 12 +0.1
Description
Press-fit threaded insert
G
12/M8
12/M8
12/M8
12/M8
12/M10
12/M10
L
22.5
32.5
42.5
52.5
22.5
32.5
l
19.5
29.5
39.5
49.5
19.5
29.5
Weight
15 g
20 g
26 g
31 g
11 g
15 g
Article-No.
1.35.608195
1.35.608295
1.35.608395
1.35.608495
1.35.610195
1.35.610295

12/M10
12/M10
42.5
52.5
39.5
49.5
18 g
22 g
1.35.610395
1.35.610495
Application
For screw connections across the profile for
cross section of
30 mm / 40 mm / 50 mm
Technical data
material: steel
surface: galvanised
borehole- 16 +0.1
Description
G
16/M14
16/M14
16/M14
L
32.5
42.5
52.5
l
29.5
39.5
49.5
Weight
25 g
30 g
35 g
Article-No.
1.35.614295
1.35.614395
1.35.614495
147
Fastening elements
1.35
Application
Press-fit threaded inserts

w/o collar
Technical data
material: steel
surface: galvanised
Description
Press-fit threaded insert, w/o collar
Press-fit threaded insert, w/o collar
148
G
12/M6
12/M8
Weight
19 g
17 g
Article-No.
1.35.606300
1.35.608300
1.41
Application
Cover profile with 1.2 mm jutout for the
protection of the profile slots
Cover profiles
Technical data
bar length: 2.5 m
material:
PVC rigid
oil and water resistant
anti-electrostatic
lead- and cadmium free
Description
similar to RAL
Cover profile 10, PVC, F/E, grey
7035
Cover profile 10, PVC, F/E, black
9011
Cover profile 10, PVC, F/E, yellow
1023
Weight
85 g/bar
85 g/bar
85 g/bar
Article-No.
1.41.11.1
1.41.11.2
1.41.11.1023
Weight
67.5 g/bar
Article-No.
1.41.121
Technical data
bar length: 2.5 m
material:
aluminium
surface:
neutral anodised
Description
Cover profile 10, Alu, F/E
Application
Cover profile for the protection of the profile
slots
Dangerous spots can be marked with yellow
cover profiles
Technical data
bar length: 2.5 m (grey, black)
3.0 m (yellow)
material:
PVC rigid
Description
similar to RAL
Cover profile 34, PVC, E, grey
7035
Cover profile 34, PVC, E, black
9011
Cover profile 34, PVC, E, blue
5017
Cover profile 34, PVC, E, yellow
1003
bar
2.5 m
2.5 m
2.5 m
3.0 m
Weight
170 g/bar
170 g/bar
170 g/bar
204 g/bar
Article-No.
1.41.15E34.1
1.41.15E34.2
1.41.15E34.5017
1.41.15E34.1003
149
1.41
Application
To reduce the slot size from 8 mm to 6 mm
Reducing profiles PVC
Technical data
bar length: 2.5 m
material:
PVC rigid
anti-electrostatic
lead- and cadmium free
Description
Colour
Reducing profile PVC, F/E, 8/6 grey
Reducing profile PVC, F/E, 8/6 black
150
similar to RAL
7035
9011
Weight
85 g/bar
85 g/bar
Article-No.
1.41.21.1
1.41.21.2
1.41
Application
Combination profiles for use as reduction or
cover profiles
Combination profiles PVC
Technical data
bar length: 2.5 m
material:
PVC rigid
Use as reduction profile
Colours: grey
black
red
blue
green
Use as slot-cover profile
Description
Combination profile PVC, H
B
2
2
2
2
2
4
Colour
grey
black
red
blue
green
grey
similar to RAL
7035
9011
3000
5002
6024
7035
Weight
37.5 g/bar
37.5 g/bar
37.5 g/bar
37.5 g/bar
37.5 g/bar
35.0 g/bar
Article-No.
1.41.H02.1
1.41.H02.2
1.41.H02.3000
1.41.H02.5002
1.41.H02.6024
1.41.H04.1
black
9011
35.0 g/bar
1.41.H04.2
151
1.41
Application
Combination profiles for use as reduction or
cover profiles
Combination profiles
Technical data
bar length: 2.5 m
material:
PP
Use as reduction profile
Colours: grey
black
orange
red
blue
green
Use as slot-cover profile
152
Description
Combination profile F
D
1 - 4.5
1 - 4.5
Colour
grey
black
similar to RAL
7035
9011
Weight
31 g/bar
31 g/bar
Article-No.
1.41.F14.1
1.41.F14.2
Description
D
4.5 - 6
Colour
grey
similar to RAL
7035
Weight
28 g/bar
Article-No.
1.41.F46.1
4.5 - 6
4.5 - 6
4.5 - 6
4.5 - 6
black
red
blue
green
9011
3000
5002
6024
28 g/bar
28 g/bar
28 g/bar
28 g/bar
1.41.F46.2
1.41.F46.3000
1.41.F46.5002
1.41.F46.6024
Description
Combination profile E
D
1 - 4.5
1 - 4.5
Colour
grey
black
similar to RAL
7035
9011
Weight
47 g/bar
47 g/bar
Article-No.
1.41.E314.1
1.41.E314.2
Description
D
4.5 - 6
4.5 - 6
4.5 - 6
4.5 - 6
4.5 - 6
4.5 - 6
Colour
grey
black
orange
red
blue
green
similar to RAL
7035
9011
2004
3000
5002
6024
Weight
42 g/bar
42 g/bar
42 g/bar
42 g/bar
42 g/bar
42 g/bar
Article-No.
1.41.E346.1
1.41.E346.2
1.41.E346.2004
1.41.E346.3000
1.41.E346.5002
1.41.E346.6024
1.41
Sliding doors
construction types
Fixed
Profile
Type of mounting
Removable
Sliding profile 30 mm
Fixed
Sliding profile 50 mm
Removable
Fixed
Removable
Profile above
3014
3026
3026
5014
5014
Profile below
3014
3014
3026
5014
5014
H =A-6
H = A - 18
H1 = A - 44
H = A - 30
H1 = A - 56
H =A-9
H = A - 19
H1 = A - 45
Panel
element
8 mm
Panel
element
6 mm
H =A-8
H = A - 19
H1 = A - 45
H = A - 31
H1 = A - 57
H =A-9
H = A - 19
H1 = A - 45
H =A-6
H1 = A - 58
H = A - 18
H1 = A - 70
H = A - 30
H1 = A - 82
H = A - 17
H1 = A - 69
H = A - 19
H1 = A - 71
Panel
element
1 - 14 mm
153
1.41
Application
Combination profiles for sliding profiles
alternatively suitable as:
reducing profile
cover profile
Inserted plate (only combination
profile 1.41.330)
Combination profiles PVC
Inserted plate for sliding profile 3026:

combination profile 1.41.330
Inserted plate for sliding profile 5014:

for sliding profile 1.41.11.1, 1.41.11.2
Technical data
bar length: 2.5 m
material:
PVC rigid
colour:
grey
154
Description
Combination profile PVC for 3014
B
6.2
Weight
115 g/bar
Article-No.
1.41.330
Description
B
6.5
9.0
Weight
222.5 g/bar
205.0 g/bar
Article-No.
1.41.350
1.41.351
1.41
Application
The guide profile is necessary
For demountable sliding doors
For the use of panel elements of each
plate thickness from 1 mm to 14 mm
Guide profile PVC
Drill dimensions
Use in sliding profile 3026
Minimum height for lifting of the panel

elements
Use in sliding profile 5014 with

combination profile
Technical data
bar length: 2.5 m
material:
PVC rigid
colour:
grey
Description
Guide profile PVC for sliding profile
Weight
375 g/bar
Article-No.
1.41.360
155
1.41
Application
The one piece framing profile for mounting
panels of different thickness
The elastic lips provide a good seal
Framing profiles
one piece
One sided application for profiles with Fslot and panels 5 - 6 mm thick
One sided application for profiles with Hslot and panels 3 - 4 mm thick
Two sided application for panels 1 - 4 mm

thick
Technical data
length of ring: 60 m
material:
NBR - 60 Shore A
compatible with acrylic
glass
156
Colours
grey: similar to RAL 7035
black: similar to RAL 9011
Description
Framing profile one piece F
Colour
grey
grey
black
black
ring
cut to length
ring
cut to length
Weight
2,200 g/ring
37 g/m
2,200 g/ring
37 g/m
Article-No.
1.41.5F0.1.60
1.41.5F0.1-A00A00/...
1.41.5F0.2.60
1.41.5F0.2-A00A00/...
/... = length in mm
Description
Framing profile one piece E
Colour
grey
grey
black
black
ring
cut to length
ring
cut to length
Weight
3,120 g/ring
52 g/m
3,120 g/ring
52 g/m
Article-No.
1.41.5E0.1.60
1.41.5E0.1-A00A00/...
1.41.5E0.2.60
1.41.5E0.2-A00A00/...
/... = length in mm
1.41
Application
Wedge profiles for sealing or fixing of panel
elements with a thickness of 4 mm
Wedge pr
ofiles
profiles
Length of wedge profile =

frame - clear opening + 2 mm
E3-slot
E4-slot
Technical data
material:
Santoprene
free of silicon
compatible with acrylic glass
4
Description
Wedge profile E3
Wedge profile E3
Colour
grey
grey
Weight
ring
5.0 kg/ring
cut to length
50 g/m
Article-No.
1.41.51E3.1.99
1.41.51E3.1-A00A00/...
/... = length in mm
Description
Wedge profile E4
Wedge profile E4
Colour
grey
grey
Weight
ring
5.0 kg/ring
cut to length
50 g/m
Article-No.
1.41.51E4.1.99
1.41.51E4.1-A00A00/...
/... = length in mm
157
1.41
Application
Sponge rubber round cords for sealing
Sponge rubber round cords
Profile with panel element
1 profile with slot

1 profile closed
2 profiles with slots

1 profile with slot-cover profile
Sponge rubber round cord diameter-determination
158
Profile slot
Sponge rubber diameter
H-slot
8 mm
F-slot
12 mm
E-slot
18 mm
1.41
Application
For compensation of slot width on inbetween sizes of cover panels
Enclosures with panel materials
Enclosures with wire screens
Sponge rubber round cord diameter-determination

Profile slot
Plate thickness
Sponge rubber diameter
H-slot
1 - 3 mm
6 mm
F-slot
1 - 2 mm
3 mm
4 - 5 mm
10 mm
8 mm
6 mm
E-slot
1 - 3 mm
3 - 4 mm
5 mm
10 mm
28 mm
26 mm
Technical data
material:
EPDM
colour:
grey
Description
D
6
6
8
8
10
10
12
12

18
18
ring
cut to length
ring
cut to length
ring
cut to length
ring
cut to length
Weight
1.1 kg/ring
11 g/m
1.9 kg/ring
19 g/m
3.2 kg/ring
32 g/m
4.6 kg/ring
46 g/m
Article-No.
1.41.606.99
1.41.606-A00A00/...
1.41.608.99
1.41.608-A00A00/...
1.41.610.99
1.41.610-A00A00/...
1.41.612.99
1.41.612-A00A00/...
ring
cut to length
10.0 kg/ring
100 g/m
1.41.618.99
1.41.618-A00A00/...
/... = length in mm
159
1.41
Application
For sealing of doors and windows and for
door stops
Sealing profile
Technical data
material:
EPDM, 60 5 Shore A
free of silicon
compatible with acrylic glass
Description
Sealing profile F
Sealing profile F
160
Colour
black
black
ring
cut to length
Weight
5.12 kg/ring
128 g/m
Article-No.
1.41.6510F.2.40
1.41.6510F.2-A00A00/...
/... = length in mm
1.41
Application
The framing profile allows the installation of
panels in closed frames
Framing profiles
panel element
clamping
strip
base profile
notch
Assembly
1. Insert base profile in profile slot
2. Put panel element in position
3. Push clamping strip in position
Comments
The clamping strip is badged by a notch as a
distinctive mark to the base profile
Maximum loading of framing profile:

Fmax = 200 N/m
For maximum loading of element be aware
of the stability of used framing profile
Technical data
bar length: 6 m
material: base body: PVC rigid, 98 Shore A
lip:
PVC soft, TPE 60 5 Shore A, compatible with acrylic glass
temperature range:
-20C to +80C
4
Comments
Suitable for panel elements from 1 to 10 mm
thickness
Colours
Description
Framing profile F/E
Framing profile F/E
Framing profile F/E
Framing profile F/E
Colour
grey
grey
black
black
bar
cut to length
bar
cut to length
Weight
1.1 kg/bar
181 g/m
1.1 kg/bar
181 g/m
Article-No.
1.41.710.1.60
1.41.710.1-A00A00/...
1.41.710.2.60
1.41.710.2-A00A00/...
/... = length in mm
161
1.41
Comments
Suitable for panel elements from 1 to 7 mm
thickness
Colours
162
Description
Framing profile F/E, 1-7 mm
Colour
grey
bar
Weight
960 g/bar
Article-No.
1.41.720107.1.60

grey
black
black
160 g/m
960 g/bar
160 g/m
1.41.720107.1-A00A00/...
1.41.720107.2.60
1.41.720107.2-A00A00/...
/... = length in mm
cut to length
bar
cut to length
1.41
Application
Rubber cover-profiles for profile protection
Suitable for:
door stop
slide prevention on steps
protection against damage
handrails
pads
Rubber cover
-pr
ofiles
cover-pr
-profiles
Technical data
material:
NBR, hardness 80 Shore A
colour:
black
Description
Rubber cover-profile F, black
Rubber cover-profile F, black
ring
cut to length
Weight
2.4 kg/ring
120 g/m
Article-No.
1.41.8F30.20
1.41.8F30-A00A00/...
/... = length in mm
Description
Rubber cover-profile E3, black
ring
cut to length
Weight
4.4 kg/ring
220 g/m
Article-No.
1.41.8E40.20
1.41.8E40-A00A00/...
/... = length in mm
Description
ring
cut to length
Weight
6.4 kg/ring
320 g/m
Article-No.
1.41.8E50.20
1.41.8E50-A00A00/...
/... = length in mm
163
1.42
Application
Cover caps prevent dirt from entering and
avoid lacerations.
Cover caps
Technical data
material:
PA-GF
temperature range: -20C to +85C
Comments
Before mounting debur core hole
for profiles without core hole

Rectangle
Description
Cover cap 1640, E
only for E-Slot
Colour
black
Weight
3.9 g
Article-No.
1.42.09016040.2
Description
Cover cap 1680, E
Cover cap 1680, E
only for E-Slot
Colour
grey
black
Weight
7.1 g
7.1 g
Article-No.
1.42.09016080.1
1.42.09016080.2
Description
Cover cap 2010
Colour
black
Weight
2g
Article-No.
1.42.20201.2
Description
Cover cap 2020
Cover cap 2020
Colour
grey
black
Weight
3g
3g
Article-No.
1.42.10200.1
1.42.10200.2
Description
Cover cap 2020
Cover cap 2020
Colour
grey
black
Weight
3g
3g
Article-No.
1.42.10202.1
1.42.10202.2
Description
Cover cap 2040
Cover cap 2040
Colour
grey
black
Weight
6g
6g
Article-No.
1.42.10204.1
1.42.10204.2
Description
Cover cap 4040
Colour
black
Weight
6g
Article-No.
1.42.10404.2
for profiles with core hole-6

Soft
Square
Rectangle
Square
164
1.42
for profiles with core hole-12

Soft
Description
Cover cap
Cover cap
Cover cap
Cover cap
Cover cap
Cover cap
AB
3030
3030
4040
4040
5050
5050
L
7
7
7
7
7
7
Colour
grey
black
grey
black
grey
black
Weight
5g
5g
8g
8g
12 g
12 g
Article-No.
1.42.20300.1
1.42.20300.2
1.42.20400.1
1.42.20400.2
1.42.20500.1
1.42.20500.2
L
14
14
14
14
Colour
black
black
black
black
Weight
6g
8g
12 g
16 g
Article-No.
1.42.2040R30.2
1.42.2040R45.2
1.42.2040R60.2
1.42.2040R90.2
Round
Description
note "h" ! Cover cap
Cover cap
Cover cap
Cover cap
Square
A
40, round
40, round
40, round
40, round
W
30
45
60
90
h
4
6
6
6
Description
Cover cap
Cover cap
Cover cap
Cover cap
Cover cap
Cover cap
Cover cap
Cover cap
AB
3030
3030
4040
4040
4545
5050
5050
6060
L
14
14
7
7
14
7
7
14
Colour
grey
black
grey
black
black
grey
black
black
Weight
6g
6g
10 g
10 g
12 g
15 g
15 g
18 g
Article-No.
1.42.20303.1
1.42.20303.2
1.42.20404.1
1.42.20404.2
1.42.2045045.2
1.42.20505.1
1.42.20505.2
1.42.2060060.2
Description
Cover cap
Cover cap
Cover cap
Cover cap
AB
2030
3050
3050
4560
L
7
7
7
14
Colour
black
grey
black
black
Weight
4g
8g
8g
12.1 g
Article-No.
1.42.20203.2
1.42.20305.1
1.42.20305.2
1.42.2045060.2
Description
Cover cap
Cover cap
Cover cap
Cover cap
Cover cap
Cover cap
Cover cap
AB
3060
3060
30100
30150
4080
4080
4590
L
7
7
7
7
7
7
14
Colour
grey
black
black
black
grey
black
black
Weight
8g
8g
20 g
27 g
18 g
18 g
20.5 g
Article-No.
1.42.20306.1
1.42.20306.2
1.42.20310.2
1.42.20315.2
1.42.20408.1
1.42.20408.2
1.42.2045090.2
Cover cap
Cover cap
Cover cap
Cover cap
only for E-Slot
50100
50100
50150
6090
7
7
7
14
grey
black
black
black
26 g
26 g
40 g
25.9 g
1.42.20510.1
1.42.20510.2
1.42.20515.2
1.42.2060090.2
Description
Cover cap
AB
6080
L
14
Colour
black
Weight
21.4 g
Article-No.
1.42.2060080.2
Rectangle
1)
1)
165
1.42
Square
48 for hand rail profile
Description
Cover cap
Cover cap
AB
8080
9090
Cover cap
100100
L
7
14
7
black
Weight
34 g
42 g
Article-No.
1.42.20808.2
1.42.2090090.2
52 g
1.42.21010.2
Weight
1.8 g
1.8 g
Article-No.
1.42.2048R00.1
1.42.2048R00.2
Technical data
material: PA-GF
Description
L
Cover cap 48 for hand rail profile 14
Cover cap 48 for hand rail profile 14
166
Colour
black
black
Colour
grey
black
1.42
Cover plugs
Cover plug in combination with cover profile

Application
The cover plug allows the closing of the
connector cross bushing bore
Technical data
material: PE
Description
Cover plug 20
Colour
grey
L
3.5
d
4.3
Weight
2g
Article-No.
1.42.502.1
Cover plug 20
Cover plug 30
Cover plug 30
Cover plug 40
Cover plug 40
Cover plug 50
Cover plug 50
black
grey
black
grey
black
grey
black
3.5
6.0
6.0
11.0
11.0
16.0
16.0
4.3
5.3
5.3
5.3
5.3
5.3
5.3
2g
3g
3g
4g
4g
5g
5g
1.42.502.2
1.42.503.1
1.42.503.2
1.42.504.1
1.42.504.2
1.42.505.1
1.42.505.2
Cover plugs domed
4
Application
connector cross bushing bore
Technical data
material: PE
Description
Cover plug 20 domed
Cover plug 20 domed
Cover plug 30 domed
Cover plug 30 domed
Cover plug 40 domed
Cover plug 40 domed
Colour
grey
black
grey
black
grey
black
L
3.5
3.5
6.0
6.0
11.0
11.0
d
4.3
4.3
5.3
5.3
5.3
5.3
Weight
0.2 g
0.2 g
0.3 g
0.3 g
0.4 g
0.4 g
Article-No.
1.42.5120.1
1.42.5120.2
1.42.5130.1
1.42.5130.2
1.42.5140.1
1.42.5140.2
Cover plug 45 domed

Cover plug 45 domed
Cover plug 50 domed
Cover plug 50 domed
Cover plug 60 domed
Cover plug 60 domed
grey
black
grey
black
grey
black
12.5
12.5
15.0
15.0
20.0
20.0
5.3
5.3
5.3
5.3
5.3
5.3
0.4 g
0.4 g
0.5 g
0.5 g
0.7 g
0.7 g
1.42.5145.1
1.42.5145.2
1.42.5150.1
1.42.5150.2
1.42.5160.1
1.42.5160.2
167
1.42
Application
The cover cap allows the closing of the
aluminium tube
(inner tube = d)
Cover caps for tubes
Technical data
material: PE
Description
Tube cover cap
Tube cover cap
Tube cover cap
Tube cover cap
Tube cover cap
D
20
20
30
30
40
Colour
grey
black
grey
black
grey
d
16
16
24
24
32
Weight
1.8 g
1.8 g
3.4 g
3.4 g
5.3 g
Article-No.
1.42.6020.1
1.42.6020.2
1.42.6030.1
1.42.6030.2
1.42.6040.1
Tube cover cap
40
black
32
5.3 g
1.42.6040.2
Application
screw bore
Cover caps
for screw bores
Profile 30
Profile 40
Technical data
material: PE
Description
Cover plug
Cover plug
168
15
15
Colour
grey
black
Weight
1.3 g
1.3 g
Article-No.
1.42.6114.1
1.42.6114.2
1.43
Application
For covering the exterior profile radius
Radius covers
Technical data
material: PA-GF
Drill dimensions by use of radius covers

(dimensions K, T connector-cross
bushings 1.2B)
1 cover
with 1 radius
1 cover
with 2 radii
For mounting of panels the slots can be

broken out
1 cover with 1 radius

1 cover with 2 radii
Mounting-Variations
Square
with one radius
Description
Radius cover 1R
Radius cover 1R
Radius cover 1R
A
30
30
40
Colour
grey
black
grey
Weight
3.1 g
3.1 g
6.1 g
Article-No.
1.43.10030030.1
1.43.10030030.2
1.43.10040040.1
Radius cover 1R
Radius cover 1R
Radius cover 1R
40
45
45
black
grey
black
6.1 g
5.4 g
5.4 g
1.43.10040040.2
1.43.10045045.1
1.43.10045045.2
Description
Radius cover 1R
Radius cover 1R
Radius cover 1R
A
30
30
40
B
60
60
80
Colour
grey
black
grey
Weight
5.8 g
5.8 g
11.8 g
Article-No.
1.43.10030060.1
1.43.10030060.2
1.43.10040080.1
Radius cover 1R
40
80
black
11.8 g
1.43.10040080.2
Radius cover 1R
Radius cover 1R
45
45
90
90
grey
black
10.7 g
10.7 g
1.43.10045090.1
1.43.10045090.2
Rectangle
with one radius
169
1.43
Rectangle 90
with one radius
Description
Radius cover 1R
Radius cover 1R
A
30
30
B
60
60
Colour
grey
black
Weight
5.8 g
5.8 g
Article-No.
1.43.11030060.1
1.43.11030060.2
Radius cover 1R
Radius cover 1R
Radius cover 1R
Radius cover 1R
40
40
45
45
80
80
90
90
grey
black
grey
black
11.8 g
11.8 g
10.8 g
10.8 g
1.43.11040080.1
1.43.11040080.2
1.43.11045090.1
1.43.11045090.2
Description
Radius cover 1R
Radius cover 1R
Radius cover 1R
Radius cover 1R
A
60
60
80
80
Colour
grey
black
grey
black
Weight
12.0 g
12.0 g
24.0 g
24.0 g
Article-No.
1.43.10060060.1
1.43.10060060.2
1.43.10080080.1
1.43.10080080.2
Description
Radius cover 2R
Radius cover 2R
Radius cover 2R
Radius cover 2R
Radius cover 2R
Radius cover 2R
A
30
30
40
40
45
45
Colour
grey
black
grey
black
grey
black
Weight
3.2 g
3.2 g
6.3 g
6.3 g
5.6 g
5.6 g
Article-No.
1.43.20030030.1
1.43.20030030.2
1.43.20040040.1
1.43.20040040.2
1.43.20045045.1
1.43.20045045.2
Description
Radius cover 2R
Radius cover 2R
Radius cover 2R
Radius cover 2R
A
30
30
40
40
B
60
60
80
80
Colour
grey
black
grey
black
Weight
6.0 g
6.0 g
12.0 g
12.0 g
Article-No.
1.43.20030060.1
1.43.20030060.2
1.43.20040080.1
1.43.20040080.2
Radius cover 2R
Radius cover 2R
45
45
90
90
grey
black
10.9 g
10.9 g
1.43.20045090.1
1.43.20045090.2
Description
Radius cover 2R
Radius cover 2R
Radius cover 2R
Radius cover 2R
A
30
30
40
40
B
60
60
80
80
Colour
grey
black
grey
black
Weight
6.0 g
6.0 g
12.0 g
12.0 g
Article-No.
1.43.21030060.1
1.43.21030060.2
1.43.21040080.1
1.43.21040080.2
Radius cover 2R
Radius cover 2R
45
45
90
90
grey
black
11.0 g
11.0 g
1.43.21045090.1
1.43.21045090.2
Description
Radius cover 2R
Radius cover 2R
A
60
60
Colour
grey
black
Weight
12.0 g
12.0 g
Article-No.
1.43.20060060.1
1.43.20060060.2
Radius cover 2R
Radius cover 2R
80
80
grey
black
24.0 g
24.0 g
1.43.20080080.1
1.43.20080080.2
Square
with one radius
Square
with two radii
Rectangle
with two radii
Rectangle 90
with two radii
Square
with two radii
170
1.43
Application
Radius compensation for hand rails
Profile applications 1.1E.03
Radius compensations
Comments
Angled joints at any required angle
Not suitably for the use with tilted hand rails
1.21.3E1
1.21.4E1
Working dimensions for hand rail straight

with radius compensation
Technical data
material: PA-GF
Description
AA
3030
3030
Colour
grey
black
4040
4040
grey
black
Description
Radius compensations 48
Radius compensations 48
Colour
grey
black
Weight
4.0 g
4.0 g
Article-No.
1.43.71030030.1
1.43.71030030.2
7.0 g
7.0 g
1.43.71040040.1
1.43.71040040.2
Weight
4.0 g
4.0 g
Article-No.
1.43.71048000.1
1.43.71048000.2
171
1.44
Assembly
Fastening in core hole 6 mm with thread
M8
Levelling feet
Fastening in core hole 6 mm with thread

M8
Technical data
material:
plate:
screw:
max. static load:
PE-HD
steel, galvanised
2,500 N
Description
Floor levelling screw, SW20, M830
Technical data
material:
plate:
screw:
max. static load:
Fastening in core hole 12 with threaded

insert M14/M8
Weight
20 g
Article-No.
1.44.002003
Weight
22 g
Article-No.
1.44.002403
Weight
14 g
Article-No.
1.44.003020
PE-HD
steel, galvanised
2,500 N
Description
Floor levelling screw, 24, M830
Technical data
material:
foot plate:
PA, black
threaded bolt: steel, galvanised
max. static load: 500 N
with anti-slip-disc
Description
Levelling foot, PA, 20 M825
172
1.44
Application
For manual levelling of benches, tables and
light bases.
Hand adjustable feet
Height adjustable alternative

by hand or with tool
Fastening in core hole
Fastening in slot
Technical data
material:
capsule:
PA, black
spindle, nut
and washer: steel galvanised
max. static load: 1,500 N
4
Description
Hand adjustable foot 30
Weight
40 g
Article-No.
1.44.203008
Description
Hand adjustable foot 40
Weight
78 g
Article-No.
1.44.204008
173
1.44
Assembly
Fastening in core hole with threaded insert
M14/M10
Levelling feet
For profiles with core hole- 12 mm
Technical data
material:
foot plate:
cap:
screw thread:
max. static load:
PA, black
steel, galvanised
steel, galvanised
1,500 N
Description
Levelling furniture foot, 30, M1018
Technical data
material:
foot plate:
cap:
screw thread:
max. static load:
Weight
24 g
Article-No.
1.44.303002
Weight
70 g
Article-No.
1.44.303507
Weight
60 g
69 g
Article-No.
1.44.304505
1.44.304507
PA, black
steel, galvanised
steel, galvanised
1,500 N
Description
Levelling foot, 35, M1070
Technical data
material:
foot plate:
PA, black
screw thread: steel, galvanised
max. static load: 1,500 N
Description
L
174
1.44
Application
Adjustable tilt-feet for gradual height
adjustment of sub-assemblies such as:
tables
bases
shelves
stands
Adjustable tilt-feet

thread M14
Fastening with base plate,

for profiles without centric
core hole
Fastening by press-fit
threaded insert across the
profile
Comments
Infinitely variable adjustable tilt-feet for use
either with:
anti-slip disc
cushion element
Levelling via ball and ball socket 15
Adjustable tilt-feet - Single parts

Pos. Description
Adjustable tilt-foot-
Material
PA
GD-Zn
Steel
Stainl. steel
1.4305
plate
spindle
nut
anti-slip disc
cushion element
NBR
175
1.44
Technical data
material:
PA:
PA-GF, black
GD-Zn: GD-Zn, black powder-coated
stainless: stainless steel 1.4305
Adjustable tilt-foot plates

without mounting holes
F = static load max. in kN
S = height of:
anti-slip disc (S = 2 mm)
cushion element (S = 10 mm)
Design without mounting holes
PA
GD-Zn
Stainless steel
176
Description
Adjustable tilt-foot plate PA, 30
D
29
39
44
49
59
F
5 kN
9 kN
9 kN
9 kN
9 kN
Weight
8g
13 g
15 g
16 g
22 g
Article-No.
1.44.411030
1.44.411040
1.44.411045
1.44.411050
1.44.411060
Adjustable tilt-foot plate GD-Zn, 30

29
39
44
49
59
20 kN
30 kN
30 kN
30 kN
30 kN
48 g
70 g
90 g
126 g
160 g
1.44.431030
1.44.431040
1.44.431045
1.44.431050
1.44.431060

79
99
119
30 kN
35 kN
35 kN
260 g
400 g
584 g
1.44.431080
1.44.431100
1.44.431120
Adjustable tilt-foot plate, 30
29
20 kN
62 g
1.44.431030V

39
44
49
30 kN
30 kN
35 kN
99 g
123 g
158 g
1.44.431040V
1.44.431045V
1.44.431050V

59
79
99
119
35 kN
35 kN
40 kN
40 kN
218 g
380 g
605 g
844 g
1.44.431060V
1.44.431080V
1.44.431100V
1.44.431120V
1.44
Technical data
material:
PA:
PA-GF, black
Adjustable tilt-foot plates

with mounting holes
Comments
The holes for fastening screws are closed on
the upper side and can be bored open if
required.
S = height of:
Design with mounting holes
PA
Description
D
79
99
119
d
54
74
94
F
9 kN
9 kN
9 kN
Weight
46 g
86 g
104 g
Article-No.
1.44.411080
1.44.411100
1.44.411120
Technical data
material:
GD-Zn: GD-Zn, black powder-coated
stainless: stainless steel 1.4305
pickled and passivated
Comments
Fixing drilling with
counterbore DIN 74 - M8 for
cap-screw DIN 6912-M8
S = height of:
Design with mounting holes
GD-Zn
Stainless steel
Description
Adjustable tilt-foot plate steel, 80
D
h
d
79 11.5 54
99 11.5 74
119 11.5 94
F
30 kN
35 kN
35 kN
Weight
260 g
377 g
570 g
Article-No.
1.44.432080
1.44.432100
1.44.432120
Adjustable tilt-foot plate stainl., 80

79 11.0 54
99 11.0 74
119 11.0 94
30 kN
40 kN
40 kN
354 g
587 g
830 g
1.44.432080V
1.44.432100V
1.44.432120V
177
Technical data
material:
steel:
steel, galvanised
stainless: stainless steel 1.4305,
Adjustable tilt-foot spindles
Steel
Stainless steel
Description
Adjustable tilt-foot spindle, steel
G L
M8 40
M8 80
SW
14
14
Weight
17 g
31 g
Article-No.
1.44.4608040
1.44.4608080

M10 45
M10 90
M12 66
M12 100
14
14
14
14
37 g
51 g
56 g
79 g
1.44.4610045
1.44.4610090
1.44.4612066
1.44.4612100

M14 66
M14 100
M14 150
M16 66
14
14
14
17
87 g
119 g
166 g
111 g
1.44.4614066
1.44.4614100
1.44.4614150
1.44.4616066

M16 100
M16 150
M20 100
M20 150
17
17
21
21
155 g
220 g
237 g
331 g
1.44.4616100
1.44.4616150
1.44.4620100
1.44.4620150
Adjustable tilt-foot spindle, stainless

M14 66
M14 88
M14 100
M14 125
M14 150
14
14
14
14
14
87 g
104 g
119 g
138 g
166 g
1.44.4614066V
1.44.4614088V
1.44.4614100V
1.44.4614125V
1.44.4614150V
Technical data
material:
steel:
steel, galvanised
stainless: stainless steel 1.4305,
Adjustable tilt-foot nuts
Steel
Stainless steel
178
1.44
Description
Adjustable tilt-foot nut
G
M8
M10
M12
M14
M16
M20
H
5
6
7
8
8
9
Weight
5g
8g
10 g
16 g
17 g
35 g
Article-No.
1.44.46M08
1.44.46M10
1.44.46M12
1.44.46M14
1.44.46M16
1.44.46M20
Adjustable tilt-foot nut, stainless
M14
16 g
1.44.46M14V
1.44
Application
Element for protection against dislocation
and floor damage
Adjustable tilt-foot
anti-slip discs
Technical data
material:
NBR, oil and water resistant
colour:
black
hardness: 80 Shore A
F = static load max. in KN
Description
Adj. tilt-foot anti-slip disc for plate 30
D
20
F
5 kN
Weight
2.0 g
Article-No.
1.44.471030

30
6 kN
35
7 kN
39
8 kN
49
9 kN
67 54 10 kN
87 74 10 kN
107 94 10 kN
4.0 g
5.5 g
7.5 g
12.0 g
22.0 g
36.0 g
57.0 g
1.44.471040
1.44.471045
1.44.471050
1.44.471060
1.44.471080
1.44.471100
1.44.471120
Adjustable tilt-foot
cushion elements
d
-
Application
Cushion elements
Technical data
material:
NBR, oil and water resistant
colour:
black
hardness: 70 Shore A
F = static load max. in N
Description
Adj. tilt-foot cushion element for plate 40
D
30
35
39
49
67
87
107
F
150 N
175 N
200 N
250 N
500 N
800 N
1,200 N
Weight
14 g
19 g
24 g
35 g
68 g
118 g
188 g
Article-No.
1.44.472040
1.44.472045
1.44.472050
1.44.472060
1.44.472080
1.44.472100
1.44.472120
179
1.44
Application
For fastening of frames to floor or wall
Angular adjusting feet
Technical data
material:
base body:
nuts:
screws:
max. static load:
GD-Al, black
steel galvanised
steel galvanised
10,000 N
Delivery unit
base body
nut M8
screw M816 - 10.9
Description
Angular adjusting foot without adjusting screw
Weight
236 g
Article-No.
1.44.716001
Weight
264 g
Article-No.
1.44.716002
Delivery unit:
base body
nut M8
screw M816 - 10.9
screw M880 - 10.9
square nut
Description
Angular adjusting foot with adjusting screw
180
1.44
Application
Base feet for fastening profiles and frames
to floor or wall
Base foot
for profile 4040
Technical data
material: GD-Zn
Description
Base foot for profile 4040
Weight
979 g
Article-No.
1.44.83040
Description
Floor mounting set 3 MKT
Weight
202.3 g
Article-No.
1.44.83BB
Weight
65.3 g
Article-No.
0.66.MKT.B1020/95
0.8 g
1.44.89011324
Floor mounting set
Plain washers for vertical

alignment as required
4
Single parts
Pin anchor MKT, B10/20/95
Drilling depth min. 70 mm
Plain washer 124/11
Pcs.
3
8
181
1.44
Application
Base feet for fastening profiles and frames
to floor or wall
Base feet
Technical data
material: GK AlZn 10Si8Mg
4040, type 1, left
4040, type 1, right
Comments
3D picture shows type 1, right
mirror-inverted: type 1, left
185, 186)
Mounting sets (
Profile mounting set 4 EM8
Description
Base foot 4040, type 1, left
Base foot 4040, type 1, right
Weight
Article-No.
1.06 kg 1.44.84.4040.00L
1.06 kg 1.44.84.4040.00R
4040, type 2, left
4040, type 2, right
Comments
185, 186)
Mounting sets (
Description
182
for profile
4040, 4545
4040, 4545
for profile
4040
4040
Weight
Article-No.
0.83 kg 1.44.84.4040.40L
0.83 kg 1.44.84.4040.40R
1.44
4545, type 2, left
4545, type 2, right
Comments
185, 186)
Mounting sets (
Description
for profile
4545
4545
Weight
Article-No.
0.85 kg 1.44.84.4545.45L
0.85 kg 1.44.84.4545.45R
4080, type 1, left
4080, type 1, right
Comments
185, 186)
Mounting sets (
Description
for profile
4080, 6080, 4590
Weight
Article-No.
1.39 kg 1.44.84.4080.00L
4080, 6080, 4590
1.39 kg 1.44.84.4080.00R
4080, type 2, left
4080, type 2, right
Comments
185, 186)
Mounting sets (
Description
for profile
4080
4080
Weight
Article-No.
1.01 kg 1.44.84.4080.40L
1.01 kg 1.44.84.4080.40R
183
4590, type 2, left
4590, type 2, right
Comments
185, 186)
Mounting sets (
Description
for profile
4590
Weight
Article-No.
1.10 kg 1.44.84.4590.45L
4590
1.10 kg 1.44.84.4590.45R
6080, type 2, left
Comments
Description
184
1.44
6080, type 2, right

185, 186)
Mounting sets (
for profile
6080
6080
Weight
Article-No.
1.25 kg 1.44.84.6080.60L
1.25 kg 1.44.84.6080.60R
Floor mounting sets
1.44
Cross-reference list for base feet and floor mounting sets

Base foot
Article-No.
Floor mounting set

3 MKT, 1.44.83BB
4040, type 1, le/ri

4040, type 2, le/ri
4080, type 1, le/ri
1.44.84.4040.00x
1.44.84.4040.40x
1.44.84.4080.00x
4080, type 2, le/ri

4545, type 2, le/ri
4590, type 2, le/ri
6080, type 2, le/ri
1.44.84.4080.40x
1.44.84.4545.45x
1.44.84.4590.45x
1.44.84.6080.60x
4 MKT, 1.44.84BB
Comments
Drilling depth min. 70 mm
Plain washers for vertical
alignment as required
Description
Single parts
Plain washer 124/11
Pcs.
3
8
Description
Single parts
Plain washer 124/11
Pcs.
4
10
Weight
202.3 g
Article-No.
1.44.83BB
Weight
65.3 g
0.8 g
Article-No.
0.66.MKT.B1020/95
1.44.89011324
Weight
269.2 g
Article-No.
1.44.84BB
Weight
65.3 g
0.8 g
Article-No.
0.66.MKT.B1020/95
1.44.89011324
185
Profile mounting sets
1.44
Application
Suitable for mounting of the profiles:
4040
4545
Description
Single parts
Threaded plate, heavy, E M8
Collar screw W 251 M820
Pcs.
4
4
Weight
112.4 g
Article-No.
1.44.80BP40.20
Weight
16.3 g
11.8 g
Article-No.
1.316.EM8
0.63.W00251.08020
Weight
168.6 g
Article-No.
1.44.80BP80.20
Weight
16.3 g
11.8 g
Article-No.
1.316.EM8
0.63.W00251.08020
Application
Suitable for mounting of the profiles:
4080
4590
6080, panel
Description
Single parts
Threaded plate, heavy, E M8
Collar screw W 251 M820
186
Pcs.
6
6
1.44
Application
For fastening of frames to floor or wall
Base angle
Suitable for use together with levelling feet

with max. diameter 100 mm
Technical data
material: sheet steel
surface: galvanised and black coated
Description
Base angle 2008742
Weight
413 g
Article-No.
1.44.820001
Application
Element to fix 2 profiles in core hole
Stacking foot
Top side guided

loosely
Bottom side
driven in
Technical data
material: steel
surface: galvanised
Description
Stacking foot
Weight
19 g
Article-No.
1.44.901221
187
1.45
Castors
Fastening through base

plate for profile without
centric core hole
Fastening by press-fit
threaded insert across the
profile
Variations
Castor-
50 mm / 75 mm
100 mm / 125 mm
Bolt hole type

s = 7 mm
s = 10.5 mm
s = 2 mm
s = 3 mm
Fitting plate type
Technical data
material:
capsule: sheet steel, galvanised
wheels:
solid rubber tyres, grey
Fixed castors
75/100/125 incl. thread protection

max. static load: Fmax
Description
Fixed castor with bolt hole
D
50
75
100
125
Fixed castor with fitting plate
50

75
100
125
a
69
98
133
158
Weight
130 g
240 g
500 g
900 g
Article-No.
1.45.11050
1.45.11075
1.45.11100
1.45.11125
71
190 g
1.45.12050
100
136
161
300 g
610 g
1,010 g
1.45.12075
1.45.12100
1.45.12125
Design bolt hole
188
Fmax
50
30
27
10.5
18
2.0
400 N
75
34
27
10.5
25
2.0
550 N
100
57
43
12.5
32
2.5
800 N
125
57
43
12.5
32
2.5
1.000 N
1.45
Technical data
material:
wheels:
Swivel castors

Description
Swivel castor with bolt hole
D
50
75
a
69
98
Weight
180 g
310 g
Article-No.
1.45.21050
1.45.21075

100
125
133
158
680 g
890 g
1.45.21100
1.45.21125
Swivel castor with fitting plate

50
75
71
100
230 g
360 g
1.45.22050
1.45.22075

Dimensions see table below
100
125
136
161
780 g
990 g
1.45.22100
1.45.22125
Technical data
material:
wheels:
Swivel castors lockable
stop fix:
- wheel break
- swivel break
Description
Swivel castor, lockable with bolt hole
D
50
a
69
Weight
220 g
Article-No.
1.45.31050

75
100
125
98
133
158
450 g
840 g
990 g
1.45.31075
1.45.31100
1.45.31125
Swivel castor, lockable with fitting plate
50
71
270 g
1.45.32050

75
100
125
100
136
161
500 g
940 g
1,090 g
1.45.32075
1.45.32100
1.45.32125
Design bolt hole

D
Fmax
50
25
43
10.5
18
10.5
400 N
75
30.5
43
10.5
25
10.5
550 N
100
43
57
12.5
32
10.5
800 N
125
43
57
12.5
32
10.5
1,000 N
189
1.45
Application
Locking castors for easy movement and
positioning of trolleys, benches and
assemblies
Locking castors
Technical data
material:
capsule:
fastening elements:
locking foot:
max. static load:
Extended support foot to secure position
Al
C45
GD-Al, rubber
Fmax
Retracted support foot for easy movement
Design
D
bmax
Hmax
Fmax
50
83
93
98
10
2.000 N
62
102
117
122
15
4.000 N
Locking castors
with plate
Mounting on profile frame using core hole

and slot
s = 7 mm
s = 8 mm
Castor-50
Castor-62
Description
Locking castor 200 kg, with plate
Locking castor 400 kg, with plate
190
D
50
62
Weight
760 g
1,380 g
Article-No.
1.45.80200.073
1.45.80400.090
1.45
Locking castors
with center thread
Fastening through base

plate for profiles without
central core hole
Castor-50
Description
D
Locking castor 200 kg, with center thread 50
Locking castor 400 kg, with center thread 62
Fastening with press-fit

threaded insert and base
plate across the profile
Castor-62
Weight
760 g
1,380 g
Article-No.
1.45.81200.046
1.45.81400.065
Threaded bolt
for locking castor
with center thread
4
Threaded bolt for fastening in core hole
Threaded bolt for fastening with base plate
Application
For fastening of locking castors with central
thread
in core hole-12 of the profile
on base plate
Technical data
material: steel
surface: galvanised
Description
Threaded bolt M16/M14
Weight
28 g
Article-No.
1.45.81000.M16M14
191
1.46
Application
Angle bracket for the mounting of panels,
table tops, switches and accessories
Angles 2540
Fastening of panels
Fastening of table tops

Technical data
material: aluminium
strength: F22
surface: neutral anodised
Comments
Design with clearance hole drilling
Description
Angle 2540
Angle 2540
D
6.6
8.7
Weight
11 g
10 g
Article-No.
1.46.110
1.46.115
Weight
15 g
Article-No.
1.46.120
Comments
Design with nut M6 0.5 mm floating in
cage
Description
Angle 2540, M6
192
1.46
Application
For supporting of profiles and mounting of
cover panels
Angles PPA
A
Support of free-standing profiles
Support across the profile

In this application the rotary lock must be
removed from one side
Mounting of cover panels

In this application the rotary lock must be
removed from both sides
Technical data
material: PA-GF
2028
Description
Angle PA, 2028
Angle PA, 2028
Colour
grey
black
Weight
6.4 g
6.4 g
Article-No.
1.46.203.2028.1
1.46.203.2028.2
4
3038
Description
Angle PA, 3038
Angle PA, 3038
Colour
grey
black
Weight
18.9 g
18.9 g
Article-No.
1.46.203.3038.1
1.46.203.3038.2
193
1.46
Application
For supporting profiles and mounting
various machine components
Angles GD-Zn
Technical data
material:
angle:
cover cap:
T-slot nut:
screw:
surface:
GD-Zn
PA-GK 30
steel, galvanised
steel, galvanised
natural or aluminium
coloured powder-coated
For mounting cross to the slot the noses can

be broken off
1720
Description
Angle GD-Zn, 1720
Angle GD-Zn, 1720
Surface
natural
powder-coated
Cover cap for angle GD-Zn, 1720
Weight
13.7 g
13.7 g
Article-No.
1.46.204.1720.1
1.46.204.1720.2
1.7 g
1.46.204.1720A
Angle connection set

1720 H/H
1720 H/F
1720 F/F
20.9 g
23.6 g
26.3 g
1.46.204.1720.HH
1.46.204.1720.HF
1.46.204.1720.FF

1720 T H/F
1720 T F/F
25.0 g
29.1 g
1.46.204.1720THF
1.46.204.1720TFF
Single parts: Angle connection sets 1720

Angle
Slot
1.46.204.1720.
1.46.204.1720.
1.46.204.1720.
Fastening elements
threaded plate
lens head screw
Pcs.
T-slot nut
1.314.HM5
0.63.WN7381.05006
1.314.HM5
1.34.10FM5
0.63.WN7381.05006
0.63.WN7381.05008
1
1
1.34.10FM5
0.63.WN7381.05008
Single parts: Angle connection sets 1720 T

Angle
Slot
1.46.204.1720
1.46.204.1720
threaded plate
T-nut for subs.

insertion
H
F
Fastening elements
Pcs.
1.314.HM5
1.324.FM5
0.63.WN7381.05006
0.63.WN7381.05008
1
1
1.324.FM5
0.63.WN7381.05008
1 angle natural
2 angle powder-coated
194
lens head screw
1.46
2828
Description
Angle GD-Zn, 2828
Surface
natural
Angle GD-Zn, 2828
powder-coated
Weight
39.6 g
Article-No.
1.46.204.2828.1
39.6 g
1.46.204.2828.2
5.6 g
1.46.204.2828A

2828 F/F
2828 F/E
2828 E/E
56.4 g
56.8 g
57.2 g
1.46.204.2828.FF
1.46.204.2828.FE
1.46.204.2828.EE

2828 T F/F
2828 T F/E
2828 T E/E
59.8 g
66.3 g
72.8 g
1.46.204.2828TFF
1.46.204.2828TFE
1.46.204.2828TEE

Angle
Slot
1.46.204.2828.
1.46.204.2828.
1.46.204.2828.
Fastening elements
T-slot nut
lens head screw
Pcs.
1.34.10FM6
0.63.WN7381.06010
1.34.10FM6
1.34.10EM6
0.63.WN7381.06010
0.63.WN7381.06012
1
1
1.34.10EM6
0.63.WN7381.06012

Angle
Slot
1.46.204.2828
1.46.204.2828
1.46.204.2828
Fastening elements
T-nut for subs.
insertion
lens head screw
Pcs.
1.324.FM6
0.63.WN7381.06010
1.324.FM6
1.324.EM6
0.63.WN7381.06010
0.63.WN7381.06012
1
1
1.324.EM6
0.63.WN7381.06012
1 angle natural
195
1.46
4039
Description
Angle GD-Zn, 4039
Angle GD-Zn, 4039
Surface
natural
powder-coated
Weight
85.5 g
85.5 g
Article-No.
1.46.204.4039.1
1.46.204.4039.2
8.0 g
1.46.204.4039A
4039 F/F
105.9 g
1.46.204.4039.FF

4039 F/E
4039 E/E
111.9 g
117.9 g
1.46.204.4039.FE
1.46.204.4039.EE

4039 T F/F
4039 T F/E
4039 T E/E
105.9 g
111.9 g
117.9 g
1.46.204.4039TFF
1.46.204.4039TFE
1.46.204.4039TEE

Angle
1)
Slot
1.46.204.4039.
1.46.204.4039.
1.46.204.4039.
Fastening elements
T-screw
hexagon flange nut
Pcs.
1.34.30FM820
0.61.D06923.08
1.34.30FM820
1.34.30EM820
0.61.D06923.08
0.61.D06923.08
1
1
1.34.30EM820
0.61.D06923.08

Angle
Slot
1.46.204.4039
1.46.204.4039
1.46.204.4039
Fastening elements
T-nut for subs.
insertion
lens head screw
1.324.FM8
0.63.WN7381.08012
1.324.FM8
1.324.EM8
0.63.WN7381.08012
0.63.WN7381.08016
1
1
1.324.EM8
0.63.WN7381.08016
1 angle natural
1)
196
Connection with T-screw only without cover

cap
Pcs.
1.46
3876
Description
Angle GD-Zn, 3876
Angle GD-Zn, 3876
Surface
natural
powder-coated
Weight
273.0 g
273.0 g
Article-No.
1.46.204.3876.1
1.46.204.3876.2
16.8 g
1.46.204.3876A
3876 F/F
334.2 g
1.46.204.3876.FF

3876 F/E
3876 E/E
342.2 g
350.2 g
1.46.204.3876.FE
1.46.204.3876.EE

3876 T F/F
3876 T F/E
3876 T E/E
313.8 g
325.8 g
337.8 g
1.46.204.3876TFF
1.46.204.3876TFE
1.46.204.3876TEE

Angle
Slot
1.46.204.3876.
1.46.204.3876.
1.46.204.3876.
Fastening elements
T-screw
hexagon flange nut
Pcs.
1.34.30FM820
0.61.D06923.08
1.34.30FM820
1.34.30EM820
0.61.D06923.08
0.61.D06923.08
2
2
1.34.30EM820
0.61.D06923.08

Angle
Slot
1.46.204.3876
1.46.204.3876
1.46.204.3876
Fastening elements
T-nut for subs.
insertion
lens head screw
Pcs.
1.324.FM8
0.63.WN7381.08012
1.324.FM8
1.324.EM8
0.63.WN7381.08012
0.63.WN7381.08016
2
2
1.324.EM8
0.63.WN7381.08016
1 angle natural
197
1.46
5757
Description
Angle GD-Zn, 5757
Angle GD-Zn, 5757
Surface
natural
powder-coated
Weight
226.3 g
226.3 g
Article-No.
1.46.204.5757.1
1.46.204.5757.2
22.8 g
1.46.204.5757A
5757 F/F
296.7 g
1.46.204.5757.FF

5757 F/E
5757 E/E
280.8 g
261.9 g
1.46.204.5757.FE
1.46.204.5757.EE

5757 T F/F
5757 T F/E
5757 T E/E
246.7 g
252.7 g
258.7 g
1.46.204.5757TFF
1.46.204.5757TFE
1.46.204.5757TEE

Angle
Slot
1.46.204.5757.
1.46.204.5757.
1.46.204.5757.
Fastening elements
T-slot nut
lens head screw
Pcs.
T-screw
hexagon flange nut
1.34.10FM6
0.63.WN7381.06012
1.34.10FM6
1.34.30EM820
0.63.WN7381.06012
0.61.D06923.08
4
1
1.34.30EM820
0.61.D06923.08

Angle
Slot
1.46.204.5757
1.46.204.5757
1.46.204.5757
Fastening elements
T-nut for subs.
insertion
lens head screw
1.324.FM8
0.63.WN7381.08012
1.324.FM8
1.324.EM8
0.63.WN7381.08012
0.63.WN7381.08016
4
1
1.324.EM8
0.63.WN7381.08016
1 angle natural
198
Pcs.
1.46
7476
Description
Angle GD-Zn, 7476
Surface
natural
Weight
434.5 g
Article-No.
1.46.204.7476.1
Angle GD-Zn, 7476
powder-coated
434.5 g
1.46.204.7476.2
32.7 g
1.46.204.7476A
588.9 g
1.46.204.7476.EE

7476 E/E
Single parts: Angle connection set 7476

Angle
Slot
1.46.204.7476.
Fastening elements
T-screw
hexagon flange nut
1.34.30EM820
0.61.D06923.08
Pcs.
1 angle natural
199
1.46
Application
For supporting profiles and mounting
various machine components
Angles GD-Al
Technical data
material:
angle:
GD-Al
cover cap: PA GK 30
nut:
steel, galvanised
screw:
steel, galvanised
surface:
natural
4242
Description
Angle GD-Al, 4242
Surface
natural
Weight
56.0 g
Article-No.
1.46.204.4242.1AL
Cover cap for angle GD-Al, 4242
14.0 g
1.46.204.4242.AAL
100.0 g
1.46.204.4242.SAL
4242 E/E

Angle
Slot
1.46.204.4242.1AL E
Fastening elements
T-screw
hexagon flange nut
1.34.30EM820
0.61.D06923.08
Pcs.
8886
Description
Angle GD-Al, 8886
Surface
natural
Weight
333.8 g
Article-No.
1.46.204.8886.1AL
Cover cap for angle GD-Al, 8886
30.0 g
1.46.204.8886.AAL
485.5 g
1.46.204.8886.SAL
8886 E/E

Angle
Slot
1.46.204.8886.1AL E
200
Fastening elements
T-screw
hexagon flange nut
1.34.30EM820
0.61.D06923.08
Pcs.
1.46
Application
For supporting of profiles and mounting of
cover panels
Angles Alu
Mounting of cover panels
Support across the profile
Support of free-standing profiles
Technical data
material: aluminium
strength: F22
Comments
Angles Alu are made from the angle profiles
1.19.141...
4848
Description
Angle 4848
Angle 4848
D
6.6
9.0
B
30
30
Weight
40 g
38 g
Article-No.
1.46.20536
1.46.20539
Angle 4848
Angle 4848
6.6
9.0
45
45
66 g
64 g
1.46.20546
1.46.20549
Description
Angle 6060
D
9.0
B
30
Weight
49 g
Article-No.
1.46.20639
Angle 6060
9.0
45
74 g
1.46.20649
Description
Angle 100100
Angle 100100
D
6.6
9.0
B
30
30
Weight
95 g
93 g
Article-No.
1.46.21036
1.46.21039
Angle 100100
Angle 100100
6.6
9.0
45
45
155 g
153 g
1.46.21046
1.46.21049
6060
100100
201
1.46
Swivel angles
Fastening from below
Fastening from the side

Application
Infinitely variable adjusting of inclination
with swivel angle
Technical data
Design alu:
material: aluminium
strength: F22
Design steel:
material: steel
surface: galvanised
Description
Swivel angle
Swivel angle
202
L
131
146
Design
alu
alu
a
8
13
b
8.0
10.5
Weight
105 g
116 g
Article-No.
1.46.3012900.AL
1.46.3014400.AL
Swivel angle
131
steel
8.0
320 g
1.46.3012900.ST
Swivel angle
146
steel
13
10.5
360 g
1.46.3014400.ST
Weight
105 g
Article-No.
1.46.3110530.AL
320 g
1.46.3110530.ST
Description
Swivel angle 30
Design
alu
Swivel angle 30
steel
Description
Swivel angle 45
Design
alu
Swivel angle 45
steel
1.46 - 1.47
Weight
116 g
Article-No.
1.46.3110545.AL
360 g
1.46.3110545.ST
Cross connection plates
H max
Application
The cross connection plate allows profile
adjustment in 2 directions and at an angle
of 45
Technical data
material: aluminium
strength: F22
Description
Cross connection plate 6565
Hmax
20
30
30
Weight
20 g
35 g
45 g
Article-No.
1.47.1065
1.47.1085
1.47.1095
80 g
1.47.1125
50
Type
6565
65
18
5.1
45
5.1
8585
85
18
5.1
60
5.1
9595
95
18
6.1
65
6.1
125125
125
37
8.1
95
8.1
203
1.47
Application
Base and transporting plate for profiles
without centric core hole
Base plates
Fastening of levelling feet
Fastening of castors
Fastening of eye-bolts
Technical data
Design Alu:
material: aluminium
strength: F22
surface: black powder-coated
Design GD-Zn:
material: GD-Zn
Accessories
threaded insert
cap-screw DIN 912
Comments
Counterbore DIN 74 for
cap-screw DIN 912
counterbore DIN 74
Description
Base plate
Base plate
Base plate
Base plate
Base plate
BL
3060
4080
4590
50100
6090
Design
GD-Zn
GD-Zn
GD-Zn
GD-Zn
Alu
M14
M14
M14
M14
M14
DIN 74
- Km6
- Km8
- Km8
- Km8
- Km8
h
12
16
16
16
15
a
30
40
45
50
45
Weight
104.2 g
205.2 g
256.5 g
316.8 g
197.1 g
Article-No.
1.47.20306
1.47.20408
1.47.2045090
1.47.20510
1.47.2060090
Description
Base plate
BL
6060
Design
GD-Zn M14
DIN 74
- Km8
h
12
a
30
Weight
158.4 g
Article-No.
1.47.2060060
GD-Zn
GD-Zn
GD-Zn
- Km8
- Km8
- Km8
16
16
16
40
45
50
434.3 g
520.7 g
601.0 g
1.47.20808
1.47.2090090
1.47.21010
counterbore DIN 74
Base plate
Base plate
Base plate
204
8080
9090
100100
M14
M14
M14
1.47
Application
For fastening and manual levelling of profile
racks and frames
Floor mounting plate
Technical data
material: aluminium
surface: natural or black powdercoated
Fastening elements
F-slot: 2T-nut with leaf spring FM8
2cap screw M825
E-slot: 2threaded plate, heavy EM8
2cap screw M830
Description
Floor mounting plate, natural
Floor mounting plate, black powder-coated
1.32.FM8
1.316.EM8
Weight
622 g
Article-No.
1.47.225160.1
622 g
1.47.225160.2
205
1.47
Application
Mounting plate for fixing on walls, table tops
and machine frames
Mounting plates
counterbore DIN 74 - M8
countersink DIN 74 - M8
Technical data
material: aluminium
strength: F22
Comments
Counterbore DIN 74 - M8 for
cap-screw DIN 912 - M8
Countersink DIN 74 - M8 for
countersunk screw DIN 7991 - M8
Description
Mounting plate for profile 3060
a
15
20
b
30
40
Weight
450 g
450 g
Article-No.
1.47.30306
1.47.30408
25
50
450 g
1.47.30510
Application
For fastening and adjusting of vertical
profiles to floor and wall
Floor plate
adjusting screw M16x30

adjusting screw M1630
mounting hole 12
Fastening variants
Technical data
aluminium profile: anodised
cover caps:
PA-GF black
Delivery unit:
1 profile 30150150
2 cover caps
3 set screws M1630
Description
Floor plate 30150150
206
Weight
1,100 g
Article-No.
1.47.40315
1.47
Connection plates
Flush connection of 2 profiles without gap
Connection of 2 profiles with gap
Fastening of the electrical trunking
Connection of the pneumatic air manifold
Application
for subsequent or additional connection
of profiles
for fastening of accessories
Technical data
material: aluminium
strength: F22
Comments
Countersink DIN 74 - M6 / M8 for
countersunk screw DIN 7991 - M6 / M8
Description
Connection plate
Connection plate
Connection plate
BL
3060
4080
4590
Countersink
DIN 74 - M6
DIN 74 - M8
DIN 74 - M8
a
30
40
45
Weight
28 g
38 g
45 g
Article-No.
1.47.50306
1.47.50408
1.47.50459
Comments
Description
Connection plate
Connection plate
Connection plate
Connection plate
BL
5080
7080
7580
8080
a
30
40
45
50
Weight
50 g
69 g
76 g
81 g
Article-No.
1.47.50508
1.47.50708
1.47.50758
1.47.50808
207
1.47
Fastening plate
30150
Fastening of profile 30100
Fastening of profile 30100 with joint

30100
Application
Fastening plate to increase the carrying
capacity of detached bracket or swivel arm
for profile 30100
for joint 30100
Technical data
material: aluminium
strength: F22
max. bend-load: Mb = FL
vertical profiles
Mb
3030
750 Nm
4040
1,000 Nm
5050
1,500 Nm
Comments
Description
Fastening plate 30150
208
Weight
228 g
Article-No.
1.47.60315
1.47
Application
Eye-bolts for the transfer of frames and
complete equipment
Eye-bolt
Mounting directly in the profile (core hole)
Mounting with base plates

Technical data
material: C 15
max. load 1) :
for one eye-bolt 5,000 N
for two eye-bolts total 7,000 N
1)
The max. load given is valid only if the eye-bolt

face is tightened firmly
Description
Eye-bolt M14
Weight
193 g
Article-No.
1.47.96314
209
1.48
Corner pieces
Corner piece set cubic PA: For the

connection of three profiles 4040
Corner piece set 45 PA: For the connection

of three profiles 4040, 2E, 45, LP
Corner piece set spherical PA: For the

connection of three profiles 4040, soft
Technical data
Cover cap:
material: PA, black
Angle:
material: GD-Zn
Delivery unit (set)

Corner piece angle
Corner piece cover cap
Threaded insert M14/M8 (3 pcs)
Cap head screw (3 pcs)
Cubic
210
Description
Corner piece set cubic PA
Weight
136.0 g
Article-No.
1.48.14410
Description
Corner piece cover cap, cubic PA
Weight
15.5 g
Article-No.
1.48.14412
1.48
45
Description
Corner piece set 45 PA
Weight
128.0 g
Article-No.
1.48.14440
Description
Corner piece cover cap, 45 PA
Weight
7.5 g
Article-No.
1.48.14442
Description
Corner piece set spherical PA
Weight
129.0 g
Article-No.
1.48.14480
Spherical
4
Description
Corner piece cover cap, spherical PA
Weight
8.5 g
Article-No.
1.48.14482
211
1.48
Corner pieces
Corner pieces cubic:

Corner piece for the connection of 3 square
profiles
Corner pieces segment:

Corner piece for the connection of 2 square
profiles and 1 soft profile
Corner pieces segment, 2gang:

Corner piece for the connection of 2 soft
profiles and 1 square profile
Corner pieces sphere:

Corner piece for the connection of 3 soft
profiles
Technical data
material: aluminium
strength: F22
surface:
design anodised: neutral anodised
design black:
black powder-coated
General
The attractive corner pieces are made of
solid aluminium and guarantee the entire
connection stability
Connection with corner pieces
Connection of profiles with one corner piece

using the standard connector
212
1.48
Corner pieces cubic

Description
a
Corner piece cubic 20, anodised
Corner piece cubic 30, anodised
Slot
H
F
b
6.2
8.2
c
4.6
6.2
Weight
17 g
59 g
Article-No.
1.48.221
1.48.331
Corner piece cubic

Corner piece cubic
Corner piece cubic
Corner piece cubic
Corner piece cubic
Corner piece cubic
E3
E4
H
F
E3
E4
8.2
8.2
6.2
8.2
8.2
8.2
9.0
10.0
4.6
6.2
9.0
10.0
135 g
292 g
17 g
59 g
135 g
292 g
1.48.441
1.48.551
1.48.221.2
1.48.331.2
1.48.441.2
1.48.551.2
Slot
H
F
E3
E4
H
F
b
6.2
8.2
8.2
8.2
6.2
8.2
c
4.6
6.2
9.0
10.0
4.6
6.2
Weight
12 g
43 g
100 g
222 g
12 g
43 g
Article-No.
1.48.222
1.48.332
1.48.442
1.48.552
1.48.222.2
1.48.332.2
Corner piece segment 40, black

Corner piece segment 50, black
E3
E4
8.2
8.2
9.0
10.0
100 g
222 g
1.48.442.2
1.48.552.2
Description
Corner piece segment, 2gang
Slot
H
F
E3
E4
H
F
E3
E4
b
6.2
8.2
8.2
8.2
6.2
8.2
8.2
8.2
c
4.6
6.2
9.0
10.0
4.6
6.2
9.0
10.0
Weight
7g
24 g
57 g
135 g
7g
24 g
57 g
135 g
Article-No.
1.48.223
1.48.333
1.48.443
1.48.553
1.48.223.2
1.48.333.2
1.48.443.2
1.48.553.2
40, anodised
50, anodised
20, black
30, black
40, black
50, black
Corner pieces segment

Description
Corner piece segment
a
20, anodised
30, anodised
40, anodised
50, anodised
20, black
30, black
Corner pieces segment, 2gang

a
20, anodised
30, anodised
40, anodised
50, anodised
20, black
30, black
40, black
50, black
4
Corner pieces sphere
Description
a
Corner piece sphere 20, anodised
Slot
H
F
b
6.2
8.2
c
4.6
6.2
Weight
7g
24 g
Article-No.
1.48.228
1.48.338

Corner piece sphere 20, black
E3
E4
H
F
E3
E4
8.2
8.2
6.2
8.2
8.2
8.2
9.0
10.0
4.6
6.2
9.0
10.0
57 g
135 g
7g
24 g
57 g
135 g
1.48.448
1.48.558
1.48.228.2
1.48.338.2
1.48.448.2
1.48.558.2
213
1.51
1)
end plate set

connection plate set
mounting set 1)
extension set
90 connection set
blanking plug
for mounting set connection plate 1.47.50...
Profiles for pneumatic applications

PG 30
PG 40
PG 45
PG 50
PG 60
Profile 3060, 6F
(pneumatic) crosssectional area: 1)
299.8 mm 2
Profile 4080, 6E
1) 521.8 mm 2
Profile 4590, 6E
1) 816.2 mm 2
Profile 50100, 6E
1) 1,043.3 mm 2
Profile 6090, 6E
1) 1,203.0 mm 2
Profile 9090, 8E
635.2 mm2 (4)
Profile 100100, 8E
1) 4,080.4 mm 2
Profile 8080, 8E
1) 2,454.1 mm 2
1)
Comments
Any profile with closed
interior chambers can also
be used as pressure line
max. pressure: 10 bar
Profile 8080, 8E, angle

1) 505.7 mm 2 (2)
214
Profile 50150, 8E
1,115.8 mm2 (2)
1)
1.51
Application
for the closing of profile ends
vent disconnection thread
Pneumatic end plates
Comments
Blanking plug and reducing nipple
Pneumatic accessories 1.59
Article-No. 1.59.010 and
1.59.020
Technical data
End plate
material: aluminium
strength: F22
Seal
material: NBR
Comments
Counterbore DIN 74 - M6 / M8 for
cap-screw DIN 912 - M6 / M8
3060
4080
4590
50100
Description
Pneumatic end plate set 3060
Weight
110 g
Article-No.
1.51.13060
Single parts
Pneumatic end plate 3060
Pcs.
1
53 g
1.51.13061
Pneumatic seal 3060

Cap-screw DIN 912 - M616
1
2
2
3g
22 g
5g
1.51.13062
1.35.1140615
0.63.D00912.06016
Weight
153 g
Article-No.
1.51.14080
Description
Single parts
Pneumatic seal 4080
Pcs.
1
1
2
94 g
5g
18 g
1.51.14081
1.51.14082
1.35.1140815
9g
0.63.D00912.08016
Weight
179 g
Article-No.
1.51.14590
119 g
6g
18 g
1.51.14591
1.51.14592
1.35.1140815
9g
0.63.D00912.08016
Weight
206 g
Article-No.
1.51.15100
145 g
7g
18 g
1.51.15101
1.51.15102
1.35.1140815
9g
0.63.D00912.08016
Description
Single parts
Pneumatic seal 4590
Pcs.
1
1
2
Description
Single parts
Pneumatic seal 50100
Pcs.
1
1
2
215
50150
Description
Single parts
8080 angle
1.51
Pcs.
1
1
3
3
Description
Pneumatic end plate set 8080 W
Single parts
Pneumatic end plate 8080 W
Pneumatic seal 8080 W
Pcs.
1
1
3
3
Weight
322 g
Article-No.
1.51.15150
231 g
10 g
18 g
9g
1.51.15151
1.51.15152
1.35.1140815
0.63.D00912.08016
Weight
271 g
Article-No.
1.51.18080W
182 g
8g
18 g
9g
1.51.18081W
1.51.18082W
1.35.1140815
0.63.D00912.08016
Weight
217 g
Article-No.
1.51.16090
156 g
7g
18 g
9g
1.51.16091
1.51.16092
1.35.1140815
0.63.D00912.08016
Weight
251 g
Article-No.
1.51.18080
136 g
7g
18 g
9g
1.51.18081
1.51.18082
1.35.1140815
0.63.D00912.08016
Weight
416 g
Article-No.
1.51.20100
296 g
12 g
18 g
9g
1.51.20101
1.51.20102
1.35.1140815
0.63.D00912.08016
6090
Description
Single parts
Pneumatic seal 6090
8080
Description
Single parts
Pneumatic seal 8080
100100
Pcs.
1
1
4
4
Description
Single parts
216
Pcs.
1
1
2
2
Pcs.
1
1
4
4
1.52
Application
Pneumatic connection for inlet and exhaust
of air pressure
Pneumatic connection plates
Technical data
End plate
material: aluminium
strength: F22
O-Ring
material: NBR
Comments
Counterbore DIN 74 - M6 / M8 for
cap-screw DIN 912 - M6 / M8
3060
Description
Pneumatic connection plate set 3060
Single parts
Pneumatic connection plate 3060
O-Ring 143
T-Nut for subs. insertion F, M6
4080
O-Ring 203
T-Nut for subs. insertion E, M6
O-Ring 203
Pcs.
1
40.0 g
1.52.03062
1
2
2
0.6 g
4.3 g
5.0 g
1.59.11403
1.324.FM6
0.63.D00912.06012
Weight
80.6 g
Article-No.
1.52.14081
Pcs.
1
50.0 g
1.52.14082
1
2
2
0.6 g
10.0 g
5.0 g
1.59.12003
1.324.EM6
0.63.D00912.06016
Weight
84.6 g
Article-No.
1.52.04591
Pcs.
1
5.0 g
1.52.04592
1
2
2
0.6 g
10.0 g
5.0 g
1.59.12003
1.324.EM6
0.63.D00912.06016
Weight
90.6 g
Article-No.
1.52.15101
Pcs.
1
1
2
60.0 g
0.6 g
10.0 g
1.52.15102
1.59.12003
1.324.EM6
5.0 g
0.63.D00912.06016
Description
Single parts
50100
Article-No.
1.52.03061
Description
Single parts
4590
Weight
59.2 g
Description
Single parts
O-Ring 203
217
1.54
Pneumatic extension sets
For the extension of air pressurised profiles
for profile 3060
for profile 4080
for profile 4590
for profile 50100
for profile 50150
for profile 6090
for profile 8080 angle
for profile 8080
for profile 100100
218
Description
Pneumatic extension set 3060
Single parts
Pneumatic seal 3060
Connector, profile extension

Single parts
Pneumatic seal 4080

Single parts
Pneumatic seal 4590

Single parts

Single parts
Pcs.
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
3
Weight
177 g
Article-No.
1.54.03061
3g
87 g
1.51.13062
1.21.3V0
193 g
1.54.04081
5g
94 g
1.51.14082
1.21.4V0
204 g
1.54.04591
6g
99 g
1.51.14592
1.21.45V0
211 g
1.54.05101
7g
102 g
1.51.15102
1.21.5V0
316 g
1.54.05151
10 g
102 g
1.51.15152
1.21.5V0
239 g
1.54.06091

Single parts
Pneumatic seal 6090
7g
1.51.16092
116 g
1.21.6V0
289 g
1.54.08081W
7g
94g
1.51.18082W
1.21.4V0
384 g
1.54.08081
8g
94 g
1.51.18082
1.21.4V0
420 g
1.54.10101
12 g
102 g
1.51.20102
1.21.5V0
Pneumatic extension set 8080 W

Single parts
Pneumatic seal 8080 W

Single parts
Pneumatic seal 8080

Single parts
1
3
1
4
1
4
1.55
Pneumatic 90 connection sets
For 90 connections of air pressurised

profiles
interface
hole distance
For the connection of profile 8080,

100100 a pneumatic connecting plate must
be inserted to seal the chamber inside
for profile 3060
for profile 4080
for profile 4590
for profile 50100
for profile 50150
for profile 6090
for profile 8080
Description
Pneumatic 90 connection set 3060
Single parts
Pneumatic seal 3060
Connector, standard 90
Single parts
Pneumatic seal 4080
Single parts
Pneumatic seal 4590
Single parts
Single parts
Single parts
Pneumatic seal 6090
Single parts
Pneumatic seal 8080
Pneumatic connecting plate
O-Ring 203
Pcs.
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
3
1
2
1
4
1
1
Weight
99 g
Article-No.
1.55.03061
3g
48 g
1.51.13062
1.21.3F2
115 g
1.55.04081
5g
55 g
1.51.14082
1.21.4E2
63 g
1.55.04591
6g
57 g
1.51.14592
1.21.45E2
125 g
1.55.05101
7g
59 g
1.51.15102
1.21.5E2
187 g
1.55.05151
10 g
59 g
1.51.15152
1.21.5E2
70 g
1.55.06091
7g
63 g
1.51.16092
1.21.6E2
446 g
1.55.08081
8g
55 g
217 g
0.6 g
1.51.18082
1.21.4E2
1.55.08084
1.59.12003
219
for profile 100100
1.55 - 1.59

Single parts
Pneumatic connecting plate
O-Ring 203
1
4
1
1
618 g
1.55.10101
12 g
55 g
369 g
0.6 g
1.51.20102
1.21.5E2
1.55.10104
1.59.12003
Application
Blanking plug for the connection thread
Application
Reducing nipple to reduce the connection
thread
Blanking plug
Description
Blanking plug,
Blanking plug,
Reducing nipple
D
B-1/4
B-1/2
for reducing nipple
B
12
14
L
15
18
SW
6
10
Weight
15 g
43 g
Article-No.
1.59.01030
1.59.01050
B
9
10
L
14
14
SW
19
22
Weight
14 g
25 g
Article-No.
1.59.02040
1.59.02050
Weight
1g
1g
2g
Article-No.
1.59.03030
1.59.03040
1.59.03050
Technical data
material: PA, white
Description
D
Sealing ring 1/4
Sealing ring 3/8
Sealing ring 1/2
220
A
18
26
Technical data
material: brass
Description
Di
D
Reducing nipple, 1/4 i - 3/8 a
Reducing nipple, 3/8 i - 1/2 a
Sealing ring
Comments
Including sealing
Technical data
material:
blanking plug: steel, galvanised
sealing:
NBR
1.61
Application
For doors and drawers of light material
Handles light PPA

A
Mounting on panel
elements
Mounting on
profiles
Technical data
material: PA
Description
Handle light PA
Handle light PA
Colour
grey
black
Weight
30 g
30 g
Article-No.
1.61.20.1
1.61.20.2
Application
For doors and drawers of light material
Handle light Alu
Mounting on panel
elements
Mounting on
profiles
Technical data
material: aluminium
Description
Handle light Alu
Weight
85 g
Article-No.
1.61.210
221
1.61
Application
Ergonomical designed handle
Handle PPA
A
Mounting on panel
elements
Mounting on
profiles
Technical data
material: PA
colour:
black
Description
Handle PA, with thread M8
Weight
166 g
Article-No.
1.61.230
Application
Handle with fixing possibilities from the
front and the rear
Handles PPA
A
Handle with bore
Handle with thread
Technical data
material: PA
colour:
black
with bore
Description
Handle PA, with bore
D
6.5
6.5
8.5
8.5
L
110
139
151
200
Weight
24 g
44 g
64 g
74 g
Article-No.
1.61.24110
1.61.24139
1.61.24151
1.61.24200
10.5
260
114 g
1.61.24260
Description
Handle PA, with thread
G
M6
M6
L
110
139
Weight
30 g
50 g
Article-No.
1.61.25110
1.61.25139

M8
M8
M10
151
200
260
70 g
88 g
125 g
1.61.25151
1.61.25200
1.61.25260
with thread
222
L1
L2
t1
110
139
151
200
260
94
120
132
180
235
17
20
22
25
28
37
40
43
50
53
8
10
10
11
12
13
15
16
20
21
6
6
6
9
11
10
10
15
15
15
21
24
26
28
32
Application
Handle system for making handles of any
length
Handle system
round design
Mounting on panel elements
Corner piece PA-GF
1.61
Mounting on profiles
Technical data
material: PA-GF
colour:
black
Description
Corner piece PA-GF
Centre piece PA-GF
Weight
76 g
Article-No.
1.61.280
Weight
53 g
Article-No.
1.61.281
Technical data
material: PA-GF
colour:
black
Description
Centre piece PA-GF
Tube 303
Technical data
material:
aluminium
surface:
neutral anodised
tube length: 6 m
Description
Tube 303
Tube 303
bar
cut to length
Weight
4.2 kg
0.7 kg/m
Article-No.
1.19.16130.60
1.19.16130-A00A00/...
/... = length in mm
223
Application
Handle system for making handles of any
length
Handle system
oval design
Mounting on panel elements
Oval corner piece right
Article-No.
1.61.290
Weight
65 g
Article-No.
1.61.291
Technical data
material:
aluminium
surface:
neutral anodised
tube length: 3 m
Description
Oval tube 354
Oval tube 354
224
Weight
65 g
Technical data
material: PA-GF
colour:
black
Description
Oval corner piece left
Oval tube 354
Technical data
material: PA-GF
colour:
black
Description
Oval corner piece right
Oval corner piece left
1.61
Weight
bar
2.5 kg
cut to length 0.83 kg/m
Article-No.
1.61.292.30
1.61.292-A00A00/...
/... = length in mm
1.61
Application
Alu grip handles for customer's assembly
from standard profiles
Grab handles
Comments
Grab handles increase the rigidity of panels
without profile frames
Fixing of the profile directly on the panel

element
Fixing of the profile with a connecting piece

on the panel element
Description
Weight
Article-No.
1.11.020030.14LP-A00A00/...
/... = length in mm
Description
Grab handle profile
cut to length
Weight
0.3 kg/m
Article-No.
1.19.14319-A00A00/...
/... = length in mm
6
Description
Grab handle profile
Weight
Article-No.
1.19.14330-A00A00/...
/... = length in mm
Technical data
material: PA-GF
colour:
black
Description
Cover cap kit left/right for grab handle profile
Weight
3.6 g
Article-No.
1.19.14330A
225
1.62
Application
Hinge for doors and flaps of light material
Hinges
Face-sided connection
of 2 profiles
Doors with profile frames
Connection of 2 profiles
in rectangular position
Doors made of panel elements without

profile frames
Technical data
Hinge
2032
3039
4040
material:
PA-GF
PA-GF
GD-Zn, coated
colour:
max. static load:
black
50 N
100 N
150 N
Comments
countersink
DIN 74 - M5
Swivel angle
Description
Hinge 2032
Weight
6g
Article-No.
1.62.12032
Comments
countersink
DIN 74 - M4
Swivel angle
Description
Hinge 3039
Weight
7.6 g
Article-No.
1.62.23039
Comments
countersink
DIN 74 - M5
Swivel angle
Description
Hinge 4040
226
Weight
55 g
Article-No.
1.62.24040
1.62
Application
Enables the connection of different profile
widths in parallel as well as in rectangular
arrangement
Lift-off hinges
left
left
left
right
Non-liftable door with one right- and one

left-sided hinge
Liftable door with two similar hinges
1 profile 3030
1 profile 5050
1 profile 4545
1 profile 5050
1 profile 4040
1 profile 5050
Swivel angle
Technical data
material:
surface:
hinge bolt:
max. static load:
2 profiles 5050
Application of locking device:

for panel element
for profile slot, horizontal
for profile slot, vertical
GD-Zn
black coated
stainless steel
250 N
Comments
227
1.62
countersink
DIN 74 - M6
Description A
Hinge 31, A16.5 left
B
59
64
69
Weight
68 g
72 g
76 g
Article-No.
1.62.331.16/16L
1.62.331.19/19L
1.62.331.21/21L
Hinge 31,
Hinge 31,
74
79
81 g
86 g
1.62.331.24/24L
1.62.331.26/26L
A24.0 left
A26.5 left
Combinations
Description A 1) A11)
Hinge 31 / left
1)
Article-No.
1.62.331./L
Data without decimal places
countersink
DIN 74 - M6
Description A
Hinge 31, A16.5 right
B
59
64
69
74
Weight
68 g
72 g
76 g
81 g
Article-No.
1.62.331.16/16R
1.62.331.19/19R
1.62.331.21/21R
1.62.331.24/24R
Hinge 31,
79
86 g
1.62.331.26/26R
A26.5 right
Combinations
Description A 1) A11)
Hinge 31 / right
1)
Article-No.
1.62.331./R
Technical data
material: GD-Zn
surface: rough
Description
Anti-twist device for slot 8 mm
Weight
4g
Article-No.
1.62.331x1
Weight
4g
Article-No.
1.62.331x2
Technical data
material: GD-Zn
surface: rough
Description
Anti-twist device for panel element
228
1.62
Application
The hinges enable the connection of profiles
with different widths
Lift-off hinges
left
left
left
right

left-sided hinge
1 profile 6060
1 profile 3030
1 profile 6060
1 profile 4545
1 profile 6060
1 profile 4040
1 profile 6060
1 profile 5050
2 profiles 6060
6
Swivel angle
Technical data
material:
surface:
hinge bolt:
max. static load:
PA-GF
black
stainless steel
150 N
Comments
229
1.62
countersink
DIN 74 - M6
Description
Lift-off hinge 48
Lift-off hinge 48
Lift-off hinge 48
Lift-off hinge 48
Lift-off hinge 48
A
A17.5, left
A22.5, left
A25.0, left
A27.5, left
A32.5, left
B
59
77
87
97
115
Weight
8g
10 g
15 g
25 g
35 g
Article-No.
1.62.348.17/17L
1.62.348.22/22L
1.62.348.25/25L
1.62.348.27/27L
1.62.348.32/32L
Combinations
Description
A1) A11)
Lift-off hinge 48 / left
1)
Article-No.
1.62.348./L
countersink
DIN 74 - M6
Description
Lift-off hinge 48
A
A17.5, right
B
59
Weight
8g
Article-No.
1.62.348.17/17R
Lift-off hinge 48
Lift-off hinge 48
Lift-off hinge 48
Lift-off hinge 48
A22.5, right
A25.0, right
A27.5, right
A32.5, right
77
87
97
115
10 g
15 g
25 g
35 g
1.62.348.22/22R
1.62.348.25/25R
1.62.348.27/27R
1.62.348.32/32R
Combinations
Description
A1) A11)
Lift-off hinge 48 / right
1)
230
Article-No.
1.62.348./R
1.62
Application
Hinges
left
left
left
right

left-sided hinge
Swivel angle
Technical data
material:
PA-GF
colour:
black
Comments
countersink
DIN 74 - M6
Description
Hinge 3260 left
Weight
21 g
Article-No.
1.62.41L
Description
Hinge 3260 right
Weight
21 g
Article-No.
1.62.41R
countersink
DIN 74 - M6
231
1.62
Application
Double hinge
Liftable doors
Swivel angle
Technical data
material:
PA-GF
232
Description
Double hinge
Double hinge
Colour
grey
black
Comments
Weight
40 g
40 g
Article-No.
1.62.420.1
1.62.420.2
1.62
Application
The hinges enable the connection of profiles
with different widths
Hinges
1 profile 6060
1 profile 3030
1 profile 6060
1 profile 4040
1 profile 6060
1 profile 4545
1 profile 6060
1 profile 5050
2 profiles 6060
Swivel angle
countersink
DIN 74 - M6
Technical data
material:
colour:
hinge bolt:
max. static load:
Description
Hinge 48 fixed
Hinge 48 fixed
Hinge 48 fixed
Hinge 48 fixed
PA-GF
black
stainless steel
200 N
Comments
A
A17.5
A22.5
A25.0
A27.5
B
59
77
87
97
Weight
8g
10 g
15 g
25 g
Article-No.
1.62.448.17/17
1.62.448.22/22
1.62.448.25/25
1.62.448.27/27
Hinge 48 fixed A32.5
115
35 g
1.62.448.32/32
Combinations
Description
A1) A11)
Hinge 48 fixed /
1)
Article-No.
1.62.448./
233
Hinge
1.62
Application
Hinge or higher loads such as doors with
profile frames
3060
Technical data
material:
colour:
surface:
max. static load:
Connection of 2 vertical
profiles, all anti-twist safety
devices removed
Face-sided connection of 2
profiles, with anti-twist
safety device
GD-Zn
black
coated
400 N
Connection of 2 horizontal
safety device
Swivel angle
Description
Hinge 3060
234
Weight
68.8 g
Article-No.
1.62.51030060
Hinge
1.62
Application
profile frames
4080
Technical data
material:
colour:
surface:
max. static load:
profiles, all anti-twist safety
devices removed
Face-sided connection of 2
safety device
GD-Zn
black
coated
750 N
Connection of 2 horizontal
safety device
Swivel angle
Description
Hinge 4080
Weight
180 g
Article-No.
1.62.520
Application
profile frames
Hinges
4080
Technical data
material:
colour:
surface:
max. static load:
GD-Zn
black
powder-coated
750 N
6
profiles
Swivel angle
Fastening elements:
PG 40:
T-Nut for subs. insertion E, M8 1.324.EM8
PG 45:
T-Nut E, M8
1.32.EM8
PG 40/45: Threaded plate E, M8
1.31.EM8
Description
Hinge 4080 for PG 40
Hinge 4080 for PG 45
A
22.5
25.0
Weight
194 g
194 g
Article-No.
1.62.53045
1.62.53050
235
1.62
Application
Hinge with detachable fixing plug for
different slot distances
Hinges
Doors with profile frames
Swivel angle
Technical data
material:
surface:
colour:
max. static load:
Comments
GD-Zn
coated
black
250 N
Delivery unit
Including 4 plugs for F- and E-slot
View A
Distances for positioning plugs
Possibilities of fastening
Legend
LW = width
G = threaded plate 1.31.
T
= T-Nut 1.324.
long flange
short flange
slots
slots
F
236
E3
E4
LW
16.5
17.5
18.5
19
20
11
14.75
20.5
25.25
30
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
21
21.5
23.5
26
27.5
31
LW
11
30
19
30
11
30
E3
E4
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
1.62
2 short flanges
Hinge 5056
B
16.5
17.5
18.5
19
20
countersink
DIN 74 - M6
Rear view: plug assignment
Description
Hinge 5056
Weight
112 g
Article-No.
1.62.65056
1 short flange, 1 long flange
Hinge 5068
countersink
DIN 74 - M6
16.5
17.5
18.5
19
20
21
21.5
23.5
26
27.5
31
Description
Hinge 5068
Weight
130 g
Article-No.
1.62.65068
2 long flanges
Hinge 5080
countersink
DIN 74 - M6
21
21.5
23.5
26
27.5
31
Description
Hinge 5080
Weight
130 g
Article-No.
1.62.65080
237
1.62
Alu hinges
Application
For doors of light material with or without
profile frame, each hinge element can be
combined
Technical data
material:
aluminium Al Mg Si 0.5
strength: F 25
surface:
neutral anodised
Distance of drill holes for panel elements of

acrylic glass
Comments
Connection:
profile to profile
leg built-in
covered
hinge elements:
Type A
Type A
Type A
1 profile 2030 1 profile 3030 1 profile 4040 2 profiles 5050

1 profile 5050 1 profile 5050 1 profile 5050
countersink
DIN 74 - M4
Description
Hinge element Type A, PG 20, F
Hinge element Type A, PG 30
T
1.5
1.5
3.0
1.5
3.0
1.5
a
15.3
20.3
20.3
25.3
25.3
30.3
b
21
29
29
37
37
45
Weight
10 g
11 g
15 g
13 g
19 g
14 g
Article-No.
1.62.7120
1.62.7130
1.62.7130.030
1.62.7140
1.62.7140.030
1.62.7150
3.0
30.3
45
21 g
1.62.7150.030
Type B
profile 2030
countersink
DIN 74 - M4
238
profile 3030
profile 4040
profile 5050
Connection:
profile to panel
element
leg one side
visible
hinge elements:
Type A
Type B
Description
Hinge element Type B, PG 20
T
2.0
3.0
a
15.3
15.3
b
21
21
Weight
11 g
13 g
Article-No.
1.62.7220
1.62.7220.030

2.0
3.0
2.0
3.0
2.0
3.0
20.3
20.3
25.3
25.3
30.3
30.3
29
29
37
37
45
45
11 g
13 g
13 g
16 g
14 g
18 g
1.62.7230
1.62.7230.030
1.62.7240
1.62.7240.030
1.62.7250
1.62.7250.030
1.62
Connection:
Profile to panel
element
leg built-in
covered
hinge elements:
Type A
Type C
Type C
profile 2030
profile 3030
profile 4040
Description
Hinge element Type C, 30 mm
profile 5050
Weight
15 g
Article-No.
1.62.7330
countersink
DIN 74 - M4
Press-fit pins
for alu hinges
Press-fit pin for one sided installation
Press-fit pin for two sided installation
Technical data
material: steel
surface: galvanised
Description
Press-fit pin 6
Press-fit pin 6
L
100
150
Weight
29 g
33 g
Article-No.
1.62.7910
1.62.7915
Spacer
Technical data
material: PE
colour:
black
Description
Spacer
Weight
1g
Article-No.
1.62.7810
239
1.62
Application
Hinge for higher loads such as doors with
profile frames
Alu hinges, heavy
Technical data
hinge
material: aluminium
strength: F25
bolt
Design steel
material: steel
Design stainless
material: stainless steel
Comments
PG
40
50
32
37
Application: Type 20
Swivel angle: Type 20
PG
40
50
32 33
37 38
Application: Type 21, 22, 23, 31

with profiles PG 40/50

with profiles PG 60

with profiles PG 40/50
Swivel angle: Type 21, 22, 23, 31

at application with profiles PG 40/50
240
Swivel angle: Type 21, 22, 23, 31

at application with profiles PG 60
1.62
Description
Alu hinge, heavy, type 20, PG 40
Design
steel
steel
A
32
37
Weight
166 g
166 g
Article-No.
1.62.842032085
1.62.842037085

stainless
stainless
32
37
166 g
166 g
1.62.842032085V
1.62.842037085V
Description
Alu hinge, heavy, type 21, PG 40/60
Design
steel
steel
A
32
37
Weight
159 g
159 g
Article-No.
1.62.842132085
1.62.842137085

stainless
stainless
32
37
159 g
159 g
1.62.842132085V
1.62.842137085V
Description
Design
steel
steel
A
32
37
Weight
261 g
261 g
Article-No.
1.62.842232085
1.62.842237085

stainless
stainless
32
37
261 g
261 g
1.62.842232085V
1.62.842237085V
Description
Design
steel
steel
A
32
37
Weight
258 g
258 g
Article-No.
1.62.842332085
1.62.842337085

stainless
stainless
32
37
258 g
258 g
1.62.842332085V
1.62.842337085V
6
Description
Design
steel
steel
A
32
37
Weight
245 g
245 g
Article-No.
1.62.843132128
1.62.843137128

stainless
stainless
32
37
245 g
245 g
1.62.843132128V
1.62.843137128V
241
1.63
Joints
with / without clamping lever
The MayTec clamping system allows

backlash free adjusting and clamping
The joint can be locked with the adjustable

clamping lever
Application
To enable infinitely variable adjusting and
swivelling of profiles
Technical data
material: steel
surface: galvanised
Mounting on profile side
Mounting on profile end

max. loads
Joint
F1max
F2max
2020
10 Nm
3030
30 Nm
3050
50 Nm
30100
100 Nm
30100 1)
200 Nm
4040
50 Nm
5050
60 Nm
1)
with fastening plate
2,000 N
4,000 N
4,000 N
8,000 N
8,000 N
6,000 N
10,000 N
Comments
Mounting with:
cap-screw DIN 6912
washer DIN 433
Dimensions of clamping lever for joint:

2020
242
Dimensions of clamping lever for joints:

3030
3050
30100
4040
5050
1.63
2020
Description
Joint 2020
Joint 2020 with clamping lever
Anti-twist device for joint, H, L20
Anti-twist device for joint, F, L20
G
M5
M5
L
6.5
6.5
Weight
97 g
114 g
8g
8g
Article-No.
1.63.02021
1.63.12021
1.63.02022
1.63.02023
Description
Joint 3030
Anti-twist device for joint, L30
G
M6
M6
L
7.5
7.5
Weight
315 g
380 g
28 g
Article-No.
1.63.03031
1.63.13031
1.63.03032
Description
Joint 3050
G
M8
M8
L
7.5
7.5
Weight
533 g
600 g
28 g
33 g
Article-No.
1.63.03051
1.63.13051
1.63.03032
1.63.03052
Description
Joint 30100
G
M8
M8
L
7.5
7.5
Weight
1,098 g
1,160 g
Article-No.
1.63.03101
1.63.13101
Description
Joint 4040
G
M8
M8
L
7.5
7.5
Weight
674 g
739 g
28 g
Article-No.
1.63.04041
1.63.14041
1.63.04042
Description
Joint 5050
G
M8
M8
L
7.5
7.5
Weight
1,244 g
1,300 g
33 g
Article-No.
1.63.05051
1.63.15051
1.63.03052
3030
3050
30100
Comments
To increase the load capacity on hinge 30100
fastening plate 30150, 1.47.60315
4040
5050
243
1.63
Joints Zn
with / without clamping lever
The MayTec clamping system allows

backlash free adjusting and clamping
The joint can be locked with the adjustable

clamping lever
Application
To enable infinitely variable adjusting and
swivelling of profiles
Technical data
material: GD-Zn
surface: aluminium coloured
powder-coated

max. loads
3030
Joint
F1max
F2max
3030
4040
4545
500 N
750 N
750 N
500 N
750 N
750 N
Comments
Mounting with:
cap screw DIN 6912
washer DIN 433
Description
Joint Zn 3030
Joint Zn 3030 with clamping lever
G
M8
M8
L
7.0
7.0
Weight
124 g
147 g
Article-No.
1.63.51030030
1.63.52030030
Description
Joint Zn 4040
G
M8
M8
L
9.0
9.0
Weight
300 g
344 g
Article-No.
1.63.51040040
1.63.52040040
Description
Joint Zn 4545
G
M8
M8
L
8.0
8.0
Weight
320 g
366 g
Article-No.
1.63.51045045
1.63.52045045
4040
4545
244
1.64
Application
For mounting of panels
Mounting blocks
screw-type
Technical data
Mounting block
material:
PA-GF
colours:
grey, black
Threaded plate
material:
steel
surface:
galvanised
washer
A6,4 DIN 125
Mounting on the profile with threaded plate

or T-Nut
Adjustable position
Comments
A 'floating' nut allows additional tolerance in
the panel mounting holes.
Description
G
Mounting block screw type M3
Colour
grey
Mounting block screw type

black
grey
black
grey
black
grey
black
M3
M4
M4
M5
M5
M6
M6
Weight
9g
Article-No.
1.64.10M3.1
9g
9g
9g
9g
9g
9g
9g
1.64.10M3.2
1.64.10M4.1
1.64.10M4.2
1.64.10M5.1
1.64.10M5.2
1.64.10M6.1
1.64.10M6.2
245
1.64
Application
For mounting of panels
Mounting block GD-Zn
Technical data
material: GD-Zn
Anti-twistable mounting in steps of 1 mm
Description
246
G
M8
M8
Surface
natural
black
Weight
68 g
68 g
Article-No.
1.64.153030.1
1.64.153030.2
1.64
Application
For the mounting of panels with subsequent
insertion
Variable mounting position of panels with
distancing plate
Mounting blocks
Mounting block H
Technical data
material:
colour:
square nut:
max. static load:
H-slot
PA-GF
black
steel , galvanised
100 N, rectangular to slot
Tolerance equalisation: 4 mm
Description
Mounting block H
G
M4
Weight
2.6 g
Article-No.
1.64.2H2M4.2
Weight
0.2 g
0.4 g
0.6 g
0.8 g
Article-No.
1.64.xH01
1.64.xH02
1.64.xH03
1.64.xH04
Technical data
material:
PA-GF
colour:
black
Description
Distancing plate for mounting block H
B
1
2
3
4
Mounting blocks F and E
F-slot
Technical data
material:
colours:
square nut:
max. static load:
Description
Mounting block F
Mounting block F
Mounting block F
Mounting block F
Mounting block F
Mounting block F
E3-slot
E4-slot
Tolerance equalisation: 9 mm
PA-GF
grey, black
steel , galvanised
250 N, rectangular to slot
G
M4
M4
M5
M5
M6
M6
Colour
grey
black
grey
black
grey
black
Weight
9g
9g
9g
9g
9g
9g
Article-No.
1.64.2F2M4.1
1.64.2F2M4.2
1.64.2F2M5.1
1.64.2F2M5.2
1.64.2F2M6.1
1.64.2F2M6.2
247
Mounting blocks E
1.64
Description
Mounting block E3
Mounting block E3
Mounting block E3
Mounting block E3
Mounting block E3
G
M4
M4
M5
M5
M6
Colour
grey
black
grey
black
grey
a
3.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
Weight
10.5 g
10.5 g
10.1 g
10.1 g
9.6 g
Article-No.
1.64.2E3M4.1
1.64.2E3M4.2
1.64.2E3M5.1
1.64.2E3M5.2
1.64.2E3M6.1
Mounting block E3
M6
black
3.0
9.6 g
1.64.2E3M6.2
Mounting block E4
M4
grey
4.0
10.6 g
1.64.2E4M4.1
Mounting block E4
Mounting block E4
Mounting block E4
Mounting block E4
Mounting block E4
M4
M5
M5
M6
M6
black
grey
black
grey
black
4.0
4.0
4.0
4.0
4.0
10.6 g
10.2 g
10.2 g
9.9 g
9.9 g
1.64.2E4M4.2
1.64.2E4M5.1
1.64.2E4M5.2
1.64.2E4M6.1
1.64.2E4M6.2
Weight
0.5 g
0.5 g
Article-No.
1.64.2x02.1
1.64.2x02.2
0.8 g
0.8 g
1.3 g
1.3 g
1.64.2x03.1
1.64.2x03.2
1.64.2x05.1
1.64.2x05.2
Technical data
material:
PA-GF
colours:
grey, black
Description
Distancing plate for mounting block FE
B
2
2
Colour
grey
black

3
3
5
5
grey
black
grey
black
Distancing plate, thin
Application
For the mounting of folded panels
Technical data
material:
PA-GF
colours:
grey, black
Description
Distancing plate, thin, for mounting block FE
248
B
2
2
3
3
5
5
Colour
grey
black
grey
black
grey
black
Weight
0.3 g
0.3 g
0.6 g
0.6 g
0.9 g
0.9 g
Article-No.
1.64.2x102.1
1.64.2x102.2
1.64.2x103.1
1.64.2x103.2
1.64.2x105.1
1.64.2x105.2
1.64
Application
Mounting of panels with clamps, without
drilling and screwing
For subsequent insertion:
Variable mounting position of panels with
distance plates
Mounting clamp blocks

The distance plates are positioned and

fastened by pins, it is possible to mount
several distance plates in series
H-slot
Installation
dimensions
Installation
dimensions
Technical data
material:
PA-GF
colour:
black
max. static load:
towards clamp block: 110 N
towards slider:
30 N
Description
Mounting clamp block H
Weight
3.4 g
Article-No.
1.64.3H2
Description
B
Distancing plate for mounting clamp block H 1
Weight
0.2 g
Article-No.
1.64.xH01

0.4 g
0.6 g
0.8 g
1.64.xH02
1.64.xH03
1.64.xH04
Technical data
material:
PA-GF
colour:
black
249
1.64
Mounting clamp blocks

F-slot
E3-slot
E4-slot
Installation
dimensions
Technical data
material:
PA-GF
colour:
black
max. static load:
towards slider:
50 N
Description
Mounting clamp block F
Description
Mounting clamp block E3
Mounting clamp block E4
a
3.0
4.0
Weight
7.5 g
Article-No.
1.64.3F2
Weight
8.0 g
8.0 g
Article-No.
1.64.3E3
1.64.3E4
Weight
0.6 g
0.9 g
1.4 g
Article-No.
1.64.3x02
1.64.3x03
1.64.3x05
Technical data
material:
PA-GF
colour:
black
Description
Distancing plate for mounting clamp block FE
250
B
2
3
5
1.64
Application
As mounting clamp block, however:
For safetys sake it is only possible to be
opened with special tools
Mounting clamp blocks SL

F-slot
E3-slot
E4-slot
Installation
dimensions
Technical data
material:
PA-GF
colour:
black
max. static load:
towards slider:
50 N
Description
Mounting clamp block F, SL
Mounting clamp block E3, SL
Weight
7.5 g
8.0 g
Article-No.
1.64.4F2
1.64.4E3
Mounting clamp block E4, SL
8.0 g
1.64.4E4
Technical data
material:
PA-GF
colour:
black
Description
6
B
2
3
5
Weight
0.6 g
0.9 g
1.4 g
Article-No.
1.64.3x02
1.64.3x03
1.64.3x05
Weight
23 g
Article-No.
1.64.4W
Technical data
material:
PA-GF
colour:
red
steel bolt: hardened
Description
Tool for mounting clamp block SL
251
1.64
Application
Mounting element for quick mounting and
dismounting of covers
Quick locks
Comments
open: by 1/4-turn
close: by push in
Fastening without washer

Hmax = Sretaining ring + panel thickness
Fastening with washer

Hmax = Sretaining ring + panel thickness + S washer
Technical data (assembly)

drilling diameter
in the covers:
7 mm
life time:
ca. 10.000 operations
Mounting angle
Technical data
material:
steel
surface:
galvanised
Description
Mounting angle
Retaining rings
Weight
14 g
Article-No.
1.64.5101
Weight
1.3 g
1.8 g
3.5 g
4.0 g
4.5 g
Article-No.
1.64.5217
1.64.5225
1.64.5240
1.64.5250
1.64.5260
Technical data
material:
neoprene
hardness:
55 Shore A
temperature range: - 50C to + 90C
Description
Retaining ring
Retaining ring
Retaining ring
Retaining ring
Retaining ring
252
Mounting elements:
F-slot:
T-Nut, with leaf
spring F, 2M4
1.324.F2M4.25
1.31.FM4
spring nut F, M4
1.33.FM4
T-slot nut F, M4
1.34.10FM4
E-slot:
T-Nut, with leaf
spring E, 2M4
1.324.E2M4.25
spring nut E, M4
1.33.EM4
T-slot nut E, M4
1.34.10EM4
rhomboid T-slot nut E, M4
1.34.20EM4
S
1.7
2.5
4.0
5.0
6.0
1.64
Sealing washers
Technical data
material:
neoprene
hardness:
55 Shore A
temperature range: - 50C to + 90C
Description
Sealing washer
Sealing washer
Sealing washer
Sealing washer
Round head bolts
Knurled head bolts
S
0.5
1.0
1.5
2.0
Technical data
material:
brass
surface:
nickel-plated
Article-No.
1.64.5305
1.64.5310
1.64.5315
1.64.5320
Comments
Mounting dimension "H" see mounting
sketch
Description
Round head bolt
Hmax
3.7
L
16.6
I
14.4
Weight
4.0 g
Article-No.
1.64.5416
Round head bolt

Round head bolt
Round head bolt
Round head bolt
Round head bolt
Round head bolt
Round head bolt
4.7
5.7
6.9
7.7
8.9
9.7
10.7
17.6
18.6
19.8
20.6
21.8
22.6
23.6
15.4
16.4
17.6
18.4
19.6
20.4
21.4
4.0 g
4.0 g
4.5 g
5.0 g
5.0 g
6.0 g
6.0 g
1.64.5417
1.64.5418
1.64.5419
1.64.5420
1.64.5421
1.64.5422
1.64.5423
Technical data
material:
brass
surface:
nickel-plated
Description
Knurled head bolt
Knurled head bolt
Knurled head bolt
Knurled head bolt
Knurled head bolt
Knurled head bolt
Knurled head bolt
Wing head bolts
Weight
0.8 g
1.7 g
2.5 g
3.3 g
Comments
sketch
Hmax
3.7
4.7
5.7
6.9
7.7
8.9
10.7
Technical data
material:
brass
surface:
nickel-plated
L
16.6
17.6
18.6
19.8
20.6
21.8
23.6
I
14.4
15.4
16.4
17.6
18.4
19.6
21.4
Weight
14.0 g
14.0 g
14.0 g
14.0 g
15.0 g
15.0 g
15.0 g
Article-No.
1.64.5516
1.64.5517
1.64.5518
1.64.5519
1.64.5520
1.64.5521
1.64.5523
Comments
sketch
Description
Wing head bolt
Wing head bolt
Wing head bolt
Wing head bolt
Hmax
3.7
4.7
5.7
6.9
L
16.6
17.6
18.6
19.8
I
14.4
15.4
16.4
17.6
Weight
5.8 g
5.8 g
5.8 g
5.8 g
Article-No.
1.64.5616
1.64.5617
1.64.5618
1.64.5619
Wing head bolt

Wing head bolt
Wing head bolt
Wing head bolt
7.7
8.9
9.7
10.7
20.6
21.8
22.6
23.6
18.4
19.6
20.4
21.4
6.3 g
6.3 g
6.3 g
6.3 g
1.64.5620
1.64.5621
1.64.5622
1.64.5623
253
Bullet catches
1.65
Application
Lock for swinging and sliding doors
Technical data
material:
brass
colour:
natural
retention force: adjustable
countersink
DIN 74 - M4
Comments
Countersink DIN 74 - M4 for countersunk
screw DIN 7991 - M4
Description
Bullet catch 950
Weight
25.0 g
Article-No.
1.65.1101
Weight
72.0 g
Article-No.
1.65.1102
countersink
DIN 74 - M4
countersink
DIN 74 - M4
Comments
Countersink DIN 74 - M4 for countersunk
screw DIN 7991 - M4
Description
Bullet catch 1369
countersink
DIN 74 - M4
254
1.65
Application
Bullet catch PPA

A
Fastening of the bolt with

angle 2540, 8.7 1.46.115
Bullet catch PA
Fastening of the bolt with

angle 2047, M8 1.65.1301
Technical data
capsule:
PA-GF, black
bolt:
steel, galvanised
retention force: 45 N
sphere 7
Description
Bullet catch PA
Weight
23.0 g
Article-No.
1.65.1201
6
Angle
Technical data
material: aluminium
strength: F22
surface: natural anodised
Description
Angle 2047, M8
Weight
16.0 g
Article-No.
1.65.1301
255
1.65
Application
Magnetic lock PPA

A
Technical data
capsule:
flat head screw:
retention force:
PA-GF, black
steel, galvanised
y = 40 N
x = 25 N
Comments
Different force
y = large force
x = small force
Description
Magnetic lock PA
Article-No.
1.65.2101
Technical data
material: aluminium
strength: F22
Angle bracket
for magnetic lock PA
Description
Angle bracket for magnetic lock PA
256
Weight
38.0 g
Weight
32.0 g
Article-No.
1.65.2301
1.65
Application
Lock with sprung bolt for easy closing of
doors and panels, including separate slot
fastening capability
Lock GD-Zn
Technical data
capsule: GD Zn, painted silver
handle:
PA, black
bolt:
stainless steel
Slot fastening capability
Description
Lock GD-Zn
Weight
120,0 g
Article-No.
1.65.2538078
257
1.65
Application
Locking system for swinging and sliding
doors
Cylinder locks
Comments
By turning the lock body the cylinder lock is
insertable left or right
Insertion of the latch
Fixing dimensions for the

cylinder lock
Fixing dimensions for the

cylinder lock
Latch for two different bore

spaces
Swinging door with profile

frame made of profile 4040
Swinging door without

profile frame
Technical data
capsule:
GD Zn, galvanised
tongue, nut, screw: steel, galvanised
Description
Cylinder lock with 2 keys
Weight
82.0 g
Article-No.
1.65.3101
Weight
150.0 g
Article-No.
1.65.3102
Comments
Key with double beard 8 mm
Description
Cylinder lock with double beard insert
258
1.65
Application
Lock for swinging door
Cylinder locks
with security latch
Comments
Security latch
Jolting- and vibrationless by integral lock
Installation variant with seal
Installation variant
Drilling pattern
Security latch dimension H
Cl
os
in
di
st
an
ce
Installation variant with

mounting angle
Closing distance
Cylinder locks
Technical data
capsule:
GD Zn, galvanised
tongue, nut, screw: steel, galvanised
Description
Cylinder lock with 2 keys, without security latch
Weight
66 g
Article-No.
1.65.3201
Weight
100 g
Article-No.
1.65.3202
Comments
Socket wrench / square 8 mm
Description
Cylinder lock with 1 square key, without security latch
Security latch
Description
Security latch for cylinder lock
Weight
30 g
Article-No.
1.65.32...
H
4
6
Article-No.
1.65.3204
1.65.3206
H
18
20
Article-No.
1.65.3218
1.65.3220
H
30
32
Article-No.
1.65.3230
1.65.3232
H
42
44
Article-No.
1.65.3242
1.65.3244
8
10
13
14
16
1.65.3208
1.65.3210
1.65.3213
1.65.3214
1.65.3216
22
24
25
26
28
1.65.3222
1.65.3224
1.65.3225
1.65.3226
1.65.3228
34
35
36
38
40
1.65.3234
1.65.3235
1.65.3236
1.65.3238
1.65.3240
45
47
50
1.65.3245
1.65.3247
1.65.3250
259
1.65
Application
Lock for sliding door
Flap-lock countersunk
for sliding door
Technical data
capsule:
GD Zn, chrome-plated
tongue and nut: steel, galvanised
Locked
Open
Description
Flap-lock countersunk, for sliding door
Weight
52 g
Article-No.
1.65.3301
Application
Locking system for swinging doors
Cylinder locks flush
Profile:
door frame
Profile:
door post
adjustable capsule
Technical data
locking:
90
material:
capsule:
GD Zn, chrome-plated
fixing plate: steel, chrome-plated
Outside: flush
(without jutout of lock parts)
Profile
Latch
Door post Door frame GL

40
45
50
Inside: with fixing plate
260
60
40
40
45
40
45
50
40
45
50
60
56
56
66
56
66
66
56
66
66
76
1.6
1.6
1.8
1.6
1.8
2.0
1.6
1.8
2.0
3.0
-8
-2
-12
2
-8
-8
12
2
2
-8
1.65
Cylinder locks flush
Delivery unit
cylinder lock with fixing plate
Separate order
key
security latch
Description
Cylinder lock flush, square
GL
56
Weight
194.0 g
Article-No.
1.65.34156

66
76
212.8 g
231.6 g
1.65.34166
1.65.34176
Weight
193.8 g
204.1 g
214.4 g
Article-No.
1.65.34356
1.65.34366
1.65.34376
Weight
7.5 g
Article-No.
1.65.34540
41.6 g
1.65.34581
Weight
6.4 g
35.8 g
Article-No.
1.65.34740
1.65.34789
Description
S
Security latch 35 2
Security latch 35 -2
Security latch 35 12
Weight
20.4 g
20.1 g
22.5 g
22.9 g
22.9 g
Article-No.
1.65.3493502.1
1.65.3493502.2
1.65.3493508.2
1.65.3493512.1
1.65.3493512.2
Description
S
Security latch 45 2
Security latch 45 12
Weight
26.8 g
27.4 g
27.3 g
30.3 g
30.3 g
Article-No.
1.65.3494502.1
1.65.3494502.2
1.65.3494508.2
1.65.3494512.1
1.65.3494512.2
Delivery unit
cylinder lock with fixing plate
Description
Cylinder lock flush, double beard
Separate order
key
security latch
GL
56
66
76
Square keys
Description L
Square key 8, 40 mm
Material
PA-GF
Square key 8, 81 mm
GD Zn
Description
L
Double beard key 3, 40 mm
Double beard key 3, 89 mm
Material
PA-GF
GD Zn
Double beard keys
Security latches
261
1.65
Application
Door locks for doors with profile frames
made from profiles 4040 and 4545
Mortise deadlocks
Technical data
mortise deadlock:
screws and
threaded plates:
lock insert:
rosette:
case:
Door lock without lock

insert and handles both
sides
Door lock with cylinder lock

and handles both sides
door post
steel, galvanised
steel, galvanised
GD-Zn, galvanised
LM, neutral anodised
Al Mg Si 0.5 F25,
neutral anodised
Door lock with lock insert,

one handle and one fixed
knob
door post
door frame
door frame
Mounting position left
Mounting position right
Profile machining
handle height
for door post
262
Comments
Mortise deadlocks without lock have no
profile machining on cut W-W.
1.65
Mortise deadlock installation sets
without lock
Comments
Drawing shows mounting position left,
mirror image mounting position right
Description
Mortise deadlock installation set without lock, left, PG 40
Mortise deadlock installation set without lock, right, PG 40
Mortise deadlock installation set without lock, left, PG 45
Weight
1,191 g
1,191 g
1,352 g
Article-No.
1.65.4001L40
1.65.4001R40
1.65.4001L45
Mortise deadlock installation set without lock, right, PG 45
1,352 g
1.65.4001R45
Pcs. Weight
1
665 g
Article-No.
1.65.4101x40
Single parts
Description
Mortise deadlock case without lock PG 40
Mortise deadlock case without lock PG 45
790 g
1.65.4101x45
Mortise deadlock left, PG 40

Mortise deadlock right, PG 40
1
1
1
412 g
412 g
430 g
1.65.4211L40
1.65.4211R40
1.65.4211L45
430 g
1.65.4211R45
Screw connector PG 40
55 g
1.21.4S1M8/11
64 g
1.21.45S1M8/11
Countersunk screw DIN 7991 - M512
2 g 0.63.D07991.05012
Mortise deadlock cases
handle height
without lock
6
Description
A B
Mortise deadlock case without lock
mounting position le/ri, PG 40
18 30
mounting position le/ri, PG 45
20 32
Weight
Article-No.
665 g
790 g
1.65.4101x40
1.65.4101x45
263
Mortise deadlock installation sets
with lock
1.65
Comments
Drawing shows mounting position left,
mirror image mounting position right
Description
Mortise deadlock installation set with lock, left, PG 40
Mortise deadlock installation set with lock, right, PG 40
Mortise deadlock installation set with lock, left, PG 45
Weight
1,371 g
1,371 g
1,535 g
Article-No.
1.65.4002L40
1.65.4002R40
1.65.4002L45
Mortise deadlock installation set with lock, right, PG 45
1,535 g
1.65.4002R45
Pcs. Weight
1
620 g
Article-No.
1.65.4102x40
Single parts
Description
Mortise deadlock case with lock PG 40
Dimensions 263, drawing Mortise

deadlock installation sets
without lock
Mortise deadlock case with lock PG 45
740 g
1.65.4102x45

1
1
1
412 g
412 g
430 g
1.65.4211L40
1.65.4211R40
1.65.4211L45
430 g
1.65.4211R45
55 g
1.21.4S1M8/11
64 g
1.21.45S1M8/11
Lock insert with 2 keys, PG 40

Lock insert with 2 keys, PG 45
1
1
188 g
196 g
1.65.421240
1.65.421245

Rosette, set
2
1
4
2 g 0.63.D07991.05012
25 g
1.65.4213
2 g 0.63.D07991.05014
4 g 0.63.D07991.05030
Mortise deadlock cases
handle height
with lock
Description
Mortise deadlock case with lock
mounting position L/R, PG 40
mounting position L/R, PG 45
264
Weight
Article-No.
18 30
20 32
620 g
740 g
1.65.4102x40
1.65.4102x45
1.65
Door handle
Technical data
material: LM
Description
Door handle set
Weight
166 g
Article-No.
1.65.4220
Single parts
Description
Handle with rosette
Door knob
Technical data
material: LM
Pcs. Weight
Article-No.
1
160 g
1.65.4221
2
3 g 0.63.D07991.05020
Comments
Door knob fixed
Description
Door knob set
Weight
178 g
Article-No.
1.65.4230
Single parts
Description
Door knob with rosette
Push pins
Technical data
material: steel
surface: galvanised
Description
Push pin for 1 door handle, PG 40
Push pin for 1 door handle, PG 45
Description
Push pin for 2 door handles, PG 40
Push pin for 2 door handles, PG 45
Pcs. Weight
Article-No.
1
172 g
1.65.4231
2
3 g 0.63.D07991.05020
Comments
Stop pin for 1 door handle variant only
L
Weight
56
28 g
58.5
29 g
L
94
99
Weight
54 g
57 g
Article-No.
1.65.425140
1.65.425145
Article-No.
1.65.425240
1.65.425245
265
1.65
Application
Lock for large doors made of profile 3060
or 4080, with pin arrest on top and bottom
side
Bar locks
Bar lock with olive
Bar lock with socket wrench
266
Mounting position right
Mounting position left
Mounting in profile 3060
Mounting in profile 4080
1.65
Profile machining 3060
handle height
handle height
for bar lock
Description
Profile machining 3060 for bar lock
Article-No.
1.65.5110
Profile machining 4080
handle height
handle height
for bar lock
Description
Profile machining 4080 for bar lock
Article-No.
1.65.5120
6
Bar locks
Technical data
material: steel
surface: galvanised
Description
Bar lock, left side
Bar lock, right side
Weight
230 g
230 g
Article-No.
1.65.5210L
1.65.5210R
267
Bar locks
1.65
Technical data
cover plate: alu, neutral anodised
face plate: alu, neutral anodised
bar:
steel, galvanised
screws:
steel, galvanised
Assembly accessories 3060

for bar lock
Description
Assembly accessories 3060 for bar lock
Weight
590 g
Article-No.
1.65.5310
Single parts
Description
Cover plate 3060
Front plate 3060
Bar, L1000
Pcs. Weight
Article-No.
1
100 g
1.65.5311
4
1 g 0.63.D07991.04012
2
3 g 0.63.D07991.06012
2
50 g
1.65.5312
4
4
2
22 g
1.35.1140615
5 g 0.63.D00912.06016
136 g
1.65.5313
Assembly accessories 4080

for bar lock
Description
Assembly accessories 4080 for bar lock
Weight
800 g
Article-No.
1.65.5320
Pcs. Weight
1
225 g
Article-No.
1.65.5321
Single parts
Description
Cover plate 4080
Front plate 4080
Bar, L1000
268
4
2
2
4
4
2
2 g 0.63.D07991.04016
4 g 0.63.D07991.06016
90 g
1.65.5322
18 g
1.35.1140815
9 g 0.63.D00912.08016
136 g
1.65.5313
1.65
Olive installation set
for bar lock
Technical data
material: GD-Zn, chrome-plated
Comments
Execution for profile 3060 = with rosette
Execution for profile 4080 = without rosette
Description
Olive installation set for bar lock without lock,
for profile 3060
for profile 4080
Weight
Article-No.
134 g
122 g
1.65.5410
1.65.5420
134 g
120 g
1.65.5510
1.65.5520
Pcs. Weight
1
122 g
1
120 g
1
8g
Article-No.
1.65.5431
1.65.5531
1.65.5432
Olive installation set for bar lock with lock,

for profile 3060
for profile 4080
Single parts
Description
Olive without lock
Olive with lock, incl. 2 keys
Rosette
Lock mounting set
Technical data
lock insert: GD-Zn, galvanised
key:
GD-Zn, galvanised
rosette:
LM, neutral anodised
key catch: PVC, grey
with square key
Description
Lock mounting set with square key
for bar lock
2 g 0.63.D07991.05012
Weight
Article-No.
73 g
1.65.5600
Pcs. Weight
1
16 g
1
3g
1
8g
Article-No.
1.65.5601
1.65.5602
1.65.5432
for bar lock

Single parts
Description
Lock insert
Key catch
Rosette
Square key 8 mm
1
2
42 g
1.65.5604
2 g 0.63.D07991.05012
6
with double beard key
for bar lock
Description
Lock mounting set with double beard key
for bar lock
Weight
Article-No.
73 g
1.65.5700
Single parts
Description
Lock insert
Key catch
Rosette
Double beard key 5
Pcs. Weight
Article-No.
1
16 g
1.65.5701
1
3g
1.65.5702
1
8g
1.65.5432
1
42 g
1.65.5704
2
2 g 0.63.D07991.05012
269
1.65
variable from
1 to 3 mm
screw depth
min. 4, max. 9.5
Application
Door lock with small jutout
Latch locks
Installation dimensions
Installation dimensions
Technical data
material:
capsule: GDZn black coated
trap:
GDZn rough
nut:
steel galvanised
Mounting elements
cap-screw DIN 6913, M6
washer DIN 433-6.4
Delivery unit
latch lock
4 nuts M6
2 keys (by variant with lock)
cover plug (by variant without lock)
Description
Latch lock without lock
Latch lock with lock, all keyed alike
Latch lock with lock, keyed different
270
Weight
560 g
560 g
560 g
Article-No.
1.65.6010
1.65.6020
1.65.6030
1.66
Application
Roller for guiding in the 8 mm profile slot
for sliding doors
Roller 39.5
Asymetric mount
Mounting measure incl. washer DIN 125
Mounting with threaded pillar
Mounting with thread in panel element
Technical data
material:
PA-GF
colour:
black
max. static load: F = 150 N
Comments
2 deep grooved ball bearings with 2 cover
discs
Description
Roller 39.5
Weight
32 g
Article-No.
1.66.1395
271
Application
Roller for guiding in the 8 mm profile slot or
in the twin track
Roller 29
Guiding in the twin track
Guiding in the profile slot
Technical data
material:
PA-GF
colour:
black
max. static load: F = 150 N
Comments
1 deep grooved ball bearing with 2 sealing
discs
Description
Roller 29
Twin track guide
Technical data
material: plastic
colour:
white
Description
Twin track guide, L2500
272
1.66
Weight
12 g
Article-No.
1.66.2290
Comments
Fastening of the twin track guide with
threaded plate
countersunk screw
Weight
255 g
Article-No.
1.66.3100
1.66
Application
The roller fastening set allows the mounting
of the roller into the panel element. Thus the
panel element fits in the slot and fills the
frame completely

type A
Roller fastening set type A, one-sided
Roller fastening set type A, double-sided
6
Mounting on top side
Mounting on bottom side
Comments
The elongated hole in the panel element
allows the adjustment of the height
tolerance
273
1.66

type A
Panel element 6 mm
View A - A
Panel element 6 mm
View B - B
Panel element 8 mm
View A - A
Panel element 8 mm
View B - B
Technical data
base body
material: aluminium
one sided
Description
Roller fastening set type A, one sided, complete
Weight
55.5 g
Article-No.
1.66.5160
Pcs. Weight
1
21.0 g
1
12.0 g
1
4.5 g
2
5.0 g
2
4.0 g
Article-No.
1.66.5299
1.66.2290
0.63.D07991.06020
0.63.D06912.06020
0.62.D06340.A06,4
Weight
64.5 g
Article-No.
1.66.5260
Pcs. Weight
1
16.0 g
1
21.0 g
1
12.0 g
1
4.5 g
Article-No.
1.66.5298
1.66.5299
1.66.2290
0.63.D07991.06020
Single parts
Description
Roller bracket type A, left
Roller 29
Washer DIN 6340 - 6.4
double sided
Description
Roller fastening set type A, double sided, complete
Single parts
Description
Roller bracket type A, right
Roller bracket type A, left
Roller 29
274
5.5 g
0.63.D07991.06025
1.66
Application
The roller fastening set allows the mounting
of the roller into the panel element

type B
Guidance in profile slot
Comments
Mounting position of roller optional
A = 1.7 mm
2.7 mm
Guidance in twin track guide
6
Mounting on top side
Mounting on bottom side
Comments
The elongated hole in the panel element
allows to adjust the height tolerance and to
unhinge the sliding door
275
1.66
Application
Guidance of sliding door
on top:
sliding profile 3014
on bottom: twin track guide with profile

type B
The slot in the panel element allows:

adjustment of height tolerance
removal of the sliding door
Mounting position of roller:

dimension 6.7 = panel element 6 mm
dimension 7.7 = panel element 8 mm
Technical data
base body
material: aluminium
Description
Roller fastening set type B, complete
Weight
62 g
Article-No.
1.66.5360
Pcs. Weight
1
21.0 g
1
12.0 g
1
4.5 g
2
5.0 g
2
4.0 g
Article-No.
1.66.5399
1.66.2290
0.63.D07991.06020
0.63.D06912.06020
0.62.D06340.A06,4
Single parts
Description
Roller bracket type B
Roller 29
Washer DIN 6340 - 6.4
276
1.66
Application
For fastening of rollers
Mounting adaptor for roller
Comments
Simple mounting, enables installation
without dismounting of frame
Fmax = 1.000 N
Technical data
material: PA, black
Mounting elements
F-slot: threaded plate F M6
E-slot: threaded plate E M6
threaded plate, heavy E M6
Description
Mounting adaptor for roller 8
1.31.FM6
1.31.EM6
1.316.EM6
Weight
9g
Article-No.
1.66.70808
277
1.66
Application
Roller conveyors for transporting boxes and
containers
low noise
low friction operation due to double ball
bearings
simple assembly
Edge roller
Single parts
edge roller
hexagon nut
shim
threaded plate
Technical data
material:
roller:
impact resistant plastic
axle:
galvanised
colour:
roller:
black
bearings:
steel or stainlessball bearings
on galvanised steel bolt
loading capacity:
static:
50 N
dynamic: 100 N
Mounting elements
threaded plate E M8
hexagon nut DIN 934 - M8
washer DIN 125 - 8.4
Description
Edge roller E
278
1.31.EM8
0.61.D00934.M08
0.62.D00125.A08,4
Weight
51.0 g
Article-No.
1.66.7523860
Application
Sliding suspended doors made of profile
frames for large openings and heavy doors
Roller fitting
for suspended doors
Guidance for mounting on the floor
Alu C-track
for suspended doors
1.66
Guidance for mounting on the profile frame
Technical data
bar length: 6 m
material:
aluminium
surface:
neutral anodised
Description
Alu C-track
Alu C-track
bar
cut to length
Weight
3.6 kg
0.6 kg
Article-No.
1.19.14532.60
1.19.14532-A00A00/...
/... = length in mm
279
Technical data
material:
surface:
4 ball bearing rollers
max. load capacity:
Runner
for suspended door
1.66
steel
galvanised
70 kg
Description
Runner for suspended door
Weight
91 g
Article-No.
1.66.8020
Weight
21 g
Article-No.
1.66.8030
Technical data
material: plastic
colour:
grey
Stopper
for suspended door
Description
Stopper for suspended door
Technical data
material: plastic
colour:
grey
Bottom guide
for suspended door
Comments
countersink
DIN 74 - M5
Description
Bottom guide for suspended door
Frame guide
for suspended door
countersink
DIN 74 - M6
Technical data
material: aluminium
Description
Frame guide for suspended door
Rubber door stop

for suspended door
Article-No.
1.66.8040
Comments
Weight
30 g
Article-No.
1.66.8050
Weight
3g
Article-No.
1.66.8060
Technical data
material: rubber
colour:
black
Description
Rubber door stop for suspended door
280
Weight
9g
1.66
Application
Sliding suspended doors made of profile
frames for large openings and heavy doors
Runner
for sliding suspended doors
Distance d = mismatch of Alu C-track

Technical data
material:
strap:
bolt:
distance bush:
max. load capacity:
Runner
for sliding suspended door
Comments
VA
C45 K
AlMg3
100 kg
countersink
DIN 74 - M8
Description
Runner for sliding susp. door, PG 40
Runner for sliding susp. door, PG 45
a
21.0
23.5
b
20.0
22.5
h
38.0
43.0
Weight
102 g
114 g
Article-No.
1.66.81140
1.66.81145
281
1.66
Stopper Type 1
Description
Stopper Type 1 for sliding suspended door, complete
Weight
63 g
Article-No.
1.66.8201055
Description
Stopper Type 2 for sliding suspended door, complete
Weight
160 g
Article-No.
1.66.8202065
Stopper Type 2
282
1.67
Application
For light running sliding doors
Slot rollers
Technical data
material:
PETP
colour:
black
max. static load: 8 kg/roller
Fastening elements (optional)

threaded plate E M8
1.31.EM8
threaded plate, heavy, E M8
1.316.EM8
T-Nut, E M8
1.32.EM8
T-Nut for subs. insertion E, M8 1.324.EM8
Description
Slot roller E3
A
4.45
Weight
24 g
Article-No.
1.67.42E3M8
Description
Slot roller E4
A
5.45
Weight
24 g
Article-No.
1.67.42E4M8
283
1.67
Application
Slideway with sliding blocks e.g. for lifting
tables and drawers
Guidance system
Slideway for lifting table
Slideway for drawer
X-X
T-nut
sliding block
View "X"
Y-Y
T-nut
sliding block
Details "A" and "B"
284
View "Y"
1.67
Clamping
for guidance system
Clamping with setscrew
Clamping with clamping lever
Single parts for clamping

Description
T-nut sliding block
Article-No.
1.67.M8
Distance washer
Clamping lever
1.67.2008
1.29.801030
Connector
Sliding blocks
Description
Connector, screw-type, parallel, M8
for profile
3030

4040
4545
5050
6060
Article-No.
1.21.3/4S5M8/7
1.21.4/5S5M8/11
1.21.45/55S5M8/11
1.21.5/6S5M8/11
1.21.6S1M8/11
Technical data
material:
PA, murlubric
colour:
black
max. carrying capacity: p = 20 N/mm2
at temperature 20C
velocity 1 m/sec
Description
Sliding block F
F
1,500 N
Weight
11 g
Article-No.
1.67.F2F2
F
1,500 N
1,500 N
Weight
15 g
15 g
Article-No.
1.67.F2E3
1.67.F2E4
F
2,000 N
2,000 N
2,000 N
Weight
18 g
18 g
23 g
Article-No.
1.67.E3E3
1.67.E3E4
1.67.E4E4
6
Description
Sliding block F/E3
Sliding block F/E4
a
19.6
20.6
b
3.1
4.1
Description
Sliding block E3
Sliding block E3/E4
Sliding block E4
a
22.2
23.2
24.2
b
3.1
3.1
4.1
c
3.1
4.1
4.1
285
T-nut sliding blocks
Distance washer
Technical data
material: PA, murlubric
colour:
black
Description
G
T-nut sliding block F M6
Weight
1.5 g
Article-No.
1.67.FM6
T-nut sliding block F M8
1.5 g
1.67.FM8
Description
G
T-nut sliding block E M6
Weight
3g
Article-No.
1.67.EM6
T-nut sliding block E M8
3g
1.67.EM8
Weight
3g
3g
Article-No.
1.67.2002
1.67.2008
Technical data
material: PVC
colour:
grey
Description
Distance washer
Distance washer
286
1.67
D
22
28
d
8.3
13.0
1.67
Application
Sliding carriage in variable, simple and
rugged design with low sliding resistance
Eco-Slides
High tolerance adjustment for width and

height
without clamping lever
with clamping lever
with side cover caps
with lower cover caps
287
1.67
Eco-Slide
for profile group 30
F-slot
Width of profile
30 mm
Description
B
Eco-Slide, PG 30 - 30F
Eco-Slide, PG 30 - 30F, with clamping lever
L
73
73
Weight
510 g
549 g
Article-No.
1.67.S101.030030F
1.67.S102.030030F
60 mm
Description
B
L
103
103
Weight
600 g
639 g
Article-No.
1.67.S101.030060F
1.67.S102.030060F
Description
B
L
143
Weight
720 g
Article-No.
1.67.S101.030100F
143
759 g
1.67.S102.030100F
Description
B
L
193
193
Weight
810 g
849 g
Article-No.
1.67.S101.030150F
1.67.S102.030150F
100 mm
150 mm
288
1.67
Eco-Slide
E-slot
Width of profile
40 mm
80 mm
120 mm
160 mm
Description
B
Eco-Slide, PG 40 - 40E
Eco-Slide, PG 40 - 40E, with clamping lever
L
83
83
Weight
555 g
594 g
Article-No.
1.67.S101.040040E
1.67.S102.040040E
Description
B
L
123
123
Weight
670 g
709 g
Article-No.
1.67.S101.040080E
1.67.S102.040080E
Description
B
L
163
Weight
790 g
Article-No.
1.67.S101.040120E
163
829 g
1.67.S102.040120E
Description
B
L
203
203
Weight
910 g
949 g
Article-No.
1.67.S101.040160E
1.67.S102.040160E
289
1.67
Eco-Slide
E-slot
Width of profile
45 mm
Description
B
L
88
88
Weight
665 g
704 g
Article-No.
1.67.S101.045045E
1.67.S102.045045E
90 mm
Description
B
L
133
133
Weight
710 g
749 g
Article-No.
1.67.S101.045090E
1.67.S102.045090E
290
1.68
Application
Element for mounting unhingeable fence
elements
Hanging bracket
The connector cross bushing can be fixed at

the front or back
Technical data
material: aluminium
strength: F25
Comments
Elements needed for mounting:
cap-screw DIN 6912 M812
with threaded plate
T-Nut for subsequent insertion M8
with cap-screw DIN 6912 M810
parallel-connector with F-head
Description
Hanging bracket
Weight
16 g
Article-No.
1.68.201050
291
1.69
Application
Element for tool suspension in MayTecprofile
Suspended glider
Technical data
material:
PA-GF
colour:
black
Carabine swivel
Description
Suspended glider F
Weight
10 g
Article-No.
1.69.F010
Description
Suspended glider E
Weight
10 g
Article-No.
1.69.E010
Weight
27 g
Article-No.
1.69.1606
Technical data
material: steel
surface: galvanised
Description
Carabine swivel 606
292
1.70
Application
Ground connections to establish the
potential equalisation between two profiles
The serration at the bottom of the socket
head of the connector pushes through the
anodised coating of the profiles and thus
provides the electrical contact
Potential equalisation
contact
anodised coating
Comments
Suitable to equalise charge accumulations
Not suitable for higher currents
Technical data
Low current measurements in accordance
with DIN VDE 0413, Part 4 for the control of
protective circuits, earthing circuits and
potential equalisation methods through low
resistance connections for protection
against dangerous currents
Resistance values with DC current
of more than 200 mA
with 1.0 m alu-profile
without connector
0.11
with 1 standard connector
> 2 M
with 1 univ. grounding connector 0.11
Description
Connector, universal, grounding, PG 20
Article-No.
1.21.2F0E
1.21.3F0E
1.21.4F0E
1.21.45F0E
1.21.5F0E
1.21.6F0E
Description
Article-No.
1.21.2E0E
1.21.3E0E
1.21.4E0E

1.21.45E0E
1.21.5E0E
1.21.6E0E
Comments
More grounding connectors
Connectors 1.2A
293
1.70
Application
Couplings for grounding of anodised
profiles
Ground connections
Comments
The grounding is caused by breaking the
anodised layer at the bottom of the slot and
at the profile's front side
Description
Ground connection F, M6
Weight
74 g
Article-No.
1.70.10FM6
Weight
146 g
Article-No.
1.70.10EM8
Single parts
T-Nut for subseqent insertion F, M6
Setscrew DIN 914 - M625 - V2A
Fan type lock washer DIN 6798 - A6.4 - V2A
Hexagon nut DIN 439 - M6 - Ms
Washer with chamfer DIN 125 - B6.4 - Ms
Description
Ground connection E, M8
Single parts
T-Nut for subseqent insertion E, M8
Setscrew DIN 914 - M825 - V2A
Fan type lock washer DIN 6798 - A8.4 - V2A
Hexagon nut DIN 439 - M8 - Ms
Washer with chamfer DIN 125 - B8.4 - Ms
294
1.71
Application
Fixing element for cables and hoses up to
12 mm
Cable and hose clamp
Technical data
material: PA
colour:
black
max = 12 mm for cables and hoses
Fastening elements for E-slot

cap-screw DIN 6912 M4x12
T-Nut for subs. insertion, with leaf spring E, M4 1.324.EM4
spring-nut E, M4
1.33.EM4
T-slot nut E, M4
1.34.10EM4
Description
Cable and hose clamp
Weight
8g
Article-No.
1.71.1010
295
1.71
Block for cable binder

binder,,
Cross-blocks for cable binder
front-sided insertion,
Cable binder
Cross-block for cable binder
Application
Element for fixing single cables and hoses
or large quantities
Technical data
material: PA
colour:
black

counterbore
DIN 74 - M5
Comments
Description
Weight
1.6 g
Article-No.
1.71.2010
Weight
4.0 g
4.0 g
4.0 g
Article-No.
1.71.2020F2
1.71.2020E3
1.71.2020E4
Cross-blocks for cable binder

Description
Cross-block for cable binder F
Cross-block for cable binder E3
Cross-block for cable binder E4
a
2.2
3.0
4.0
Cable binder
detachable
296
Description
Cable binder, detachable
BL
4.8145
Weight
0.7 g
Article-No.
1.71.2048145
Cable binder, detachable
9.0140
1.9 g
1.71.2090140
Installation rings
1.71
Application
Element for fixing large quantities of cables
and hoses
The rings can be opened for insertion
Technical data
material: PA-GF
colour:
black
Description
Installation ring
Installation ring
Installation ring
Installation ring
Comments
Delivery unit incl. screw
D
28.5
36.5
47.5
56.5
s
6.0
6.0
7.5
7.5
Weight
5g
6g
8g
9g
Article-No.
1.71.30285
1.71.30365
1.71.30475
1.71.30565
297
1.72
Application
Fastening set for the assembly of 19" plug-in
units and 19" profiles
Mounting set for 19 profile
distance
Form U
Form V
distance
Form W
distance
distance
19-profiles Special profiles 1.19

Dimensions for front panels and housings according to DIN 41494
Technical data
screw and nut:
steel, galvanised
plate and socket washer: PA, black
delivery unit:
PU with 10 mounting sets
Description
Mounting set for 19" profile
298
Weight
70 g
Article-No.
1.72.2010.10
1.73
Safety switches
Application
Safety switch for the electrical interlocking
of swinging or sliding doors
with 1 safety contact
Comments
Smallest possible radius of operation of 150
mm
Technical data
Schmersal: Type AZ 15 zvrk-M16-2254
IP 67
230V
4A
Description
Safety switch with 1 safety contact
with 5 N - lock-in position
with 1 safety contact and

1 alarm contact
Article-No.
1.73.3010
Weight
125 g
Article-No.
1.73.3020
Technical data
Schmersal: Type AZ 16 zvrk-M16-2254
IP 67
230V
4A
Description
Safety switch with 1 safety contact and 1 alarm contact
with 5 N - lock-in position
with 1 closing and 1 positioning

monitoring
Weight
100 g
Technical data
Schmersal: Type AZM161sk - 33rk-24V-M16
IP 65
Comments
Locking mechanism by spring
Releasing by solenoid
(closed-circuit system)
24V electrical potential of coil
Description
Safety switch with 1 closing and 1 positioning monitoring
7
Weight
480 g
Article-No.
1.73.3030
299
1.73
Safety switches
AZ 17
Application
Safety switch for the electrical interlocking
of swinging or sliding doors
Technical data
Schmersal: Type AZ 17
4A / 230 VAC IP 67
Description
Safety switch AZ 17-11 zk
Comments
Especially suitable for cramped mounting
spaces
Weight
90 g
Article-No.
1.73.3111
90 g
1.73.3112
with 1 positive-break safety contact

1 no contact
Safety switch AZ 17-02 zk
with 2 positive-break safety contacts
Guard locking devices

AZM 170
Technical data
Schmersal: Type AZM 170
4A / 230 VAC IP 67
Description
Guard locking device AZM 170-11 zk - 024
Comments
Locking mechanism by spring
Releasing by solenoid
(closed-circuit system)
Weight
300 g
Article-No.
1.73.3121
300 g
1.73.3122
1 no contact
Guard locking device AZM 170-02 zk - 024
Comments
Locking mechanism by solenoid
Releasing by spring
(working current principle)
300
Description
Guard locking device AZM 170-11 zka
1 no contact
Weight
300 g
Article-No.
1.73.3131
Guard locking device AZM 170-02 zka

300 g
1.73.3132
1.73
Application
Mounting element for electrical interlocking
switches
Safety interlocking-mountings
for swinging door
Comments
Assembly on
profile 3030
profile 4040
profile 4080
Technical data
material: aluminium
for swinging door
Description
Safety interlocking-mounting
for swinging door
Weight
46 g
Article-No.
1.73.4010
Description
with lock for swinging door
Weight
183 g
Article-No.
1.73.4020
with lock for swinging door
301
1.73
Application
Mounting element for the electrical
interlocking of sliding doors
for sliding door
Comments
Assembly on
profile 3030
profile 4040
profile 4080
Technical data
material: aluminium
Contact bracket-mounting
for sliding door
Description
Contact bracket-mounting
for sliding door
Weight
41 g
Article-No.
1.73.4030
Description
for sliding door
Weight
70 g
Article-No.
1.73.4040
for sliding door
302
1.73
Application
Fastening elements for:
safety switches AZ 17
safety closing AZM 170 at sliding doors
AZ 17
for swinging door
Activation key
Mounting vertical to swivel radius
Activation key
Mounting horizontal to swivel radius
lock washer
Comments
Assembly on
profile 3030
profile 4040
profile 4080
Technical data
material: aluminium
Delivery
Incl. lock washers DIN 9021 4.3 mm
for mounting activation key
Description
Safety interlocking-mounting AZ 17
for swinging door
Weight
26 g
Article-No.
1.73.4110
303
Application
Fastening elements for:
safety switches AZ 17
safety closing AZM 170 at sliding doors
AZ 17
for sliding door
Mounting position:
Safety switch parallel to sliding door
1.73
Fastening plate horizontal
Fastening plate vertical

Contact bracket-mounting AZ 17
Mounting position:
Safety switch across to sliding door
Fixing at cross profile
Fixing at longitudinal profile

Angle for safety interlockingmounting AZ 17
304
AZ 17
for sliding door
1.73
Technical data
material: aluminium
Comments
Assembly on
profile 3030
profile 4040
profile 4080
for sliding door
Description
Contact bracket-mounting AZ 17 for sliding door,
L 30
L 40
a
15
25
Weight
16 g
19 g
Article-No.
1.73.4123
1.73.4124
L 50
35
21 g
1.73.4125
Weight
62 g
Article-No.
1.73.4130
Weight
30 g
Article-No.
1.73.4140
Safety interlockingmounting AZ 17
for sliding door
Description
Safety interlocking-mounting AZ 17 for sliding door
Angle for safety interlockingmounting AZ 17

for sliding door
Comments
Description
Angle for safety interlocking-mounting AZ 17 for sliding door
countersink
DIN 74 - M5
305
1.73
Application
For fastening of sensors
Sensor brackets
Assembly
The toothed lock washer is fixed in profile
slot and guarantees a reliable positioning
Technical data
material: PA, black
Fastening elements
Description
Sensor bracket 8
Sensor bracket 8
Sensor bracket 8
306
D
6.5
8
12
Weight
5.5 g
5.4 g
4.6 g
Article-No.
1.73.80806
1.73.80808
1.73.80812
1.74
Application
To supply machines and work stations with:
alternating current
high-tension current
air
Mounting direct to profile
Mounting with connection plate
E-trunking Alu, 68130
Description
E-trunking Alu, 68130, bar 6 m
E-trunking Alu, 68130, cut to length
Weight
13 kg
2.17 kg/m
Article-No.
1.74.1101.60
1.74.1101-A00A00/...
/... = length in mm
Weight
5 kg
834 g/m
Article-No.
1.74.1102.60
1.74.1102-A00A00/...
E-trunking pre-cut lid

Description
E-trunking pre-cut lid Alu, bar 6 m
E-trunking pre-cut lid Alu, cut to length
E-trunking pre-cut lid PVC, light grey, bar 2 m
E-trunking pre-cut lid PVC, l. grey, cut to length
760 g
1.74.1103.20
380 g/m
1.74.1103-A00A00/...
/... = length in mm
Weight
230 g
Article-No.
1.74.1104
Weight
3g
Article-No.
1.74.1105
E-trunking end cap
Description
E-trunking end cap Alu
E-trunking coupling pin
Comments
Coupling pin for positioning and elongating
the electrical trunking
Description
E-trunking coupling pin
307
1.74
E-trunking earth terminal
Description
E-trunking earth terminal
Weight
6.8 g
Article-No.
1.74.1106
Weight
540 g
270 g/m
Article-No.
1.74.1107.20
1.74.1107-A00A00/...
/... = length in mm
Description
E-trunking clip
Weight
7g
Article-No.
1.74.1108
Description
E-trunking terminal strip, 4gang
E-trunking terminal strip, 5gang
Weight
43 g
50 g
Article-No.
1.74.11094
1.74.11095
Description
Socket
Weight
150 g
Article-No.
1.74.2201
Single parts
Socket insert
Socket box, black
76 g
68 g
1.74.2201/01
1.74.2xxx/01
Mains cable cleat
6g
1.74.2xxx/02
Description
Socket with hinged cover
Weight
163 g
Article-No.
1.74.2202
Single parts
Socket box, black
Mains cable cleat
90 g
67 g
6g
1.74.2202/01
1.74.2xxx/01
1.74.2xxx/02
E-trunking partition
Description
E-trunking partition, bar 2 m
E-trunking partition, cut to length
E-trunking clip
Comments
Clip to support partition
E-trunking terminal strip
Socket
308
1.74
Rocker switch
Description
Rocker switch
Weight
137 g
Article-No.
1.74.2301
46 g
18 g
67 g
6g
1.74.2301/01
1.74.2301/02
1.74.2xxx/01
1.74.2xxx/02
Weight
154 g
Article-No.
1.74.2302
57 g
24 g
67 g
6g
1.74.2302/01
1.74.2302/02
1.74.2xxx/01
1.74.2xxx/02
Description
Pre-cut lid, Alu, 1gang
Pre-cut lid, PVC, 1gang, light grey
Weight
82 g
28 g
Article-No.
1.74.3111
1.74.3121
Description
Weight
83 g
59 g
Article-No.
1.74.3112
1.74.3122
Description
Weight
113 g
88 g
Article-No.
1.74.3113
1.74.3123
Description
Cover frame, 1gang
Weight
21 g
Article-No.
1.74.4111
Single parts
Rocker switch insert
Rocker for switch
Socket box, black
Mains cable cleat
Rocker control switch

Description
Rocker control switch
Single parts
Rocker control switch insert
Rocker for control switch
Socket box, black
Mains cable cleat
Pre-cut lid, 1gang
Pre-cut lid, 2gang
Pre-cut lid, 3gang
Cover frame, 1gang
309
1.74
Cover frame, 2gang
Description
Cover frame, 2gang
Weight
39 g
Article-No.
1.74.4112
Description
Cover frame, 3gang
Weight
58 g
Article-No.
1.74.4113
Pcs.
1
Weight
763 g
Article-No.
1.74.5110
4
1
1
100 g
230 g
133 g
1.74.5110/01
1.74.51xx/02
1.74.51xx/03
Pcs.
1
Weight
763 g
Article-No.
1.74.5116
100 g
230 g
133 g
1.74.5116/01
1.74.51xx/02
1.74.51xx/03
Weight
915 g
Article-No.
1.74.6116
645 g
225 g
45 g
1.74.6116/01
1.74.61xx/02
1.74.61xx/03
Cover frame, 3gang
Miniature circuit breaker 10 A

Description
Miniature circuit breaker, 10 A, 4gang
Single parts
Miniature circuit breaker, flat, unipolar, 10 A
Circuit breaker mounting box, 4gang
Pre-cut lid, Alu
Miniature circuit breaker 16 A

Description
Miniature circuit breaker, 16 A, 4gang
Single parts
Miniature circuit breaker, flat, unipolar, 16 A
Circuit breaker mounting box, 4gang
Pre-cut lid, Alu
4
1
1
CEE heavy-power socket 16 A

Description
CEE heavy-power socket 16 A
Single parts
CEE heavy-power socket with lid, 16 A
CEE socket box
CEE pre-cut lid, Alu
310
Pcs.
1
1
1
1
1.75
Application
Installation trunking for electrical and
pneumatic lines
Technical data
material: aluminium
Mounting
Mounting
Lid profile to base profile
Base profile to profile with E-slot
Centre groove for fastening E-trunking

to profile
3, fastening of cover cap
Centre groove for fastening
lid to E-trunking
Fastening of lid
withsheet metal screw
0.63.D07981.3,59,5
Possibilities of fastening
button-headed screw M512
0.63.WN7380.05012
with:
threaded plate EM5, 1.31.EM5
T-nut for subs. insertion, with leaf spring
EM5, 1.324.EM5
T-slot nut EM5, 1.34.10EM5
E-trunking Alu
Description
E-trunking Alu 4020, bar 6 m
E-trunking Alu 4020, cut to length
Weight
1.80 kg
0.30 kg/m
Article-No.
1.19.204020G.60
1.19.204020G-A00A00/...
/... = length in mm
Weight
3.66 kg
Article-No.
1.19.204040G.60
0.61 kg/m
1.19.204040G-A00A00/...
/... = length in mm
Description
Weight
7.20 kg
1.20 kg/m
Article-No.
1.19.204080G.60
1.19.204080G-A00A00/...
/... = length in mm
Description
Weight
5.10 kg
0.85 kg/m
Article-No.
1.19.208040G.60
1.19.208040G-A00A00/...
/... = length in mm
Description
311
Description
1.75
Weight
12.00 kg
2.0 kg/m
Article-No.
1.19.220050G.60
1.19.220050G-L00L00/...
/... = length in mm
Weight
3.00 kg
0.50 kg/m
Article-No.
1.19.214020G.60
1.19.214020G-A00A00/...
/... = length in mm
Weight
2.10 kg
Article-No.
1.19.2040D.60
0.35 kg/m
1.19.2040D-A00A00/...
/... = length in mm
Weight
3.54 kg
Article-No.
1.19.2080D.60
E-trunking Alu, lid 80, cut to length
0.59 kg/m
1.19.2080D-A00A00/...
/... = length in mm
Description
E-trunking Alu, lid 200, bar 6 m
Weight
9.00 kg
1.50 kg/m
Article-No.
1.19.2200D.60
1.19.2200D-L00L00/...
/... = length in mm
E-trunking Alu, for clips

Description
E-trunking Alu 4020, Clips, bar 6 m
E-trunking Alu 4020, Clips, cut to length
E-trunking Alu, lids

Description
Description
E-trunking Alu
Description
Profile 80160, 8E, P, bar 6 m
Profile 80160, 8E, P, cut to length
Weight
47.40 kg
7.90 kg/m
Article-No.
1.11.080160.89P.60
1.11.080160.89P-L00L00/...
/... = length in mm
E-trunking Alu, lid

Description
Profile pre-cut lid 120, bar 6 m
Profile pre-cut lid 120, cut to length
312
Weight
10.80 kg
1.80 kg/m
Article-No.
1.19.1101120.60
1.19.1101120-L00L00/...
/... = length in mm
1.75
E-trunking Alu, end plates

Description
E-trunking Alu, end plate 4020
Weight
6.0 g
Article-No.
1.75.2040202
Description
Weight
12.3 g
Article-No.
1.75.2040402
Description
Weight
25.0 g
Article-No.
1.75.2040802
Description
E-trunking Alu, end plate 4080, 4B
Weight
24.6 g
Article-No.
1.75.2040804
Description
Weight
25.0 g
Article-No.
1.75.2080402
Description
E-trunking Alu, end plate 4020, Clips
Weight
6.0 g
Article-No.
1.75.2140202
Description
Weight
80.7 g
Article-No.
1.75.2200503
Description
E-trunking Alu, end plate 20050, 6B
Weight
80.4 g
Article-No.
1.75.2200506
313
Panel elements
1.81
Application
This mounting profile allows simple and safe
installation of screens
Corner elements
for wire net mounting profile
Comments
Wire net mounting profile 1.19.1423...
Mounting in the profile slot
Fastening from the outside
Technical data
material: PA - GF
colour:
black
Outside corner
Outside corner
Description
Corner element - outside
Weight
13 g
Article-No.
1.81.1010
Weight
6g
Article-No.
1.81.1020
Inside corner
Inside corner
Description
Corner element - inside
314
Panel elements
1.81
Application
This profile allows simple and safe
installation of wire nets
Corner element 33
for wire net mounting profile 3310
Comments
Wire net mounting profile 3310
1.19.1423...
Outside mounting
Outside corner
Inside corner
Technical data
material: PA - GF
colour:
black
Description
Corner element 33
Weight
16 g
Article-No.
1.81.23310
315
Panel elements
1.81
Application
For stable and vibration free fastening of
wire nets
Mounting sockets
Assembly
plug terminal sockets at a distance of
about 270 mm on the wire net
push on profile
rotate mounting sockets with headless
setscrew DIN 913 M68 at an angle
of 15
setscrew
mounting socket
wire net
View "A"
Technical data
material: aluminium
316
Description
Mounting socket, F
T
5
Weight
6g
Article-No.
1.81.510F
Description
Mounting socket, E3
T
9
Weight
6g
Article-No.
1.81.510E3
Description
Mounting socket, E4
T
10
Weight
6g
Article-No.
1.81.510E4
Panel elements
1.82
Application
Panel elements to cover machine frames,
work stations, partition walls.
Panel elements
Panel element, fixing directly in the slot
Installation accessories 1.41
Panel elements close to the outer contour by

subsequent slitting of the profiles
Special slits 1.1E.01
Panel elements close to the outer contour by

fixing with angle or mounting block
Mounting blocks 1.64
317
Panel elements
Chipboards
both sides coated with melamine
1.82
Technical data
surface:
structure:
RAL 9002:
formaldehydemission:
light-fastness:
temperature resistance:
chemical resistance:

pearl
grey-white
complies to safety standards 9 paragraph 3
point 6 as per DIN 53799
- 25C to 130C
resistant against organic food, light acid contents and alkaline
solution, gasoline, oil, tested as per DIN 53799
high frequency glued laminated chipboard
chipboard:
Technical values on DIN 68765 and 53799

bulk density:
thickness tolerance:
weight:
approx. 700 kg/m

+0.5 -0.3 mm
S = 8 mm
5.6 kg/m
S = 16 mm 11.2 kg/m
S = 19 mm 13.3 kg/m
1.82.-99/
1.82.-99/
1.82.-99/
cut to length:
Description
Chipboard
Chipboard
Chipboard
S
8
16
19
Solid plastic panels

coated with melamine
type
lengthwidth in mm
RAL
9002
9002
9002
Weight
32 kg
64 kg
75 kg
Article-No.
1.82.083.00
1.82.163.00
1.82.193.00
Technical data
surface:
structure:
RAL 9002:
solid plastic panel:

pearl
grey-white
made of Phenolplastic high pressure plate (HPL) of laminated
material with all generally known merits of this substance.
Technical values on DIN 19926 and 53799
bulk density:
weight:
approx. 1,500 kg/m

-0.6 mm
S = 4 mm
6 kg/m
S = 8 mm 12 kg/m
1.83.-99/
1.83.-99/
1.83.-99/
cut to length:
Description
Solid plastic panel
Solid plastic panel
318
S
4
8
RAL
9002
9002
type
lengthwidth in mm
Weight
33 kg
66 kg
Article-No.
1.83.043.00
1.83.083.00
Panel elements
1.85
Comments
The anodised composite panels have contact
strips of 25 mm width on the short sides.
Alu-plastic composite panels
Technical data
alu-plastic composite panel:
surface:
temperature resistance:
chemical resistance:
weight:
cut to length:
Description
Alu-plastic composite panel
Alu-plastic composite panel
PE with alu coating on both sides

neutral anodised, E6/EV1
- 50C to 80C
resistant against organic food, light acid contents and
alkaline solutions, gasoline, oil
-0.6 mm
S = 4 mm 5.5 kg/m
S = 6 mm 7.3 kg/m
S = 8 mm 9.1 kg/m
1.85.-99/
1.85.-99/ type
1.85.-99/ lengthwidth in mm
S
4
6
Weight
17.2 kg
22.8 kg
Article-No.
1.85.040.00
1.85.060.00
319
Panel elements
Acr
ylic
Acrylic
1.86
Application
Doors, panels and guards
Technical data
weight:
5%
S = 4 mm
4.8 kg/m
S = 6 mm
7.2 kg/m
S = 8 mm
9.6 kg/m
1.86.-99/
1.86.-99/
1.86.-99/
cut to length:
Polycarbonate (Makrolon)
type
lengthwidth in mm
Description
Acrylic xt
Acrylic xt
Acrylic xt
Acrylic xt
S
4
4
6
6
Colour
transparent
bronze 802
transparent
bronze 802
Weight
28.8 kg
28.8 kg
43.2 kg
43.2 kg
Article-No.
1.86.041.00
1.86.042.00
1.86.061.00
1.86.062.00
Acrylic xt
Acrylic xt
8
8
transparent
bronze 802
57.6 kg
57.6 kg
1.86.081.00
1.86.082.00
Application
Doors, panels and guards with stringent security
requirements as polycarbonate offers high
impact resistance and strength against breakage
Technical data
+0.8 mm
S = 4 mm 4.8 kg/m
S = 6 mm 7.2 kg/m
S = 8 mm 9.6 kg/m
1.87.-99/
1.87.-99/
1.87.-99/
weight:
cut to length:
type
lengthwidth in mm
Description
Polycarbonate
Polycarbonate
Polycarbonate
S
4
4
6
Colour
transparent
bronze 885
transparent
Weight
28.8 kg
28.8 kg
43.2 kg
Article-No.
1.87.041.00
1.87.042.00
1.87.061.00
Polycarbonate
Polycarbonate
Polycarbonate
6
8
8
bronze 885
transparent
bronze 885
43.2 kg
57.6 kg
57.6 kg
1.87.062.00
1.87.081.00
1.87.082.00
Properties
Acrylic
xt
Polycarbonate
Mechanical properties
20C
maximum extent of flex

break / shear point
compression
elasticity
marring resistance
impact resistance
tensile strength
MN/m
%
MN/m
MN/m
J/m
kJ/m
MN/m
107.9
5.5
117.7
3,188.0
29.4
19.6
73.6
68.7
> 110.0
78.5
2,256.0
392.4
no break
68.7
C
C
C
110
168
70
170
170
130
-40
-100
Thermal properties
temperature distortion according to Vicat
melting point
temperature range under
static load (max.)
temperature range under
static load (min.)
320
Panel elements
1.88
Application
For protective coverings and partition walls
Wire net, Alu
Comments
Mounting in the profile:
with sponge rubber
with wire net m. prof.
with wedge profile
with framing profile
with mounting sockets
1.41.6
1.19.1423...
1.41.51E.
1.41.710.
1.81.510
Technical data
material:
surface:
weight:
length of ring:
cut to length:
Aluminium
blank
32020 mm
1.85 kg/m
43030 mm
2.25 kg/m
25 m
1.88.-99/
1.88.-99/
1.88.-99/
Description
Wire net, Alu 32020
Wire net, Alu 43030
Wire net, steel
type
lengthwidth in mm
Weight
92.5 kg
112.5 kg
Article-No.
1.88.322.00
1.88.433.00
Application
Comments
with sponge rubber
with wedge profile
1.41.6
1.19.1423...
1.41.51E .
1.41.710.
1.81.510
Technical data
material:
surface:
weight:
size of plate:
cut to length:
Description
Wire net, steel 43030
Wire net, steel 44040
steel
galvanised
43030 mm
27 kg/plate
44040 mm
24 kg/plate
3.0001.810 mm
1.88.-99/
1.88.-99/
1.88.-99/
8
type
lengthwidth in mm
Weight
27 kg
24 kg
Article-No.
1.88.143030
1.88.144040
321
Panel elements
Grid, steel
1.88
Application
welded
Comments
with sponge rubber
with wedge profile
1.41.6
1.19.1423...
1.41.51E.
1.41.710.
1.81.510
Technical data
material:
surface:
weight:
size of plate:
cut to length:
Description
Grid, steel 32525
Grid, steel 44040
322
steel
electrogalvanised
32525 mm
8.9 kg/plate
44040 mm
9.8 kg/plate
2.0001.000 mm
1.88.-99/
1.88.-99/
1.88.-99/
type
lengthwidth in mm
Weight
8.9 kg
9.8 kg
Article-No.
1.88.232525
1.88.244040
Screws
1.90
Application
Button head screws for the mounting of
additional elements
Button head screws
Technical data
material:
steel
surface:
galvanised
Description
Button head screw
Button head screw
Button head screw
Button head screw
GL
M512
M812
M818
M830
Weight
2.4 g
6.5 g
8.5 g
12.6 g
Article-No.
0.63.WN7380.05012
0.63.WN7380.08012
0.63.WN7380.08018
0.63.WN7380.08030
323
Tools
1.98
Technical data
Base body:
material: aluminium
Axle bolt, Spring:
material: stainless steel
Other:
material: steel
surface: hardened
Press in device
for knurled cross bushing
Description
Press in device for knurled cross bushing
Single parts
Base body
Stopping pin
324
Weight
310.0 g
Article-No.
1.98.11.21.B00R
Pcs
1
1
Weight
Article-No.
216.0 g 1.98.11.21.B00R/01
21.2 g
1.99.01112-05
Set screw for stop pin

Dowel pin ISO 8752 (DIN 1481), 824 (for drill jig)
Axle bolt complete, 8g 635 mm
Hex-socket set screw, DIN 913, M825
1
2
2
4
1.8 g
1.99.01112-06
6.5 g 0.69.I08752.08024
15.6 g 1.98.11.21.B00R/05
6.6 g 0.63.D00913.08.025
Spring for T-screw, E
0.1 g
1.34.E00/02
Tools
1.98
Technical data
material: steel, hardened
surface: nickel-plated
Tx screw driver
Description
Tx screw driver for Torx 40 screws
Weight
54.0 g
Article-No.
1.98.T40.090090
325
Cross bushing
Standard
for profile
2020, soft
Standard
for profile
3030, soft
30150
for
profile 4040,
2E 45, LP
for
ST-Connector,
profile 30150
for
SE-Connector
for
ST-Connector
for
ST-Connector
type 4
Anchor
for connector,
parallel
for connector,
parallel
for connector,
miter, hinge
326
1.99.0211245
9.2
1.5
10.0
12.2
2.0
12.0
1.99.02115454
1.99.02109452
9.2
10.0
1.99.02115000
1.99.02109000
12.2 15.25 15.25 6.2

2.0
1.5
3.5
2.0
12.2 12.0 12.0 10.0
1.99.02112451
1.99.0210645
1.99.03215454
9.2
1.5
9.2
1.99.03215452
9.2
9.2
1.99.0311245
1.99.03109452
cylindrical shaft
15.25 15.25 6/8.5 6.2

drill-
2.0
chaf. 45 1.5 3.5
MK
MK
8.5
6.2
shaft-
1.99.0310800
1.99.03115454
Milling cutter
cylindrical shaft
1.99.03109000
Description
Drill
1.99.0310645
Slot
MK
1.99.03115452
Cross bushings /
Anchors
1.99
1.99.02115452
Summar
y: TTools
ools
Summary:
12.2 15.25 15.25 15.25

1.0
1.5
3.5
12.0 16.0 16.0 16.0
Tools
1.99
Application
Tools for precise machining of connection
bore
for drilling machine: - drill jig
- drill
for milling machine: - milling cutter
the drill jig is located and fastened in the
profile slot
suitable for any profile angle cut
Drill jigs
for profiles with H-slots
Drill jig with setscrew

Technical data
Base body:
material: aluminium
Drill bush:
material: steel
surface: hardened and polished
Drill jig with clamping lever
Drill jig
with setscrew
Drill jig
with clamping lever
Description
Drill jig H with setscrew
Weight
189 g
Article-No.
1.99.01011
Single parts
Base body
Drill bush for cross bushing, 9.2
Safety screw for drill bush, M64
Stop pin
Weight
120 g
50 g
6g
2g
Article-No.
1.99.01012-01
1.99.01012-03
1.99.01012-04
1.99.01012-05
Connector
11 g
1.20.3/2H5
Accessories
Drill bush for parallel-anchor, 6.2
43 g
1.99.01012-02
Description
Drill jig H with clamping lever
Weight
225 g
Article-No.
1.99.01012
Single parts
Base body
Weight
120 g
Article-No.
1.99.01012-01

Safety screw for drill bush, M64
Stop pin
Connector
Clamping lever 65, for connector, M620
50 g
6g
2g
11 g
36 g
1.99.01012-03
1.99.01012-04
1.99.01012-05
1.20.3/2H5
1.29.650620
Accessories
43 g
1.99.01012-02
327
Tools
1.99
Comments
Selection range 326
Tools
for profiles with H-slots
Drill, Milling cutter
Milling cutter
for parallel-anchor
cross bushing
Technical data
material: HSS
3 cutting edges
cutting geometry for aluminium machining
off-centre cutting edges
Description
D
Milling cutter f. par.-anchor 6.2
Milling cutter f. cross bush. 9.2
Milling cutter f. cross bush. 9.2
Drill
for parallel-anchor
cross bushing
for miter anchor
D
6.2
9.2
9.2
d
10
10
10
L
F
100 2.045
120 without
120 1.545
Technical data
material: HSS
2 cutting edges
Description
Drill for miter anchor
328
F
2.045
without
1.545
Weight
13 g
34 g
34 g
Article-No.
1.99.0210645
1.99.0210900
1.99.02109452
Weight
16 g
43 g
43 g
Article-No.
1.99.0310645
1.99.03109000
1.99.03109452
Technical data
material: HSS
2 cutting edges
Description
Drill for parallel-anchor
Drill for cross bushing
Drill
L
60
70
70
D
8.5
L
120
Application
To drill core hole
Comments
Machining instruction 91, 1.2A
Weight
34 g
Article-No.
1.99.0310800
Tools
1.99
Application
Tools for precise machining of connection
bore
for drilling machine: - drill jig
- drill
for milling machine: - milling cutter
the drill jig is located and fastened in the
profile slot
suitable for any profile angle cut
Drill jigs
for profiles with F- and E-slots
Drill jig with setscrew

Technical data
Base body:
material: aluminium
Drill bush:
material: steel
surface: hardened and polished
Drill jig with clamping lever
Drill jig
with setscrew
Drill jig
with clamping lever
Description
Drill jig FE with setscrew
Weight
375 g
Article-No.
1.99.01111
Single parts
Base body
Safety screw for drill bush, M85.5
Stop pin
Weight
188 g
105 g
11 g
19 g
Article-No.
1.99.01112-01
1.99.01112-03
1.99.01112-04
1.99.01112-05
Setscrew for stop pin

Connector, parallel-high
Anchor
2g
30 g
20 g
1.99.01112-06
1.21.3/2F5
1.21.A2E5
Accessories
90 g
1.99.01112-02
Description
Drill jig FE with clamping lever
Weight
438 g
Article-No.
1.99.01112
Single parts
Base body
Safety screw for drill bush, M85.5
Stop pin
Setscrew for stop pin
Connector, parallel-high
Anchor
Weight
188 g
105 g
11 g
19 g
2g
30 g
20 g
Article-No.
1.99.01112-01
1.99.01112-03
1.99.01112-04
1.99.01112-05
1.99.01112-06
1.21.3/2F5
1.21.A2E5
Clamping lever 80, for connector, M1020
63 g
1.29.801020
Accessories
90 g
1.99.01112-02
329
Tools
1.99
Comments
Selection range 326
Tools
Milling cutter
for parallel-anchor
cross bushing
Technical data
material: HSS
4 cutting edges
Description
Milling cutter f. par.-anchor
Milling cutter f. cr. bush. ST, 4
Drill
for parallel-anchor
D
12.2
12.2
L
85
83
Milling cutter f. cross bush. SE 15.2

Milling cutter f. cross bush.
15.2
93
93
for cross bushing
D
12.2
for cross bushing
Article-No.
1.99.0211245
1.99.02112451
without 16
1.545 16
116 g
116 g
1.99.02115000
1.99.02115452
L
147
Weight
93 g
Article-No.
1.99.0311245
Weight
224 g
Article-No.
1.99.03115452
Weight
197 g
Article-No.
1.99.03215452
F
245
L
F
210 1.545
Technical data
material: HSS
2 cutting edges
Description
330
Weight
59 g
60 g
Technical data
material: HSS
2 cutting edges
Description
D
Drill for cross bushing, MK2 15.25
Drill
d
12
12
Technical data
material: HSS
2 cutting edges
Description
Drill for parallel-anchor
Drill
F
245
145
D
15.25
L
F
d
173 1.545 12
Tools - Special cases
1.99
Tools
Comments
Selection range 326
Milling cutter
for cross bushing
Technical data
material: HSS
4 cutting edges
Description
Milling cutter f. cross bush.
Drill
for cross bushing
D
15.2
L
93
for cross bushing
Weight
116 g
Article-No.
1.99.02115454
F
4.045
Weight
224 g
Article-No.
1.99.03115454
F
d
4.045 12
Weight
197 g
Article-No.
1.99.03215454
Technical data
material: HSS
2 cutting edges
Description
D
L
Drill for cross bushing, MK2 15.25 210
Drill
F
d
4.045 16
Technical data
material: HSS
2 cutting edges
Description
D
15.25
L
180
331
Tools
1.99
Application
Mounting threads in profile centre core hole
5 mm
Screw taps
for aluminium machining
Screw tap
M6
Technical data
material: HSS/E
machine threading tap:
right hand cutting, 40 left spiral fluted
enlarged chip flute
3-pitch thread start
tolerance class: 6H
Description
Screw tap
G
M6
L
80
Weight
45.0 g
Article-No.
1.99.0406080
Application
6.2 mm
Screw tap
M8
Technical data
material: HSS/E
enlarged chip flute
tolerance class: 6H
Description
Screw tap
332
G
M8
L
90
Weight
52.0 g
Article-No.
1.99.0408090
Tools
1.99
Application
Fastening thread in hollow chambers of
profiles PG 50
Screw taps
for aluminium machining
Screw tap
M12
Technical data
material: HSS/E
enlarged chip flute
tolerance class: 6H
Description
Screw tap
G
M12
L
110
Weight
65 g
Article-No.
1.99.0412110
Application
12 mm
Screw tap
M14
Technical data
material: HSS/E
enlarged chip flute
tolerance class: 6H
Description
Screw tap
Screw tap
G
M14
M14
L
110
150
Weight
75 g
105 g
Article-No.
1.99.0414110
1.99.0414150
333
CAD Librar
Libraryy
MayT
ec Online Librar
MayTec
Libraryy
1.A1
The online library is available on the MayTec Web Site at www.maytec.de in English and
German.
Any number of parts can be selected while online and requested as either 2D drawings or 3D
models. Once the parts have been chosen, the drawings will be supplied in the original file
format of the selected CAD package or in any standard interface format. The requested files
are supplied to the user as an Email attachment.
System requirements
Internet access
Email account
Description
Price: free of charges
334
Suitable for all 2D and 3D AutoCAD Systems.

Provides 2D drawings and 3D models in original file format for all common CAD packages.
3D preview allows the simple selection of required parts.
Profile drawings can be provided in any length.
Includes all products in the MayTec profile catalogue.
No limit on the number of selected parts to be provided during any session.
All 2D drawings and 3D models are supplied as email attachments.
CAD Librar
Libraryy
MayT
ec 3D Librar
MayTec
Libraryy
with B&W Profiles
1.A2
The MayTec 3D library has been designed for use in conjunction with PRO/Engineer and B&W
Profiles software.
B&W Profiles provides the operator with a user friendly interface for the simulated assembly
of profiles, connectors and accessories. The software is also designed to support the joining
of these profiles and the implementation of the MayTec connector system. The design of
frames and building elements using the MayTec profile system with the B&W software is
thereby greatly simplified and becomes much more cost-effective.
Another important feature of the software is the automatic generation of complete parts lists
with machining codes and MayTec part numbers. The parts list can be exported automatically
into the MayTec calculation software if required.
System requirements
PRO/Engineer 2001 or Wildfire
B&W Profiles Advanced
Description
3D software for PRO/Engineer in conjunction with B&W Profiles.

Simplified assembly of profiles using 3D sketching on elements or between points.
Rational definition of profile nodes (corners, T-joints, parallel joins, etc.) including
connector drilling holes.
Rotating, moving and swapping of profiles can be done at any time without the need to
regenerate the drawings.
Automatic generation of parts lists with MayTec article numbers and machining codes.
Automatic export of all parts lists to the MayTec calculation software.
Includes all products in the MayTec profile catalogue.
A
Price: on request
(dependent on existing
CAD equipment)
335
Conversion tables
1.B1
Metric and English Conversion TTable

able
Linear Measure
1 km
0.6214 mi
1 mi
1.61 km
1m
1m
=
=
0.0006214 mi
3.28 ft
1 mi
1 ft
=
=
1,610 m
0.305 m
1 cm
1 mm
=
=
0.3937 in
0.03937 in
1 in
1 in
=
=
2.54 cm
25.4 mm
1 km2
1 m2
=
=
0.3861 mi2
10.76 ft2
1 mi2
1 ft2
=
=
2.59 km 2
0.093 m2
1 cm2
1 mm2
=
=
0.155 in 2
0.00155 in2
1 in2
1 in2
=
=
0.65 cm 2
845.2 mm2
Square Measure
Weight Measure
1 kg
2.2 lbs
1 lb
0.455 kg
1 kg
35.274 ozs
1 oz
0.028 kg
=
=
0.225 lbs
2.2 lbs
1 lb
1 lb
=
=
4.448 N
0.455 daN
Force Measure
1 Newton (N)
1 daN
1 kg Force
9.8 Newton (N)
1N
0.102 kg Force
1 Kilopound
1 Pound/Inch
=
=
9.5 Newton (N)

175.127 Newton/Meter
1N
1 N/m
=
=
0.105 Kilopound
0.0057 Pound/Inch
1 Pound/Foot
14.59 Newton/Meter
1 N/m
0.0685 Pound/Foot
Pressure Measure
1 Bar
14.5 P.S.I.
1 P.S.I.
0.690 Bar
1 kg/m2
1 kg/m2
=
=
9.8 Newton/Meter2
9.8 Pascal (Pa)
1 N/m2
1 Pa
=
=
0.102 kg/m2
0.102 kg/m2
1 Kilonewton/Meter
0.145 P.S.I.
1 P.S.I.
6.897 KN/m2
16.3871 cm3
1 cm3
0.0610 in 3
1 cm
1 kg/m
=
=
0.024 in 4
0.67195 lb/ft
1 inch-pound
0.113 Nm
Other
1 in3
4
1 in
1 lb/ft
=
=
41.623 cm
1.4882 kg/m
1 Nm
8.858 inch-pounds
336
Conversion tables
1.B2
Metric / U.S. Customar

Customaryy Unit Equivalents
Linear
miles
1.6093
= kilometers (km)
0.6214
= miles
yards
feet
0.9144
0.3048
= meters (m)
= meters (m)
1.0936
3.281
= yards
= feet
inches
inches
2.54
25.4
= centimeters (cm)
= millimeters (mm)
0.3937
0.03937
= inches
= inches
2.59
= kilometers2 (km2)
0.3861
= miles2
Area
miles2
2
yards
inches2
0.8361
6.452
= meters (m )
= centimeters2 (cm2)
1.196
0.155
= yards2
= inches2
acres2
0.4047
= hectares2 (104 m2) or (ha)
2.471
= acres2
feet2
0.0929
= meters2 (m2)
10.764
= feet2
ounces (av)
pounds (av)
28.35
0.4536
= grams (g)
= kilograms (kg)
0.03527
2.2046
= ounces (av)
= pounds (av)
tons (2000 lb)

tons (2000 lb)
907.18
0.90718
= kilograms (kg)
= metric tons (t)
0.001102
1.1023
= tons (2000 lb)

= tons (2000 lb)
ounces - f
pounds - f
0.278
4.448
= newtons (N)
= newtons (N)
3.597
0.2248
= ounces - f
= pounds - f
kilograms - f
9.807
= newtons (N)
0.10197
= kilograms - f
Mass
Force
Thread
mm
Outside dia
metric
inch
Core dia
Outside dia
Core dia
Bolt
Nut
M4
M5
4
5
3.141
4.019
3.242
4.134
0.15748
0.19685
0.12362
0.15827
0.12756
0.16260
M6
M8
6
8
4.773
6.466
4.917
6.647
0.23622
0.31496
0.18779
0.25472
0.19370
0.26181
M10
M12
10
12
8.160
9.853
8.376
10.106
0.39370
0.47244
0.32126
0.38779
0.32992
0.39803
M14
M16
14
16
11.546
13.546
11.835
13.835
0.55118
0.62992
0.45827
0.53346
0.46614
0.54488
Thread
Bolt
inch
Outside dia
UNF, NF / UNC, NC
mm
Core dia
Bolt
Nut
Outside dia
Nut
Core dia
Bolt
Nut
8 - 32
10 - 32
0.16402
0.19000
0.12571
0.15169
0.13020
0.15618
4.166
4.826
3.193
3.853
3.307
3.967
1/4" - 20
5/16" - 18
0.25000
0.31252
0.18870
0.24429
0.19591
0.25240
6.350
7.938
4.793
6.205
4.967
6.411
3/8" - 16
1/2" - 13
0.37500
0.50000
0.29831
0.40551
0.30728
0.41669
9.525
12.700
7.577
10.300
7.805
10.584
9/16" - 12
5/8" - 11
0.56252
0.62500
0.46031
0.51350
0.47228
0.52661
14.288
15.875
11.692
13.043
11.996
13.376
337
Subject index
19" profiles .................................................................................... 55
3D Library ................................................................................... 335
A
Abbreviations .................................................................................. 5
Accessories ................................................................................. 132
Acrylic ......................................................................................... 320
Additional accessories ........................................................ 133, 221
Adjustable tilt-feet ...................................................................... 175
anti-slip discs ....................................................................... 179
cushion elements ................................................................. 179
nuts ...................................................................................... 178
plates .................................................................................... 176
Single parts .......................................................................... 175
spindles ................................................................................ 178
Adjustable tilt-foot anti-slip discs .............................................. 179
Adjustable tilt-foot cushion elements ........................................ 179
Adjustable tilt-foot nuts .............................................................. 178
Stainless steel ...................................................................... 178
Steel ..................................................................................... 178
Adjustable tilt-foot plates ........................................................... 176
with mounting holes ............................................................ 177
without mounting holes ....................................................... 176
Adjustable tilt-foot plates with mounting holes ......................... 177
GD-Zn ................................................................................... 177
PA ......................................................................................... 177
Stainless steel ...................................................................... 177
Adjustable tilt-foot plates without mounting holes .................... 176
GD-Zn ................................................................................... 176
PA ......................................................................................... 176
Stainless steel ...................................................................... 176
Adjustable tilt-foot spindles ....................................................... 178
Stainless steel ...................................................................... 178
Steel ..................................................................................... 178
Alu hinges ................................................................................... 238
heavy .................................................................................... 240
Press-fit pins for alu hinges ................................................ 239
Spacer .................................................................................. 239
Type A .................................................................................. 238
Type B .................................................................................. 238
Type C .................................................................................. 239
Alu hinges, heavy ....................................................................... 240
Alu-plastic composite panel ....................................................... 319
Angle profiles ................................................................................ 51
Angles ......................................................................................... 192
Angles 2540 ....................................................................... 192
Angles Alu ............................................................................ 201
Angles GD-Al ........................................................................ 200
Angles GD-Zn ....................................................................... 194
Angles PA ............................................................................. 193
Swivel angles ....................................................................... 202
Angular adjusting feet ................................................................ 180
with adjusting screw ............................................................ 180
without adjusting screw ....................................................... 180
Angular tolerance ......................................................................... 66
Anti-twist devices ....................................................................... 129
for subsequent insertion ...................................................... 130
Approximate determination of deflection ..................................... 67
B
Bar locks ..................................................................................... 266
Assembly accessories .......................................................... 268
Lock mounting sets ............................................................. 269
Olive installation sets ........................................................... 269
Profile machining ................................................................. 267
338
Base angle ................................................................................... 187

Base feet ............................................................................. 181, 182
Floor mounting sets ..................................................... 181, 185
Profile mounting sets .......................................................... 186
Base plates .................................................................................. 204
Base profiles ................................................................................. 50
Bayonet type connector .............................................................. 113
extension .............................................................................. 115
Bending strength .......................................................................... 66
Bent profiles ................................................................................. 82
Block for cable binder ................................................................. 296
Bores for parallel-connector ......................................................... 60
Bullet catches ............................................................................. 254
PA ......................................................................................... 255
Button head screws .................................................................... 323
C
Cable and hose clamp ................................................................ 295
Cable binder ................................................................................ 296
detachable ............................................................................ 296
CAD Library ................................................................................ 334
Calculation formulas for polygons ............................................. 124
Carabine swivel ........................................................................... 292
Carriage support profiles, F / E3-slot (plain) ............................... 48
Castors ........................................................................................ 188
Fixed castors ........................................................................ 188
Fixed castors with bolt hole ................................................. 188
Fixed castors with fitting plate ............................................. 188
Locking castors .................................................................... 190
Swivel castors ...................................................................... 189
Swivel castors lockable ....................................................... 189
Swivel castors lockable with bolt hole ................................ 189
Swivel castors with bolt hole ............................................... 189
Swivel castors with fitting plate .......................................... 189
Threaded bolt for locking castor with center thread ........... 191
Chipboards ................................................................................. 318
Clamping connector 40E ............................................................ 117
Clamping for guidance system ................................................... 285
Clamping levers .......................................................................... 131
Coding examples .......................................................................... 62
for price group 1 .................................................................... 62
for price group 2 .................................................................... 63
for price group 3 .................................................................... 64
Combination profiles .......................................................... 152, 154
PVC ...................................................................................... 151
Connection .................................................................................. 128
elements ............................................................................... 128
of 0-slot profiles .................................................................. 118
of MayTec with other profile systems ................................. 126
of profiles 40, round ............................................................ 124
plates .................................................................................... 207
with corner pieces ............................................................... 212
Connection elements .................................................................. 128
Anti-twist devices ................................................................ 129
Anti-twist devices for subsequent insertion ........................ 130
Clamping levers ................................................................... 131
Retaining plates ................................................................... 128
Connection plates ....................................................................... 207
Connection possibilities ............................................................. 118
for 0-slot profiles ................................................................. 118
for profiles 40, round ........................................................... 124
Other profile systems .......................................................... 126
Special cases ....................................................................... 125
Subsequent mounting of profiles ........................................ 125
Connection possibilities for 0-slot profiles ................................ 118
Subject index
Connection with DIN-Screw ................................................ 123
Connection with screw-type connector ............................... 122
Connection with standard connector .................................. 119
Connection possibilities for profiles 40, round ......................... 124
Calculation formulas for polygons ...................................... 124
Connection System ....................................................................... 83
Connection variants with screw-type connectors .................. 92, 97
Connector ..................................................................................... 91
Bayonet type connector ....................................................... 113
Bayonet type connector extension ...................................... 115
Clamping connector 40E ..................................................... 117
Connector screw .................................................................... 98
Connector screw-self-cutting ................................................ 98
Cross connector ................................................................... 116
Extension .......................................................................... 91, 95
Extension / parallel connector ............................................. 107
Miter 90-bent anchor l ......................................................... 96
Miter 90-bent anchor r ......................................................... 96
Miter 90-hinge l + r ........................................................ 91, 96
Miter-bent anchor l + r ........................................................... 96
Miter-hinge l + r ............................................................... 91, 96
Oblique 90-bent anchor ....................................................... 94
Oblique 90-bent anchor 90 ................................................ 94
Oblique 90-hinge ............................................................ 91, 94
Oblique-bent anchor l ............................................................ 93
Oblique-bent anchor r ............................................................ 93
Oblique-bent anchor standard l ............................................. 93
Oblique-bent anchor standard r ............................................ 94
Oblique-cross-hinge .............................................................. 94
Oblique-cross-hinge 90 ....................................................... 94
Oblique-hinge l + r ........................................................... 91, 93
Parallel-cross ................................................................... 91, 95
Parallel-high ..................................................................... 91, 95
Parallel-high 90 .................................................................... 95
Parallel-square ................................................................. 91, 95
Parallel-square 90 ................................................................ 95
Screw-type front sided .................................................... 92, 97
Screw-type parallel-cross ................................................ 92, 97
Screw-type parallel-high .................................................. 92, 97
Screw-type parallel-square .............................................. 92, 97
SE-Connector ....................................................................... 109
Shifter .................................................................................... 96
Square head ........................................................................... 93
Standard ................................................................................. 93
Standard 90 .......................................................................... 93
ST-Connector ....................................................................... 110
ST-Connector with anchor, screw-type ............................... 111
Universal .......................................................................... 91, 93
Universal connector with knurled cross bushing ................ 108
Connector complete ................................................................... 101
PG 20 .................................................................. 101, 102, 104
PG 30 ........................................................................... 102, 104
PG 40 ........................................................................... 102, 104
PG 45 ........................................................................... 103, 105
PG 50 ........................................................................... 103, 105
PG 60 ........................................................................... 103, 105
Connector components .............................................................. 101
Anchor .......................................................................... 101, 103
Cross bushing .............................................................. 101, 102
Setscrew .............................................................................. 103
Spring .................................................................................. 103
Connector for ....................................................................................
core hole- 12 mm .............................................................. 102
core hole- 6 mm ................................................................ 101
Connector screw self-cutting ..................................................... 112
Connector selection ...................................................................... 90
Connector - Cross bushings ........................................................ 99

Drill dimensions for connector cross bushings .................... 99
Mounting variants ................................................................ 100
Connector - Drill dimensions ..................................................... 118
with radius covers ............................................................... 118
without radius covers .......................................................... 118
Connectors ................................................................................... 89
Connector complete ............................................................. 101
Cross bushings ...................................................................... 99
drill dimensions ................................................................... 118
Examples ................................................................................ 85
Machining of profiles with core hole-12 ............................. 93
Machining of profiles with core hole-6 ............................... 91
Manufacture a connection ..................................................... 89
Parallel connector ................................................................ 106
Special cases ....................................................................... 106
types and materials ................................................................ 90
Connectors - Special cases ........................................................ 106
Bayonet type connector ....................................................... 113
Bayonet type connector extension ...................................... 115
Clamping connector 40E ..................................................... 117
Connector screw self-cutting .............................................. 112
Cross connector ................................................................... 116
Extension / parallel connector ............................................. 107
SE-Connector ....................................................................... 109
ST-Connector ....................................................................... 110
ST-Connector with anchor, screw-type ............................... 111
Universal connector with knurled cross bushing ................ 108
Conversion tables ....................................................................... 336
Metric / U.S. Customary Unit Equivalents ........................... 337
Metric and English Conversion Table .................................. 336
Corner elements ......................................................................... 314
Corner element 33 for wire net mounting profile 3310 .... 315
for wire net mounting profile ............................................... 314
Corner pieces .............................................................................. 210
45 ........................................................................................ 211
cubic ............................................................................. 210, 213
segment ............................................................................... 213
segment, 2gang ................................................................... 213
spherical ....................................................................... 211, 213
Cover caps .................................................................................. 164
for profiles with core hole-12 ........................................... 165
for profiles with core hole-6 ............................................. 164
for profiles without core hole .............................................. 164
for screw bores .................................................................... 168
for tubes ............................................................................... 168
48 for hand rail profile ...................................................... 166
Cover plug .......................................................................... 118, 167
for connector bushings ....................................................... 167
domed .................................................................................. 167
Cover profiles ............................................................................. 149
Alu ........................................................................................ 149
PVC ...................................................................................... 149
Cross bore .................................................................................... 60
Cross bushing ............................................................................... 99
bore for connector ................................................................. 60
Cross connection plates ............................................................. 203
Cross connector ......................................................................... 116
Cross section of slots ..................................................................... 6
Cross-blocks for cable binder .................................................... 296
C-track .......................................................................................... 52
Cylinder locks ............................................................................. 258
flush ..................................................................................... 260
with security latch ................................................................ 259
339
Subject index
D
Deflection ...................................................................................... 67
Delivery length .............................................................................. 65
Determination of deflection .......................................................... 67
Direction and Position .................................................................. 61
Distance washer ......................................................................... 286
Door handle ................................................................................ 265
Door knob ................................................................................... 265
Double hinge ............................................................................... 232
Drill dimensions for connector cross bushings ........................... 99
Drill jigs ...................................................................................... 327
for profiles with F- and E-slots ............................................ 329
for profiles with H-slots ....................................................... 327
with clamping lever ...................................................... 327, 329
with setscrew ............................................................... 327, 329
Drills ................................................................................... 328, 330
E
E3-slot ............................................................................................. 6
E4-slot ............................................................................................. 6
Eco-Slides ................................................................................... 287
Edge roller .................................................................................. 278
Electrical accessories ......................................................... 134, 293
Electrical installation trunking ............................................ 307, 311
accessories .......................................................................... 307
E-trunking Alu, base profiles ......................................... 56, 311
E-trunking Alu, end plates ................................................... 313
E-trunking Alu, for clips ....................................................... 312
E-trunking Alu, lids ........................................................ 56, 312
E-trunking Alu, pre-cut lid ................................................... 312
E-trunking Alu ..................................................................... 307, 311
E-trunking Alu, end plates ................................................... 313
E-trunking Alu, for clips ....................................................... 312
E-trunking Alu, pre-cut lid ................................................... 312
E-trunking profiles ........................................................................ 56
Base profiles .......................................................................... 56
Cover profiles ......................................................................... 56
Extension / parallel connector .................................................... 107
Extruded profile as per DIN EN 12020-1 ..................................... 65
Eye-bolt ....................................................................................... 209
F
Fastening elements ..................................................................... 132
Fastening plate 30150 .............................................................. 208
Fixed castors ............................................................................... 188
with bolt hole ....................................................................... 188
with fitting plate ................................................................... 188
Flap-lock countersunk ................................................................ 260
Flatness of profile surfaces .......................................................... 65
Flatness tolerance ......................................................................... 65
Flexure load ................................................................................ 127
Floor levelling screw ................................................................... 172
Floor mounting plate .................................................................. 205
Floor plate ................................................................................... 206
Framing profiles .................................................................. 156, 161
one piece .............................................................................. 156
two pieces ............................................................................ 161
Functional length .......................................................................... 65
F-slot ............................................................................................... 6
Ground connector for potential equilisation .............................. 293

Guard locking device .................................................................. 300
Guidance system ........................................................................ 284
Clamping for guidance system ............................................ 285
Distance washer ................................................................... 286
Sliding blocks ...................................................................... 285
T-Nut sliding blocks ............................................................. 286
Guide profile PVC ....................................................................... 155
H
Hand adjustable feet ................................................................... 173
Hand rail ....................................................................................... 76
Handle system ............................................................................ 223
oval design ........................................................................... 224
round design ........................................................................ 223
Handles ....................................................................................... 221
light Alu ................................................................................ 221
light PA ................................................................................. 221
PA ......................................................................................... 222
PA with bore ......................................................................... 222
PA with thread ...................................................................... 222
Hanging bracket .......................................................................... 291
Hinge profiles ............................................................................... 53
1.5 mm ................................................................................... 53
2.0 mm ................................................................................... 53
3.0 mm ................................................................................... 54
5.0 mm ................................................................................... 53
Hinges ........................................................................ 226, 231, 233
Alu hinges ............................................................................ 238
Alu hinges, heavy ................................................................. 240
Double hinge ........................................................................ 232
Lift-off hinges ...................................................................... 227
Hollow profiles .............................................................................. 50
I
Index ........................................................................................... 338
Installation accessories ...................................................... 132, 149
Installation rings ......................................................................... 297
J
Joints .......................................................................................... 242
with clamping lever .............................................................. 242
without clamping lever ........................................................ 242
with /without clamping lever ............................................... 244
Zn ......................................................................................... 244
Zn, with clamping lever ....................................................... 244
Zn, without clamping lever .................................................. 244
L
Latch lock ................................................................................... 270
Levelling feet ....................................................................... 172, 174
Levelling furniture foot ............................................................... 174
Lift-off hinges ............................................................................. 227
Lock GD-Zn ................................................................................. 257
Lock mounting set ...................................................................... 269
with double beard key .......................................................... 269
with square key .................................................................... 269
Locking castors .......................................................................... 190
with center thread ................................................................ 191
with plate .............................................................................. 190
G
Grab handle profiles ............................................................. 51, 225
Grab handles ............................................................................... 225
Grid, steel ................................................................................... 322
Ground connections ................................................................... 294
340
M
Machining of profiles .................................................................... 91
with core hole-12 ................................................................ 93
with core hole-6 .................................................................. 91
Subject index
with core hole-6 for miter ................................................... 91
Magnetic lock PA ........................................................................ 256
Makrolon ..................................................................................... 320
MayTec 3D Library ...................................................................... 335
MayTec connector with square head ............................................ 85
MayTec ground-connector for potential equilisation ................... 85
MayTec Online Library ................................................................ 334
MayTec Screw-type connector ..................................................... 85
MayTec Standard-connector ........................................................ 85
MayTec Universal-connector ........................................................ 85
Mechanical data ............................................................................ 65
Metric / U.S. Customary Unit Equivalents ................................. 337
Metric and English Conversion Table ......................................... 336
Milling cutter ....................................................................... 328, 330
Mortise deadlocks ...................................................................... 262
cases .................................................................................... 263
cases with lock ..................................................................... 264
cases without lock ............................................................... 263
Door handle ......................................................................... 265
Door knob ............................................................................ 265
Installation sets .................................................................... 263
Installation sets with lock .................................................... 264
Installation sets without lock ............................................... 263
Profile machining ................................................................. 262
Push pins ............................................................................. 265
Mounting adaptor for roller ........................................................ 277
Mounting blocks ......................................................................... 245
Distancing plate, thin ........................................................... 248
GD-Zn ................................................................................... 246
screw-type ........................................................................... 245
Mounting clamp blocks .............................................................. 249
SL ......................................................................................... 251
Tool for mounting clamp block SL ...................................... 251
Mounting instruction for screw-type connectors .................. 92, 97
Mounting of connector in core hole ............................................. 86
Mounting of connector in slot ...................................................... 87
Mounting plates .......................................................................... 206
Mounting set for 19" profile ....................................................... 298
Mounting sockets ....................................................................... 316
Mounting variation ..................................................................... 119
for high flexure load ............................................................ 120
for high sliding load ............................................................. 121
for profiles with 1 connector ............................................... 119
N
Numerical key for articles ............................................................... 7
O
Olive installation sets .................................................................. 269
Order description .......................................................................... 58
Order examples for special design ............................................... 64
P
Panel elements .......................................................... 134, 314, 317
Acrylic .................................................................................. 320
Alu-plastic composite panel ................................................ 319
Chipboards ........................................................................... 318
Grid, steel ............................................................................. 322
Makrolon .............................................................................. 320
Polycarbonate ...................................................................... 320
Solid plastic panels .............................................................. 318
Wire net, Alu ........................................................................ 321
Wire net, steel ...................................................................... 321
Panel framing profile .................................................................... 52

Panel profiles 40, E3-slot. P ......................................................... 45
Parallel connector ....................................................................... 106
Parallelism tolerance .................................................................... 66
Pneumatic ................................................................................... 214
90 connection sets ............................................................. 219
accessories .......................................................................... 214
connection plate sets ........................................................... 217
connection plates ................................................................. 217
end plate sets ....................................................................... 215
end plates ............................................................................. 215
extension sets ...................................................................... 218
Pneumatic accessories .............................................. 133, 214, 220
Blanking plug ....................................................................... 220
Reducing nipple ................................................................... 220
Sealing ring .......................................................................... 220
Polycarbonate ............................................................................. 320
Potential equalisation ................................................................. 293
Press in device for knurled cross bushing ................................ 324
Press-fit pins for alu hinges ....................................................... 239
Press-fit threaded inserts ........................................................... 147
without collar ....................................................................... 148
Price groups (1 -3) ....................................................................... 59
Profile applications ....................................................................... 72
Bent profiles ........................................................................... 82
Hand rail ................................................................................. 76
Profile combinations .............................................................. 72
Profiles for cable guide .......................................................... 78
Slot plates .............................................................................. 73
Special slits ............................................................................ 72
U-Profile 40 ............................................................................ 77
Profile combinations .................................................................... 72
Profile group ................................................................................. 12
16 mm, E3-slot, P .................................................................. 15
16 mm, F-slot, P .................................................................... 12
20 mm, F-slot, P .................................................................... 15
20 mm, H-slot, P ................................................................... 13
30 mm, E4-slot, P .................................................................. 18
30 mm, F-slot ........................................................................ 34
30 mm, F-slot, P .................................................................... 16
40 mm, E3-slot ...................................................................... 36
40 mm, E3-slot, P .................................................................. 20
45 mm, E4-slot ...................................................................... 40
45 mm, E4-slot, P .................................................................. 28
50 mm, E4-slot ...................................................................... 42
50 mm, E4-slot, P .................................................................. 31
60 mm, E4-slot ...................................................................... 44
60 mm, E4-slot, P .................................................................. 32
Profile machining ......................................................................... 58
Bores for parallel-connector .................................................. 60
Coding examples ................................................................... 62
Coding examples for special design ...................................... 64
Cross bore .............................................................................. 60
Cross bushing bore for connector ........................................ 60
Direction and Position ........................................................... 61
Order description ................................................................... 58
Price group 1-3 ...................................................................... 59
Saw cut .................................................................................. 59
Saw cut tolerance .................................................................. 59
Summary ............................................................................... 58
Thread .................................................................................... 60
Profile pre-cut lids ........................................................................ 50
lid 30 ...................................................................................... 79
lid 40 ...................................................................................... 80
lid 50 ...................................................................................... 81
lid 120 .................................................................................. 312
341
Subject index
Profile selection range .................................................................. 68
Profile tolerance ........................................................................... 65
Profiles for cable guide ................................................................ 78
Slot distance 30 ..................................................................... 79
Slot distance 40 ..................................................................... 80
Slot distance 50 ..................................................................... 81
Profiles for pneumatic applications ........................................... 214
Push pins .................................................................................... 265
Q
Quick locks ................................................................................. 252
R
Radius compensations ............................................................... 171
Radius covers ............................................................................. 169
Rectangle 90 with one radius ............................................ 170
Rectangle 90 with two radii ............................................... 170
Rectangle with one radius ................................................... 169
Rectangle with two radii ...................................................... 170
Square with one radius ........................................................ 169
Square with two radii ........................................................... 170
Reducing profiles PVC ............................................................... 150
Register ........................................................................................... 1
Retaining plates .......................................................................... 128
Rhomboid T-slot nuts ................................................................. 143
Roller 29 ..................................................................................... 272
Roller 39.5 .................................................................................. 271
Roller fastening sets ................................................................... 273
A, double sided .................................................................... 274
A,one sided .......................................................................... 274
type A ................................................................................... 273
type B ................................................................................... 275
Roller fitting ................................................................................ 279
Roller profiles (plain) ................................................................... 47
Rubber cover-profiles ................................................................. 163
Runner ........................................................................................ 280
for sliding suspended doors ................................................ 281
for suspended doors ............................................................ 280
Stopper Type 1 for sliding suspended doors ...................... 282
Stopper Type 2 for sliding suspended doors ...................... 282
S
Safety interlocking ...................................................................... 301
Contact bracket-mounting ................................................... 302
mountings ............................................................................ 301
Safety interlocking-mountings .........................................................
AZ 17 for sliding door .......................................................... 304
AZ 17 for swinging door ...................................................... 303
for sliding door .................................................................... 302
for swinging door ................................................................ 301
with lock for swinging door ................................................. 301
Safety switches ........................................................................... 299
AZ 17 .................................................................................... 300
Contact bracket-mounting ................................................... 302
Guard locking devices AZM 170 .......................................... 300
Saw cut ......................................................................................... 59
Saw cut tolerance ......................................................................... 59
Screw taps .................................................................................. 332
Screw taps for aluminium machining ........................................ 332
Screws ........................................................................................ 323
Button head screws ............................................................. 323
Sealing profile ............................................................................. 160
SE-Connector .............................................................................. 109
Security latch .............................................................................. 259
Sensor brackets .......................................................................... 306
342
Slide load .................................................................................... 127

Slide-slot profiles PA .................................................................... 55
Sliding blocks ............................................................................. 285
Sliding doors .............................................................................. 153
construction types ............................................................... 153
Sliding profiles ............................................................................. 52
Slot plates ..................................................................................... 73
E-slot ...................................................................................... 73
E-slot, slot distance 25 mm ................................................... 75
E-slot, slot distance 50 mm ................................................... 75
F-slot ...................................................................................... 73
F-slot, slot distance 25 mm ................................................... 74
F-slot, slot distance 50 mm ................................................... 74
Profile 30100, 10F, plain ...................................................... 74
Profile 30100, 5E, 2F, plain .................................................. 75
Profile 30100, 9F, plain ........................................................ 74
Profile 30150, 8E, plain ....................................................... 75
Profile 30150, 8F, plain ........................................................ 74
Slot rollers .................................................................................. 283
Slot system ..................................................................................... 6
E3-slot ...................................................................................... 6
E4-slot ...................................................................................... 6
F-slot ........................................................................................ 6
H-slot ....................................................................................... 6
Solid plastic panels ..................................................................... 318
Spacer ......................................................................................... 239
Special cases ................................................................................ 90
Special characters .......................................................................... 5
Special profiles ....................................................................... 33, 50
19" profiles ............................................................................. 55
Angle profiles ......................................................................... 51
Base profiles .......................................................................... 50
C-track .................................................................................... 52
E-trunking profiles ................................................................. 56
Grab handle profiles .............................................................. 51
Hinge profiles ................................................................... 53, 54
Hollow profiles ....................................................................... 50
Panel framing profile ............................................................. 52
Profile pre-cut lids ................................................................. 50
Slide-slot profiles ................................................................... 55
Sliding profiles ....................................................................... 52
T-Slot profiles ........................................................................ 54
Tubes ...................................................................................... 53
U-profiles ............................................................................... 52
Wire net mounting profiles .................................................... 51
Special slits ................................................................................... 72
Sponge rubber round cords ....................................................... 158
Spring-nuts ................................................................................. 141
Stacking foot ............................................................................... 187
ST-Connector .............................................................................. 110
with anchor, screw-type ...................................................... 111
Straightness tolerance .................................................................. 65
Strength values for profile connections
with MayTec-Connectors ..................................................... 127
Subject index .............................................................................. 338
Subsequent mounting of profiles ............................................... 125
Summary ................................................................. 8, 86, 132, 326
Accessories .......................................................................... 132
Connectors (with machining) ................................................ 86
Connectors (without machining) ........................................... 88
Profiles (plain) ......................................................................... 8
Profiles (with grooves) ............................................................ 9
Special profiles ...................................................................... 11
Special profiles (plain) ........................................................... 10
Tools ..................................................................................... 326
Subject index
Suspended doors ........................................................................ 279
Alu C-track ........................................................................... 279
Bottom guide ....................................................................... 280
Frame guide ......................................................................... 280
Roller fitting ......................................................................... 279
Rubber door stop ................................................................. 280
Runner ................................................................................. 280
Stopper ................................................................................ 280
Suspended glider ........................................................................ 292
Swivel angles .............................................................................. 202
Swivel castors ............................................................................. 189
Swivel castors lockable .............................................................. 189
Symbols .......................................................................................... 5
T
T-Bolts ......................................................................................... 144
Technical data ............................................................................... 65
Angular tolerance ................................................................... 66
Approximate determination of deflection .............................. 67
Bending strength ................................................................... 66
Deflection ............................................................................... 67
Delivery length ....................................................................... 65
Extruded profile as per EN 12020 ......................................... 65
Flatness of profile surfaces ................................................... 65
Flatness tolerance .................................................................. 65
Functional length ................................................................... 65
Mechanical data ..................................................................... 65
Parallelism tolerance ............................................................. 66
Profile tolerance ..................................................................... 65
Straightness tolerance ........................................................... 65
Twist tolerance ....................................................................... 65
Telescopic profiles, E3-slot (plain) ............................................... 49
Tension load ................................................................................ 127
Thread ........................................................................................... 60
Threaded bolt for locking castor with center thread .................. 191
Threaded inserts ......................................................................... 145
Press-fit threaded inserts .................................................... 147
Press-fit threaded inserts w/o collar ................................... 148
Threaded plates .......................................................................... 135
heavy .................................................................................... 137
T-Nut sliding blocks .................................................................... 286
T-Nuts ......................................................................................... 138
for subsequent insertion, with spring ball .......................... 138
for subsequent insertion, with spring ................................. 139
for subsequent insertion, with spring, 2M4 ...................... 140
for subsequent insertion, with spring, 2M8 ...................... 139
with spring ........................................................................... 138
Tools ................................................................................... 134, 326
Drill ............................................................................... 328, 330
Drill jigs ........................................................................ 327, 329
for anchors ........................................................................... 326
for cross bushings ............................................................... 326
for profiles with F- and E-slots ............................................ 330
for profiles with H-slots ....................................................... 328
Milling cutter ................................................................ 328, 330
Press in device for knurled cross bushings ........................ 324
Screw taps ........................................................................... 332
Special cases ....................................................................... 331
Summary ............................................................................. 326
Tx screw driver .................................................................... 325
Torque tightening values for connector setscrew ...................... 127
Torx ............................................................................................. 325
T-slot nuts ................................................................................... 142
T-slot profiles ................................................................................ 54

PA ........................................................................................... 54
Steel ....................................................................................... 54
Tubes ............................................................................................. 53
Twin track guide for roller 29 ..................................................... 272
Twist tolerance .............................................................................. 65
Tx screw driver ........................................................................... 325
Type of load .................................................................................. 66
U
Universal connector ................................................................ 91, 93
for profile 30150 ................................................................ 106
with knurled cross bushing ................................................. 108
U-Profile 40 .................................................................................. 77
U-Profiles ...................................................................................... 52
V
Vibration proof .............................................................................. 83
W
Wedge profiles ............................................................................ 157
Wire net mounting profiles .......................................................... 51
Wire net profiles 30, F-slot, P ...................................................... 46
Wire net profiles 40, E3-slot, P .................................................... 46
Wire net, Alu ............................................................................... 321
Wire net, steel ............................................................................. 321
Imprint
Subject to technical modification.
All rights reserved.
Copying - also in parts - only allowed by
written consent.
MayTec Aluminium Systemtechnik GmbH,
Germany, D - 85221 Dachau, 2006
343
BEAT THE COMPETITION

extreme - strong - dependable
The complex range of aluminium system profiles often prevents detailed critical
comparisons.
The decision to purchase is therefore often made without detailed profit analysis.
Experienced designers and critical purchasers want to know the important details.
Which factors lead to the best technical and managerial decisions?
764 tests with 14 different systems prove what you need to know. (www.maytec.de/
competitioncomparison)
How flexible can I design with the system?

What equipment do I need to process the profile system?
Is "on-site" service available when required?
How fast and simple is the system to assemble and disassemble?
Professionals win with the MayTec-System in all 3 disciplines.
Flexible Design:
Economical Processing:
344
with an Enormous Range

with CAD & Online Library
with Universal Connector System
OVER
with Simple Handling

with Minimal Processing Times
with Common Components
MayTec VARIETY:
200 PROFILES
IN ALL
MayTec LEADS
DISCIPLINES
Faster Assembly:
with Simple Assembly Steps

with Superior Stability
with Good Access
MayTec ASSEMBLY TIME:

5 SEC.
"On-Site" Service:
with Professional Advice

with Professional Processing
with Immediate Delivery
MayTec SERVICE:
WORLD WIDE
OVER
60 DISTRIBUTORS
MayTec GmbH plant in Dachau
Small parts
store
Stock of aluminium profiles
The key...
to success
extreme
strong
dependable
Germany
USA
MayTec Australia P/L

Unit 1, 8 Prosperity Parade
Warriewood, NSW 2102
MayTec Aluminium
Systemtechnik GmbH
Kopernikusstrae 20
D - 85221 Dachau
MayTec Inc.
1625 Dundee Ave., Unit E-F
Elgin, IL 60120
country code: +61

phone (0) 2 / 9999 0890
fax
(0) 2 / 9979 8703
e-mail: info@maytec.com.au
http://www.maytec.com.au
country code: +49

phone (0) 8131 / 33 36 - 0
fax
(0) 8131 / 33 36 - 119
e-mail: mail@maytec.de
http://www.maytec.de
country code: +1
phone 847 - 429 - 0321
fax
847 - 429 - 0460
e-mail: mail@maytecinc.com
http://www.maytecinc.com
Your professional partner
VK-E12/1.0-0106
Australia

MAYTEC Profile Si Accesorii

Caricato da

Informazioni sul documento

Descrizione originale:

Copyright

Formati disponibili

Condividi questo documento

Condividi o incorpora il documento

Opzioni di condivisione

Hai trovato utile questo documento?

Questo contenuto è inappropriato?

Copyright:

Formati disponibili

MAYTEC Profile Si Accesorii

Caricato da

Copyright:

Formati disponibili

English

The Profile System

The key to success!

extreme strong dependable

The ideal profile system

The accessories provide functional and

The Profile System

The Clean-Room System

The Tube Clamping System

The Linear System

The Conveyor System

Suspended Trolley System

The Telescopic System

Profile selection range

Symbols, Abbreviations, Special characters ................. 5

Summary: Profiles ......................................................... 8

Article number group

Connection System ............................. 83

Connectors - Examples ................................................ 85

Accessories .................................... 132

Fastening elements ........................... 135

Threaded plates .......................................................... 135

Threaded inserts ......................................................... 145

Installation accessories ...................... 149

Cover profiles ............................................................. 149

Pneumatic accessories ....................... 214

Profiles for pneumatic applications ........................... 214

Article number group

Additional accessories ....................... 221

Handles ....................................................................... 221

Electrical accessories ........................ 293

Potential equalisation, grounding connectors ........... 293

Panel elements ................................ 314

Corner elements ......................................................... 314

Acrylic .................................................................. 320

Tools ............................................. 323

Button head screws .................................................... 323

CAD-Library .................................... 334

MayTec Online Library ................................................ 334

Conversion tables ............................. 336

Metric and English Conversion Table ......................... 336

Subject index ............................ 338

Symbols, Abbreviations, Special characters

16 mm, 20 mm, 30 mm, 40 mm, 45 mm, 50 mm, 60 mm

H-slot, F-slot, E-slot

e.g.: PG 30 = profile group 30 mm

identifies the articles:

Numerical key for articles

2-digit off 10 slots

Oblique-connector, bent anchor

Special cases: Screw-type connector parallel across and high

40 r.30 40 r.45 40 r.60 40 r.90

Safety barrier profiles

Profile pre-cut lid 120

Carriage support profiles

Hollow profile 20 Hollow profile 30 Hollow profile 40

Wire net mounting profiles

Wire net mounting Wire net mounting

Grab handle profiles

Profile group 16 mm, F / E3-slot, P (plain)

core hole 6.2

bore hole 5.0

Profile 1640, 1F, LP